Information Guide for International BSc and MSc degree students

Information Guide for International BSc and MSc degree students 2008-2009 Helsinki School of Economics, HSE Helsingin kauppakorkeakoulu Helsinki, Finland

Publisher: Helsinki School of Economics Office of Studies and Registrar Runeberginkatu 14-16-, PO Box 1210 FIN-00101 Helsinki FINLAND Print date August 2008 Editors: Office of Studies and Registrar, Leena Brander and Elina Yrjänäinen Contact persons of the HSE Departments The Guide for International BSc and MSc Degree Students 2008-09 is the concise version of the Finnish study guide Opinto-opas 2008-09 and the Finnish text will prevail in the event of any discrepancies.

HSE INFORMATION GUIDE FOR BSC AND MSC DEGREE STUDENTS 2008-09 PART 1: HELSINKI SCHOOL OF ECONOMICS AND STUDIES AT HSE 1 HELSINKI SCHOOL OF ECONOMICS AND HSE STUDENTS... 2 1.1 HELSINKI SCHOOL OF ECONOMICS AND BSC/MSC PROGRAMS IN BRIEF... 2 1.2 DOCTORAL PROGRAM... 4 1.3 HSE INTERNATIONAL MBA PROGRAM... 5 1.4 OPEN UNIVERSITY... 6 2 ADMINISTRATION AT HSE... 7 2.1 GENERAL ADMINISTRATION AT HSE... 7 2.2 ACADEMIC DEPARTMENTS AND SUBJECTS... 8 3 STUDYING AT HSE... 9 3.1 ACADEMIC CALENDAR 2008-09... 9 3.2 REGISTRATION FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2008-2009... 10 3.3 COURSE REGISTRATION... 11 3.4 EXAMINATIONS... 12 3.4.1 Registration... 12 3.4.2 Late Registration... 12 3.4.3 Codes of Conduct and Ethics in the Examinations... 13 4 ACADEMIC FACILITIES AND STUDENT SERVICES... 14 4.1 BUILDINGS AND CLASSROOMS... 14 4.2 OFFICE OF STUDIES AND REGISTRAR... 16 4.3 KEY CARDS AND ACCESS RIGHTS TO THE PREMISES OF HSE... 18 4.4 AV SERVICES / LANGUAGE LAB CENTER... 19 4.5 COMPUTER SERVICES AND FACILITIES... 19 4.6 HSE PIAZZA... 20 4.7 WEBOODI COMPUTER APPLICATION... 20 4.8 BULLETIN BOARDS... 21 4.9 LIBRARY... 21 4.10 THE CAREER SERVICES CENTER...22 4.11 HSE PRINT...22 4.12 KY - THE STUDENT UNION OF HSE...22 4.12.1 KY Bookstore and KIVA Book Agency...23 4.13 STUDENT CARDS...23 4.14 FINANCING OF STUDIES...25 4.15 HOUSING...25 4.16 HEALTH SERVICES... 26

5 GENERAL INFORMATION ON STUDIES AT HSE... 28 5.1 GRADES AND CREDITS... 28 5.2 GRADING SCALE AT HSE... 28 5.2.1 The validity of grades and credits... 29 5.2.2 Transcript of records... 29 5.3 HSE STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAM... 29 5.3.1 International Study Module... 29 5.3.2 CEMS Master s European Joint Program Degree... 30 5.4 JOO STUDIES... 31 5.5 STUDYING FINNISH AS A FOREIGN LANGUAGE...32 5.5.1 Finnish Language Courses at Haaga-Helia (levels 1-6)...32 5.5.2 Finnish Language Courses at HSE (levels 7-8)...35 5.6 CREDIT TRANSFER...36 5.7 GRADUATION... 37 5.7.1 Getting the Bachelor s Diploma... 37 5.7.2 Getting the Master s Diploma... 38 5.7.3 Grading and Appearance of Diploma... 40 5.8 INTERNSHIPS... 41 PART 2: BSC AND MSC DEGREES 6 DEGREE PROGRAMS AND STRUCTURES... 42 6.1 THE DEPARTMENTS AND DEGREE PROGRAMS OF HSE... 42 6.2 THE STRUCTURE OF THE BSC DEGREE PROGRAM (IN HELSINKI CAMPUS)... 43 6.3 THE STRUCTURE OF THE MSC DEGREE PROGRAM (IN HELSINKI CAMPUS)... 43 7 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE STUDIES... 44 7.1 PLANNING OF STUDIES... 45 7.1.1 Example of scheduling the studies of BSc Degree... 46 7.2 FUNDAMENTALS OF BUSINESS KNOWLEDGE: CORE COURSES... 48 7.2.1 Professional Skills Portfolio... 50 7.3 LANGUAGE AND COMMUNICATION STUDIES IN THE BSC DEGREE...53 7.3.1 Exemption on Language Requirements of the BSc Degree... 54 8 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE STUDY PROGRAMS... 56 8.1 CHOOSING THE BSC STUDY PROGRAM...56 8.1.1 How to Change the BSc Program... 57 8.1.2 Choosing the Minor... 57 8.1.3 Choosing the Master s Program... 58 8.2 BSC PROGRAM IN BUSINESS TECHNOLOGY... 58 8.3 BSC PROGRAM IN FINANCE... 62

9 MINOR STUDIES IN THE BSC DEGREE... 66 9.1 MINOR STUDIES IN BUSINESS TECHNOLOGY...66 9.2 MINOR STUDIES IN FINANCE... 68 9.3 MINOR STUDIES IN INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM (ITP)... 68 9.4 MINOR STUDIES IN INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS COMMUNICATION... 70 10 MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE STUDIES... 73 10.1 AN OVERVIEW TO MSC STUDIES... 73 10.2 FROM BACHELOR S TO MASTER S AT HSE... 74 10.3 COMPULSORY STUDIES IN THE MSC PROGRAMS... 76 10.4 PERSONAL STUDY PLAN... 80 10.5 ORIENTATION DAYS ON AUGUST 25 27, 2008... 80 11 MASTER S DEGREE PROGRAMS... 82 11.1 MSC PROGRAM IN ECONOMICS... 82 11.2 MSC PROGRAM IN ENTREPRENEURSHIP... 86 11.3 MSC PROGRAM IN FINANCE... 89 11.4 MSC PROGRAM IN INFORMATION AND SERVICE MANAGEMENT... 93 11.5 MSC PROGRAM IN INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS... 100 11.6 MSC PROGRAM IN INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS COMMUNICATION... 106 11.7 MSC PROGRAM IN MARKETING... 110 12 MINOR STUDIES IN MSC PROGRAMS... 114 12.1 MINOR STUDIES IN AREA STUDIES PROGRAM... 115 12.2 MINOR STUDIES IN ECONOMICS... 115 12.3 MINOR STUDIES IN ENTREPRENEURSHIP... 116 12.4 MINOR STUDIES IN FINANCE... 116 12.5 MINOR STUDIES IN INFORMATION AND SERVICE MANAGEMENT... 117 12.6 MINOR STUDIES IN INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM (ITP)... 119 12.7 MINOR STUDIES IN INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS... 120 12.8 MINOR STUDIES IN INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS COMMUNICATION... 121 12.9 MINOR STUDIES IN INTERNATIONAL DESIGN BUSINESS MANAGEMENT... 124 12.10 MINOR STUDIES IN MANAGEMENT... 124 12.11 MINOR STUDIES IN MARKETING...125 12.12 MINOR STUDIES IN QUANTITATIVE METHODS...126 STUDIES ACCORDING TO THE DEGREE REGULATIONS 1995... 128 12.13 CHANGING TO STUDY ACCORDING TO THE NEW DEGREE REGULATIONS... 128

PART 3: COURSES IN 2008-2009 13 COURSE DESCRPTIONS... 130 13.1 COURSE CODES... 130 13.2 ACCOUNTING (22)... 131 13.3 BUSINESS LAW (32)...135 13.4 DOCTORAL STUDIES (90)... 139 13.5 ECONOMICS (31)... 140 13.6 ENGLISH BUSINESS COMMUNICATION (61)... 151 13.7 ENTREPRENEURSHIP (25)... 158 13.8 FINANCE 28...163 13.9 FINNISH FOR FOREIGNERS (71)... 174 13.10 GENERAL STUDIES (20, 37 AND 51)... 176 13.11 INFORMATION SYSTEM SCIENCE 37 (AND 57)... 180 13.12 INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS (26)... 189 13.13 INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS COMMUNICATION (75)...206 13.14 JOINT COURSES (80)...213 13.15 LOGISTICS (35)...215 13.16 MANAGEMENT SCIENCE (27)...223 13.17 MARKETING (23)...227 13.18 ORGANISATION AND MANAGEMENT (21)...239 13.19 PHILOSOPHY (51)... 244 13.20 QUANTITATIVE METHODS OF ECONOMICS AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCE (30). 247 13.21 TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT AND POLICY (38 AND 57)...254

PREFACE 1 WELCOME TO STUDY TO THE HELSINKI SCHOOL OF ECONOMICS! This Guide for International Degree students has been compiled by the Office of Studies and Registrar. It is directed mainly to HSE students who complete either Bachelor s degree or Master s degree. Doctoral students as well as exchange students from HSE partner universities have their own guides. This information guide includes academic as well as practical information for starting and planning your studies whether you are a student starting your studies in 2008 or a student who has started studies at HSE earlier. The Guide for International BSc and MSc Degree Students 2008-09 is the concise version of the Finnish study guide Opinto-opas 2008-09 and the Finnish text will prevail in the event of any discrepancies. We hope that you ll find the Guide useful.

2 1 HELSINKI SCHOOL OF ECONOMICS AND HSE STUDENTS 1.1 HELSINKI SCHOOL OF ECONOMICS AND BSC/MSC PROGRAMS IN BRIEF The Helsinki School of Economics (Helsingin kauppakorkeakoulu, HSE also previously HKKK) is the third oldest institute of higher education in Finland. The university was established by the business community in 1904, and became an institute of university standing in 1911. It remained privately operated until 1974, when financial responsibility was turned over to the state of Finland. The school has, however, remained autonomous in the administration of its internal affairs. Helsinki School of Economics is the largest business school in Finland with over 4000 students, and the leading one in many fields. HSE offers Finland s most comprehensive range of university degrees in economics and business administration. Based on both high-quality scientific research and intensive company relations, HSE programs and courses offer students up-to-date education that combines extensive theoretical studies with experience of real business life. The academic degrees offered by HSE are the Bachelor, Master, Licentiate and Doctor of Science in Economics and Business Administration. HSE also offers AMBA (Association of MBAs) accredited MBA and EMBA Programs. Since the foundation of HSE in 1911 over 23 000 students have graduated from different programs of the school. The main teaching language is Finnish but HSE offers also several programs in undergraduate and graduate level in English. The Helsinki School of Economics has two campuses. The main campus, the Helsinki Business Campus, is located in the center of Helsinki. In Helsinki Business Campus HSE offers five Bachelor of Science degree programs of which two programs are offered in English and 13 Master of Science degree programs of which seven programs are offered in English. New students start by studying towards the Bachelor of Science in Economics and Business Administration degree. On completion of it, they are eligible to continue to study for the Master s degree. The Mikkeli Campus is located about 300 kilometers from Helsinki in a town called Mikkeli. In the Mikkeli Business Campus HSE offers an English language Bachelor s program in International Business (BScBA). An integral part of HSE operations is the continuous quality development through international benchmarking and accreditation. In 1998 HSE was among the first European business universities to be credited by EQUIS (The European Quality Improvement System), and it is a member of PIM (Partnership in International Management) network. HSE is also a member of CEMS (Community of European

3 Management Schools). CEMS currently consists of 17 European top business schools (one from each European country) and 50 corporate partners. HSE was awarded first in the Nordic Countries AACSB accreditation (Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business) on April, 2007. AACSB accreditation is further proof to students, applicants, employees, partners, corporations and benefactors that HSE's educational programs and related services are truly world class. Annually around 400 undegraduate students are admitted to study in the BSc programs out of around 2 000 qualified applicants. The admission is mainly based on an entrance test (in Finnish) and the grades in the nationwide matriculation examination. For non-finnish speakers it is possible to gain admission to HSE through the English language Scholastic Assessment Test (SAT 1). In the HSE MSc Programs in 2008 there were altogether 160 places for students to apply out of which 96 places were in the MSc programs offered in English. Number of Students and Permanent Staff BSc/MSc students 3700 Licentiate and Doctoral students 400 MBA students 150 BScBA students (Mikkeli Campus) 240 Non-degree students 500 Professors 49 Researchers and other teaching staff 180 Other staff (administration, maintenance) 200 1.1.1. HSE will become as a part of the Aalto University in 2009 The new university, Aalto University, will be created through a merger of the Helsinki School of Economics, the University of Art and Design Helsinki, and the Helsinki University of Technology. The three universities will be combined into one large university focusing on disciplines and research areas determined on the basis of their strategic strengths. The university community of the three universities has actively been partcipating to the preparation of the Aalto University. The Aalto University will start on August 2009. HSE is the leading business school in Finland representing business and economics. The University of Art and Design Helsinki is an international university specialising in design, audiovisual communication, art education and art. Established in 1871, it is the largest art and design university in the Nordic countries and one of the most prestigious in the world. The university has six schools with 2,000 students. The Helsinki University of Technology (TKK) is the leading university of technology in Finland. The university has 4 faculties with over 15,000 students, including doctoral

4 students, studying to become engineers, architects and landscape architects. TKK will celebrate its centenary in 2008. The Charter of Foundation for the Aalto University was signed on June 2008. A sevenmember board for Aalto University was nominated in the beginning of August 2008. 1.2 DOCTORAL PROGRAM HSE offers an international doctoral program for those seeking academic careers or high level positions in business in Finland or abroad. HSE confers Doctor of Science (Economic and Business Administration) and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Since the foundation of HSE in 1911, around 300 students have completed the Doctor's degree. For the Doctoral degree, each student must complete the coursework which is composed of Common Scientific Doctoral Studies and Major Subject Studies and write Doctoral Dissertation. Completion of the Common Scientific Doctoral Studies indicates that a student has achieved a broad grounding in the basic disciplines relating to the study of economics, business administration, and quantitative/qualitative methods. Some of the courses are provided by the national graduate schools and some can be completed in the foreign universities and educational organizations with whom we co-operate closely. The quality of the doctoral dissertations is international. Most of the dissertations are written in English and the main results are often published as articles in international refereed scientific journals. Foreign experts are used as outside-reviewers (preliminary examiners) and opponents of the dissertations. Center for Doctoral Program The Center for Doctoral Program functions as a unit for post-graduate studies and research for the whole Helsinki School of Economics. The function of the center is to practice and to advance scientific research in the field of basic studies in business administration and economics, and to manage, plan, coordinate and follow up the doctoral program. Research services and publishing are also functions of the center. The visiting address of the center is Fredrikinkatu 48A, 00100 Helsinki (8th floor), tel. +358 431 38732, e-mail doctoral@hse.fi, www.hse.fi/doctoral) HSE Research The HSE engages in high-quality business sciences research based on co-operation with the international scientific community, society and business, and industry. The HSE specializes in research on business know-how, which is based on multilateral international research and close co-operation with business and society.

5 HSE research concentrates on selected focus areas, which cross subject boundaries and change according to demand and success. The areas of priority consist of research programs, but high-quality research outside these areas can be a source of renewal and significant new openings, therefore it is also supported. HSE research priorities in 2006 2009 are: 1. Globalization and Competitiveness 2. Financial Markets and Services 3. Information Economy 4. Business Networks HSE Research Network The HSE Research network s five teaching and research departments (Accounting and Finance, Business Technology, Economics, Languages and Communication and Marketing and Management), the Center for the Doctoral Program, and separate research units (the Center for Knowledge and Innovation Research, CKIR, and the Center for Markets in Transition (CEMAT) create a firm foundation of research and business know-how for building up expertise. They are supported by the research services team, management team and the advisory board of HSE. 1.3 HSE INTERNATIONAL MBA PROGRAM In 1983 Helsinki School of Economics launched a full-time international Master of Business Administration program in English. This was in response to the need for English language, master s level business education in Finland, and the increasing internationalization of Finnish firms A part-time mode of delivery has been offered since January 2000. The HSE MBA Program has been accredited by AMBA, the Association of MBAs, since May 1997. HSE MBA program is offered in a flexible two-year part-time format. MBA modules are taught in the form of two week modules by visiting faculty from leading business schools all over the world, for example from Emory University, Rutgers Business School, University of South Carolina, Georgetown University, UCLA, Concordia University, Queen s University, Rotterdam School of Management, Indiana University, ESADE, INSEAD etc. All the topics that you would find in a traditional full semester course are covered, yet at a more intensive pace. The modules are run in sequence, and participants take one module at a time. They are able to focus on one subject at a time. The duration of the program is two years and the next program starts in January 2009. The classes meet on Monday, Wednesday and Friday evenings, and also on Saturday mornings. There are 32 contact hours per module + exam.

6 The program is consists of 12 required core modules, 7 elective modules and the business project. Students are offered concentrations in Global Management, International Marketing, International Finance and Entrepreneurship. The tuition fee for the HSE MBA Program in 2009 is 27 000 EUR (+ VAT 22%) and books costs around 2 500 EUR (+ VAT 8%). For further information regarding the MBA, please contact: Petro Paunu, Program Director, tel. +358 50 321 6688, petro.paunu(a)hseee.fi or see http://www.hseee.fi in English HSE MBA and Executive MBA. 1.4 OPEN UNIVERSITY The aim of the Open University is to promote educational and regional equality. The Open Universities form part of the adult education available in Finland. HSE Open University organizes courses in economics, business administration and language and cultural studies throughout the year. The course descriptions and requirements conform with those of the degree program courses organized by HSE. The courses are open to everyone regardless of their background. Some of the courses, however, have prerequisites, which are mentioned in the course descriptions. Studying at the Open University in Finland is not considered as full-time studying in the Finnish educational system. The great majority of the courses are taught in Finnish but some courses are also offered in English. The students pay for their studies in the Open University and each course has a course fee. For further information, please contact HSE Open University office in the HSE Main Building, Runeberginkatu 14-16, 1st floor on the right wing of the building or tel. 09-4313 8596 and 09-4313 8725 or email avoin@hse.fi or www.hse.fi/openuniversity

7 2 ADMINISTRATION AT HSE 2.1 GENERAL ADMINISTRATION AT HSE The basic mission of Finnish universities is to carry out research and provide education based on the research. The underlying principle in university education in general is the freedom of research and university autonomy, which gives universities extensive latitude for independent decisions. Universities are under the supervision of Ministry of Education. Helsinki School of Economics, as all Finnish universities, is state-run, with the government providing most of its funding. The most important legislation governing the universities are the Universities Act and Decree, the Decree on the Higher Education Degree System and field-specific Decrees, which lay down, among other things, the responsibility for education in a given discipline, degree titles, and the structure, extent, objectives and content of education. All the universities are currently working for the higher education reform implemented by the Ministry of Education. The Government will increase the financial and administrative autonomy of universities. In this connection, university governance and decision-making will also be reformed. The Ministry of Education will prepare the bill overhauling the Universities Act and a proposal for the reform of the university steering and funding system. The reform should be completed by the fall 2009. The administration in HSE is run in 2008-09 by the Chancellor, Rectors, Board of HSE, Council of Teaching and Research, Department Councils or Boards and the Heads of Departments. In all governing bodies there are representatives of professors, students and other personnel. The general administration services, for example study services, marketing, computer services, facilities etc. are taken care by the Administration and Services Unit. HSE will start as a member of Aalto University in fall 2009. The administrative form of the university will be the foundation, thus there will be changes in the financial system, administration and decision-making system of the HSE. Chancellor and Rectors in 2008 Chancellor, Mr. Matti Lehti, D.Sc. (Econ and BA) Rector, Mr. Eero Kasanen, D.Sc. (Econ and BA) First Vice Rector, Mr. Olli Ahtola, D.Sc. (Econ and BA) Second Vice Rector, Mr. Timo Saarinen, D.Sc. (Econ and BA) Third Vice Rector, Mr Hannu Seristö, D.Sc. (Econ and BA)

8 2.2 ACADEMIC DEPARTMENTS AND SUBJECTS Department of Accounting and Finance (Chydenia Building) Subjects: Accounting, Finance, Business Law Head of Department: Professor Pontus Troberg Administrative Officer: Ms Johanna Glader, room: Chydenia H2.38, 09-431 38477, johanna.glader@hse.fi Department of Business Technology (Chydenia Building) Subjects: Information Systems Science, Logistics, Management Science, Quantitative Methods of Economics, Technology Management and Policy Head of Department: Professor Jyrki Wallenius Administrative Officer: Ms Helena Knuuttila, room: Chydenia G4.07, 09-43138322, helena.knuuttila@hse.fi Department of Economics (Economicum Building) Subjects: Economics Head of Department: Professor Pertti Haaparanta Administrative Officer: to be nominated, room: Economicum B207, 09-431 38493 Department of Languages and Communication (HSE Main Building) Subjects: Languages Head of the Department: Ms Tuija Nikko Administrative Officers: Ms Maria Lukkarinen (Spanish, Italian, French, Swedish, German) room: A418, 09-431 38352, maria.lukkarinen@hse.fi and Ms Marketta Suni (English Business Communication, International Business Communication, Japanese, Russian, Finnish and Communication), room: A417, 09-431 38336, marketta.suni@hse.fi Department of Marketing and Management (Arkadia Building) Subjects: Economic Geography, International Business, Marketing, Organization and Management, Philosophy, SME Business Management Head of the Department: Professor Henrikki Tikkanen (Deputy Head of the Department Professor Raimo Lovio) Administrative Officers: Ms Pirjo-Liisa Johansson, room: Arkadia E219, 09-431 38522, pirjo-liisa.johansson@hse.fi and Ms Jutta Heino, room: Arkadia E311, 09-431 38441, jutta.heino@hse.fi

9 3 STUDYING AT HSE 3.1 ACADEMIC CALENDAR 2008-09 The academic year begins on 1 August and ends on 31 July. The Opening Ceremony will take place on Friday, September 5, 2008 at 12-14 (no teaching at 12-14) Fall term 2008 Compulsory Orientation for new incoming students Mon Augu25 - Thu August 28, 2008 Teaching: Mon 1 Sept Fri 12 Dec, 2008 The first half: Mon 1 Sept Fri 17 Oct, 2008 The second half: Mon 27 Oct Fri 12 Dec, 2008 Mid term examination week*: Mon 20- Fri 24 Oct, 2008 (no teaching) Examination term: Mon 15 Fri 22 Dec, 2008 and Mon 5 Fri 9 Jan, 2009 Spring term 2009 Teaching: Mon 12 Jan Thu 30 Apr, 2009 The first half: Mon 12 Jan Fri 27 Feb, 2009 The second half: Mon 9 Mar Thu 30 Apr, 2009 Mid term examination week*: Mon 2 Mar Fri 6 Mar, 2009 (no teaching) Easter holiday*: Thu 9 Wed 15 Apr, 2009 (no teaching) Examination term: Mon 4 May Fri 29 May 2009 No classes will be given during the examination terms and the Easter holiday. Please note that the intensive courses may go on during the mid term examination weeks. Exceptions in teaching and student services: - No classes, examinations or consultation hours will take place on the preceding days of holidays, feast days and May Day after 16 hrs. - No classes on the ARENA Fair day on November 12, 2008 if not specially agreed with the teacher The Opening Ceremony will take place on Friday, 31 August 2007 at 12.00. Teaching hours The classes will be given according to the following schedule: 8:00-9:30 10:00-11:30 11:30-12:15 lunch break 12:15-13:45 14:15-15:45 16:15-17:45 etc. Until midday the classes start sharp on the hour and in the afternoons a quarter past. The duration of a class is usually one and a half hours.

10 3.2 REGISTRATION FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2008-2009 All BSc and MSc students should register themselves either as an attending student or a non-attending student during the given registration time. You can register yourself for an academic year or for one semester at a time. The registration involves the payment of the Student Union, KY, membership fee, which is compulsory for every attending student. The payment includes the student health services fee (YTHS, Finnish Student Health Service). Registration for HSE for the academic year 2008-09 starts on June 2, 2008. The registration period is June 2 - September 8, 2008. Please register yourself as an attendant or a nonattendant student during the registration period via Weboodi. For students who study according to the degree regulations 2005 is applied the limited right to study a degree. According to the Universities Act (645/1997) the student has the right to study for the Bachelor s and Master s degrees according to the degree regulations and the yearly teaching plan. The right to study at HSE as a degree student is valid for 7 years. The seven year period starts when the student enrolls at HSE. The seven year limit does not include nonattendance because of military service or maternity leave. Additionally it does not include non-attendance for four terms. Registration for an attending student The smoothest way to register for the academic year 2008-09 is via WebOodi application, provided that you have a valid password and an internet bank connection (web bank) with Nordea Bank, Osuuspankki (OP) Bank or Sampo Bank. The advantage of the WebOodi registration is that information concerning is at once in real time and you can register for courses etc. You can also register by paying the fee on the bank account of KY (for example by using internet) and present the receipt at the Help Desk when registering for HSE. Please note that you cannot pay the KY student union fee at the Help Desk of the Office of Studies and Registrar. When registering, you need to fill in the registration form available at the Help Desk. The registration with the paper form will not be valid until you have submitted the receipt from paying the Student Union (KY) membership fee at the Help Desk. In other words, it is not enough to pay the fee by the deadline. Please note that these guidelines on student registration do not apply to first-year students as the first-year students register for the academic year when submitting their study place confirmation. If someone else is registering on your behalf, he/she must have a power of attorney with which you authorize him/her to register for the academic year on your behalf. In addition to your personal information, the power of attorney must also include personal information of the person who is given the power. The power of attorney must be signed.

11 After registration, you can collect your KY sticker for your student card at the Help Desk. Please note that you cannot get the sticker on your student card until you have registered as attending. As the sticker for the student card cannot be given out unattached, you should have the card with you when registering. The sticker is given only to the student card of a member of KY. You cannot get a sticker to the student card of any other student union. The first-year students will receive their student cards sometime in early fall term. Also the postgraduate students and the non-degree students doing their complementary studies at HSE can be members of the KY Student Union, if they so wish, with limited benefits. After September 8, 2008 it is not possible to register via WebOodi as the status of the student in the student register will become Not registered. Thus, registration after September 8, 2008 is possible only by paying the re-registration fee and filling up the registration form. The form for the payment is available at the Help Desk. If you were not registered in the spring term 2008 as attending or non-attending, you must pay the re-registration fee, the Student Union membership fee, and draw up a personal study plan. Please read the detailed instructions at HSE Piazza, updated later on. Please notice that after 1.8.2008 it is not possible to study according to the degree regulations 1995. Those students who have not yet transferred to study according to the degree regulations 2005 cannot register as attending or non-attending before they transfer to the new degree regulations. For more information on the degree transfer, please contact siirtyminen@hse.fi. Siirtyminen means transfer in Finnish. Registration for a non-attending student If you wish to register as a non-attending student, please use the WebOodi application. You can do this also by email (study@hse.fi). In this case please remember to give your student number. In both cases you have to give the information on the term/s you will be non-attending as well as the reason for not attending. Please note that if you register yourself as a non-attending student for the academic year you can e.g. neither register for courses nor for exams or get any student services provided by the university administration nor the benefits or services the KY membership provides. Please, note also that non-attendance will affect to your right to study. 3.3 COURSE REGISTRATION Registration for the courses with a limited number of participants has to be done via WebOodi application (excluding some exceptions) 21 days but not later than 7 days before the teaching period starts. Registration for courses with an unlimited number of participants has to be done via WebOodi application 21 days before the teaching period starts but not later than 7 days

12 since the course has commenced. Please check the registration for the courses from the leaflet Lecture Schedules and Classrooms (Opetusajat- ja paikat) fall term 2008 and spring term 2009. 3.4 EXAMINATIONS Concerning all examination arrangements HSE follows the Regulations on Examinations which was adopted by the Board of HSE on Oct 21, 2005 and ratified by the Chancellor of HSE on Feb 3, 2006. The Regulations on Examinations are currently only in Finnish. 3.4.1 Registration Registration for examinations is compulsory. You can only attend an examination if you have registered for it. The registration is done via WebOodi computer application, at the latest 7 days in advance. The examination schedule is found in the bulletin Kuulustelujärjestys Examinations 2008-2009. Before attending an examination, the invigilators will check that the students names are on the list of the participants. If you have not registered for an examination and your name is not on the list, you are not able to participate in the examination. Some of the courses can be conducted so that the examination will be held during the last lecture. In this case students should be notified by the course instructor of this kind of arrangement. It is not possible to attend the examination unless you have registered for it. 3.4.2 Late Registration If you have not registered for an examination on time, and you still would like to take part in it, a late registration is used. In this case a fee of 12 euros will be collected. It is only possible to register late for an examination provided that at least one student has registered on time for that particular examination and therefore the examination will be held. The late registration can be done no later than by noon the day before the examination. How to proceed with a late registration? Fill in the late registration form that is available at the Help Desk of Office of Studies and Registrar, pay the fee of 12 euros on one of the following bank accounts: Nordea 166030-107329 or OKO 500001-20377626 or Sampo 800012-35716. The receiver (vastaanottaja) is Helsingin kauppakorkeakoulu (HSE), Ref.no (viitenumero) 400 37389. You can also pay the fee at the Help Desk. After having paid the fee, attach the receipt of payment that shows the filing number to the late registration form and drop it into the letter box of the Office of Studies and Registrar situated in front of the Help Desk (not in that of the International Relations) no later than by noon (12 hrs sharp) the day before the examination. If the receipt of payment is not attached to the late registration form or the form is filled in incompletely the late registration will not be taken into account.

13 3.4.3 Codes of Conduct and Ethics in the Examinations 1. You will take your examination in the classroom where it is appointed to be held. The classrooms for the examinations are announced on the bulletin board in the entrance hall of the Main Building on the day the examination is taking place. 2. Please note that the examinations start on the hour and not like the lectures which start a quarter past. There will be roll call of participants before they can enter the examination classroom. Please arrive in time! 3. Please leave your bag, coat etc. close to the wall or in front of the classroom. 4. Please turn off your mobile phone. 5. You may only take your pens and ID-card (and a water bottle) to your seat unless the invigilators give other instructions. The invigilators will distribute the HSE calculators, if needed in the examination. 6. You may not leave the room before 30 minutes have passed from the actual beginning of the examination. 7. In case you have a question (e.g. you need more paper), please raise your hand and the invigilator will come to you. 8. Please concentrate on your own examination paper to avoid unnecessary misunderstandings. 9. The invigilators have the right to remove a student from the examination, if cheating is suspected. 10.Cheating denotes an offence against teaching or research at the university as defined in section 19 of the Universities Act (645/1997). Any cheating leads to the relevant student performance being failed and also the rector may punish a student guilty of cheating. 11.Return all your examination papers, if not otherwise told. 12.If you don t want to have your examination graded, please write on the paper: Please do not grade my paper. An accepted course will be registered and will not be removed from the register by any reason. If a student repeats an examination for a given course or a book examination, the best grade obtained will remain in student s transcript for the course in question. 13.When returning your papers, prove your identity (e.g. an ID-card or a student card). Cheating in the Examination Invigilators of examinations must immediately ask any student suspected guilty of cheating to leave the examination room. If a case of cheating is discovered only after the examination has finished, the teacher giving the mark can reject the paper. A thorough investigation of the case of suspected cheating will follow, and if the student within the school s jurisdiction is found guilty of a misdemeanor against the teaching procedure he/she can be punished by the Rector, who can issue admonition. If the misdemeanor is such that, after due consideration by the Rector, a more severe penalty could be imposed, the case has to be taken up by the board which in turn can punish the guilty party with a caution or suspend him/her from the school for a period not exceeding one year.

14 4 ACADEMIC FACILITIES AND STUDENT SERVICES 4.1 BUILDINGS AND CLASSROOMS HSE MAIN BUILDING, Runeberginkatu 14-16, Classrooms and Offices (A-xxx, B-xxx, C-xxx, D-xxx) The classrooms in the Main Building are denoted with A-xxx, B-xxx or C-xxx. The capital letters refer to the wings of the building, and xxx are numbers signifying the classrooms or offices. The first number indicates also the floor, e.g. the classroom A-410 is located on the fourth floor of A-wing. The Main Building is open from 8 a.m. to 7.30 p.m. during the fall and spring terms. Offices and Services in the HSE Main Building: Administrative Director s Office Cafeteria Rafla for students Cafeteria Proffa for Personnel Career Services Center Computer Labs Department of Languages and Communication HSE PRINT and Copy Machines for students HSE Information Desk International Relations International Student Services (Student Exchange) IT Services KY Bookstore (for new textbooks) and Kiva Bookstore (for used books, lecture notes and previous exams) KY-housing Services for Students Language Studios Lecturers Reception Offices Marketing and Communications Services Office of Studies and Registrar Open University and Adult Education Rector s Office 1 st Vice Rector s office 2 nd Vice Rector s office Self-Study and Group Work Facilities Sports Hall, Gym, Sauna Student Business Projects (Career Services Center) ARKADIA BUILDING, Lapuankatu 6 Administrative and Financial Offices Classrooms and Offices (E-xxx, F-xxx) Café Arkadia Center for Innovative Education

15 Center for Markets in Transition, CEMAT Computer Labs and Group-Work Computer Desks Department of Marketing and Management HSE Foundation Research Services The Arkadia building is open from 8 a.m. to 7.30 p.m. during the fall and spring terms. CHYDENIA BUILDING, Runeberginkatu 22-24 Classrooms and Offices (G-xxx, H-xxx) Cafeteria Chydenia for personnel and students Computer Labs Department of Accounting and Finance Department of Business Technology Group Work Facilities IT Center The Chydenia building is open from 8 a.m. to 7.30 p.m. during the fall and spring terms. ECONOMICUM BUILDING, Arkadiankatu 7 Department of Economics OTHER FACILITIES OF HSE CENTER FOR DOCTORAL PROGRAMS Post-graduate Education and Research Administration Fredrikinkatu 48 A, 8 th floor HELECON Information Center, HSE Library, Leppäsuonkatu 9 Course Book Library, Leppäsuonkatu 9 Library Services, Leppäsuonkatu 9 Study Hall, Leppäsuonkatu 9 HSE EXECUTIVE EDUCATION Porkkalankatu 20 a CEMAT, Center for Markets in Transition Lapuankatu 6 CKIR, Center for Knowledge and Innovation Research Fredrikinkatu 48 A 9 th floor LTT Research Ltd Unioninkatu 18 SMALL BUSINESS CENTER, Helsinki Pohjoinen Rautatiekatu 21 B

16 KY- The Student Union of Helsinki School of Economics Pohjoinen Rautatienkatu 21 B 4.2 OFFICE OF STUDIES AND REGISTRAR The Office of Studies and Registrar is located in the Main Building, room B166. The students service desk, Help Desk, is located in the lobby of the HSE main building and it is open during the teaching periods on Mondays and Thursdays 13 to 16 hrs and on Tuesdays, Wednesdays and Fridays 9 to 12 hrs. Please note that there are exceptional opening hours during holidays and feast days and in the summertime. Most of the student services are available on the Help Desk. The general email address of the Office of Studies and Registrar is study@hse.fi. The tasks and duties of the Office of Studies and Registrar are for example: Registration for HSE, Certificates of Attendance Producing and giving out materials such as the study guide, examinations booklet, forms, instructions, other guides etc. Registration certificates (when collecting your document(s), please always prove your identity) in charge of the student register 1) personal data; if there is a change in your name, please inform the Office, and also bring the official certificate, 2) grades; you can get your transcript of records via WebOodi and print it; if you need an official one, you can collect it from the Help Desk, the cost of a transcript is 2,00 Office for Student Financial Aid; room A 012. Office hours: Mon 14-16 hrs, Thu 9-12 hrs, by phone 431 38230 Mon-Fri 13-14 hrs. Please note that there are exceptional opening hours during holidays and feast days and in the summertime. Staff of Office of Studies and Registrar Airila Tiina, Planning Officer; A122, 431 38611, tiina.airila@hse.fi Double Degree Students Brander Leena, Planning Officer; A115, 431 39729, leena.brander@hse.fi international degree students credit transfer incl. International Study Module language and maturity exemptions, Finnish for Foreigners Courses editor of the Information Guide for International BSc/MSc Degree Students orientation days for non-finnish speaking students

17 Heikkinen Hanna, Study Secretary; A012, 431 38236, hanna.heikkinen@hse.fi (fall term 2008) student register Help Desk Services student financial aid Joo studies assistance Kapulainen Piia, Planning Officer; A149, 431 38237, piia.kapulainen@hse.fi transfer from Degree Regulations 1995 to Degree Regulations 2005 Laaksonen Katri, Application Counsellor (WebOodi); A021, 431 38232, katri.laaksonen@hse.fi development and support of WebOodi computer application Lotz, Melanie (on a leave of absence for fall term 2008, Planning Officer; A107, 431 39726, melanie.lotz@hse.fi student counseling projects orientation days for Finnish speaking students planning of studies, Personal Study Plan Lähteenmäki Kaarina, Department Secretary; A147, 431 38234, kaarina.lahteenmaki@hse.fi student register Help Desk services documents reception hours newsletter Mizota Kristiina, Study Secretary; A-148, 431 38239, kristiina.mizota@hse.fi examinations student register Nevala Minna, Study Psychologist; 431 39728, minna.nevala@hse.fi Reception in E008 (see Clinic for Students) Ojala Heidi, Planning Officer; A146, 431 38 235, heidi.ojala@hse.fi graduating students, degree requirements JOO-studies (Flexible Study Rights) admission to the Master s Programs Oksanen Jukka, Planning Officer; A144, 431 38238, jukka.oksanen@hse.fi admission (starting from Bachelor s level) students legal protection affairs

18 Peltonen Riitta, Planning Officer; A150, 431 38443, riitta.peltonen@hse.fi coordination of studies program coordinator / coordinator of the task group study guides in Finnish orientation days for Finnish speaking students Roine Anu, Secretary for Student Financial Aid; A012, 431 38230, anu.roine@hse.fi student financial aid Sillanpää Katri, Planning Officer; A107, 431 39726, katri.sillanpaa@hse.fi (autumn 2008) student counseling projects planning of studies, Personal Study Plan Soismaa Margareta, Head of the Office of Studies and Registrar; A152, 431 38240, margareta.soismaa@hse.fi head of the office coordination and development of degrees/programs presenting official of academic affairs in the school s expert bodies Söderholm Berit, Training Assistant; A 145, 431 38246, berit.soderholm@hse.fi graduating students, degree requirements diplomas Diploma Supplement 4.3 KEY CARDS AND ACCESS RIGHTS TO THE PREMISES OF HSE All the entrance doors and some of the inside doors of the HSE buildings are electronically controlled and locked. In order to enter the premises i.e. to get access to the study halls, computer labs, group/independent study premises and sports facilities, you need a personal key card. The key card is your personal property and you are responsible for its proper use. Do not give your card to anyone else, even momentarily. Moreover, do not under any circumstances use your key card to admit anyone else to the premises of HSE. A key card is based on a personal PIN code. The rights of access are encoded respectively. You need your PIN code only when the doors are not open. When you need to use the PIN code, please proceed in the following way: 1) show your card to the reader and take it away from it 2) punch in your PIN code and press #. Within the opening hours, only show your card to the reader when entering e.g. computer classrooms or sports facilities. You will get your key card during the orientation days or you can collect it later on from the Arkadia Building, room E.1.12 (Ms Sirpa Moisio-Aho, Technical Services (Tilahallinto). When collecting your key card, you have to present your ID card and a certificate of attendance. In the case of loss of your key card you have to report it immediately (tel. 09

19 4313 8673, email: turvallisuus@hse.fi). Report your full name and date of birth. You are liable for any damage due to unauthorized use of your key card from the moment of loss until the loss is reported. The first key card is free of charge. Payment for a lost card is 33. When graduating from HSE, please return your key card to Technical Services. Payment for an unreturned card is 84. 4.4 AV SERVICES / LANGUAGE LAB CENTER The Language Lab Center is designed for language studies. It is located on the second floor in the A-wing consisting of the following facilities: 4 media classrooms (A203 A206), a lab for independent learning (A207) and other facilities like customers lounge, TV studio and offices (A208 A213). The services are there for you when you need to borrow AV equipment e.g. a tape recorder for interviews or there is a need for video recording. The lab is an ideal place for independent language learning or for preparing class assignments. On the shelves you can find tapes of 16 languages, but note that due to copyright legislation you are not allowed to borrow them home. The lab is open for students during the office hours. In the customers lounge there are, for example, tapes and dictionaries that you can take with you into the lab. It is also possible to use the facilities of the media classrooms outside the classes. The staff of the AV Services will open you the doors to the classrooms. The Centre is open during the teaching periods Mon Fri, 8.30-16.15 hrs. Opening hours are subject to change. 4.5 COMPUTER SERVICES AND FACILITIES The main task of the IT-Services is to contribute and foster the use of the information technology in tuition, research and related support functions, as in administration and library services at HSE. The IT-Services HelpDesk is located on the ground floor in the A- wing of the Main Building. Office hours: Phone service (09 431 38801): Mon-Fri 8.30-15.30 Email responses: Mon-Fri 8.30-15.30 Personal service: every day 9.00-15.00. The opening hours are subject to change.

20 The most essential activities from the students point of view are the use of PCs, HSE e-mail and a personal home directory (a space on server) for saving data at the school. Also the possibility to use personal computers at HSE wireless network is catching on among students. User accounts and passwords are required in order to access the HSE s computers, wireless network and in order to use most of the IT services provided for the students by HSE. Such services are for example the use of the local network, access to Internet, HSE s software distribution and HSE email operations. You will get your account during the orientation days from your tutor. There are about 400 workstations at the students disposal. The six computer classrooms (WM-Data Novo C331, C332 and TietoEnator C250 in Main Building / G1.13 and G1.14 in Chydenia Building / E021 in Arkadia Building) are freely at the HSE students disposal outside the classes. In addition, there are working spaces with workstations in the Main Building, the Arkadia Building and the Chydenia Building. Those students with mandatory class assignments should be given priority to use the PCs. Please always remember to log out from classroom computers so that other students cannot operate with your user account. A student has the right to print 250 pages / month free of charge. If more pages are needed, a written application with an approving signature of a member of HSE s teaching staff has to be submitted. 4.6 HSE PIAZZA HSE Piazza is a network service (intranet) for HSE degree students and staff. HSE Piazza has information on studies and services for international BSc and MSc degree students. In addition, various forms and guides are also available at Piazza. Bulletin boards on changes in daily activities for example changes of the classrooms, cancellation of lectures and reception hours etc. are also available for students. You can log in at https://piazza.hse.fi. To log in, use your network username and password. If you are not able to find information you need at Piazza, please contact your degree programme, department, subject or the Office of Studies and Registrar at study@hse.fi. 4.7 WEBOODI COMPUTER APPLICATION Registration for courses, examinations, and registration to HSE for the academic year is done through the WebOodi computer application. You will not need any special user account for WebOodi but you can use your microcomputer network username and password. Via this application you can also make your personal study plan, order an

21 unofficial copy of your academic transcript to your e-mail, have a look at course outlines or make alterations concerning your personal data (e.g. change of address). 4.8 BULLETIN BOARDS - Bulletin board with the daily information (e.g. examinations): The Main Building, lobby - Bulletin board for the 1 st year students: The Main Building, A-wing, the ground floor - Department of Marketing and Management: The Main Building, A-wing, 2 nd floor and Arkadia, 2 nd and 3 rd floor. Philosophy Chydenia 1 st floor. - Department of Accounting and Finance: Accounting: The Main Building, A-wing, 2 nd floor and Chydenia 3 rd floor. Finance: Chydenia 2 nd floor. Business Law: Arkadia 1 st floor. - Department of Business Technology: Chydenia 4 th floor. Information Systems Science: Chydenia 5th floor. Logistics: Chydenia 5th floor Management Science: Chydenia 1st floor. Quantitative Methods in Economics: Chydenia 4 th floor. Technology Management and Policy: Chydenia 1 st floor. - Department of Economics: The Main Building, A-wing, 2 nd floor and Economicum 3 rd floor - Department of Languages and Communication: The Main Building, A-wing, 4 th floor 4.9 LIBRARY The HSE Library, called the Helecon Information Center, is a national resource center in economics and business sciences in Finland. With its collection and services it is one of the largest libraries in the field in the Nordic Countries. The collections include 100 000 books and there are more than 150 international databanks at the service. Furthermore, more than 5000 periodicals, including the electronic ones, are subscribed annually. The Master s theses done at HSE can also be found in the library s collection room. During your studies you can make good use of the text book library. You can get a library card from the library office by presenting your ID card. In the Helcat database you can check the availability of books and renew loans. The Linda database is the pathway to the collections of all domestic scientific libraries. When writing your Master s thesis, you can make an appointment with the staff for guidance on reference retrieval.

22 Opening hours and contact information: Opening hours: Mon Thu, 9 19 hrs, Fri, 9 16 hrs, Sat, 10 15 hrs except in the summertime. Visiting address: Leppäsuonkatu 9 E, Mailing address: PL 149, 00101 Helsinki Phone: for loan renewals, book and journal availability 09-4313 8423 (charge: local network charge). Email: library@hse.fi, Internet: http://lib.hse.fi/en/ 4.10 THE CAREER SERVICES CENTER The Career Services Center serves as an active link between students and businesses. The Center offers a range of services to students including career information and references material, facilitating company presentations to students; seminars for résumé writing and other career-related subjects, résumé proofreading and career counseling services. Please visit the website: www.hse.fi/career or contact career@hse.fi. The visiting address for the Career Services Center is Runeberginkatu 14-16 (Main Building), C-wing, 3rd floor, and the office hours are Mon-Fri 13.00 to 14.00 hrs and Tue 11.00 to 17.00 hrs. The Career Services Center organizes an annual ARENA fair jointly with Hanken, the Swedish School of Economics. The ARENA fair for 2008 is held on Wednesday, November 12 from 9:30 am to 4 pm. At the fair you will have the possibility to listen to company presentations and talk to the company representatives. In addition, there will be info sessions for job-hunting as well as a CV-stop. Generally, there are no classes on the day of the ARENA Fair. Fair area is located in the main building of Helsinki School of Economics. 4.11 HSE PRINT HSE Print is in charge of printing services and acquisition and maintenance of photocopiers. Copiers for students are located in the basement of the A-wing in the Main Building, in the library, on the ground floor of the Arkadia Building and on the 1st floor of the Chydenia Building. HSE Print uses first class quality digital production equipment that enables even small amounts of copies. The seminar presentations and theses of the students are printed by HSE Print. Additional services include transparencies, color copies and picture scanning. For further information, please contact the HSE Print staff. HSE Print is located on the ground floor in the A-wing, tel. (09) 4313 8264, email: hse.print@hse.fi. The service hours are Mon Fri, 8 16 hrs. 4.12 KY - THE STUDENT UNION OF HSE Every student at the Helsinki School of Economics aiming at the BSc / MSc degree in Economics and Business Administration is by law automatically a member of the Student Union of the Helsinki School of Economics, KY. Thus the membership is mandatory. And

23 as a member of KY you are automatically member of the National Union of the Finnish Students (SYL). KY is the abbreviation for Helsingin kauppakorkeakoulun ylioppilaskunta, in English the Student Union of the Helsinki School of Economics. The membership includes the KY membership fee, which is compulsory for every attending student. To be able to register to the Helsinki School of Economics you need to pay the KY membership fee. The membership fee for degree students is 64 for the academic year 2008-09 and 32 for one semester. International exchange students can join KY if they want to, and practically every student does this because of the numerous benefits one receives by joining the Student Union. KY offers several direct and indirect benefits for its members. All of KY members are also members of the National Union of Students in Finland and they are entitled to general student benefits, such as reductions on local transportation (HKL), national train (VR) and bus connections (Matkahuolto), student priced meals in student cafeterias as well as student health care services. In addition, KY offers its own members additional benefits. The most central services are: Scholarships Book store services Subventions for sports-, culture and other leisure time activities Student apartments Discounts offered by co-operating companies More benefits and information about KY can be found from http://english.kyweb.org/. KY exists for its members - its function is to connect its members and enhance their societal, social and mental welfare. For students, KY stands for benefits, services and friends. The Student Union and its activities are based on active members, thus every member has an opportunity to influence the future development of the Student Union. In addition, KY is an important special-interest group in educational and social political affairs. 4.12.1 KY Bookstore and KIVA Book Agency The KY Bookstore and the KIVA Book Agency are located in the same facilities on the ground floor in the A-wing of the Main Building. In the KY bookstore you can buy course textbooks, stationery, KY products, copying cards etc. In the KIVA Book agency you can sell your books and buy second hand books. 4.13 STUDENT CARDS New student cards are ordered from http://www.lyyra.fi with the price of 14,50 euros. Note that the first student card for freshman students and exchange students is free of charge. Before receiving the student card, you can get all the same benefits with the

24 receipt for the membership fee of KY. You need to have it stamped at the Help Desk of the Office of Studies and Registrar (HSE main building, 1st floor). The validity of the membership card is proven by a sticker indicating the current academic year. You can get a sticker for the Lyyra student card from HSE s HelpDesk (located at the lobby of HSE Main Building, room B166) during its opening hours. You will get the sticker for the card after you have paid the KY membership fee and it has been registered by the WebOodi system. Without a KY membership and a valid sticker indicating the academic year, the Lyyra student card can t be used. A valid membership is also a requirement for an access to the Lyyra web service. The card is a valid as a student card as long as the sticker indicates. Who can get a Lyyra student card? All BSc, MSc and postgraduate students who are members of KY can order a Lyyra student card. For students who already have an old blue student card this is optional the old card still works as valid student identification. If you have misplaced your card, it is stolen or for any other reason you might need a new student card, you need to order a Lyyra card as instructed below. How to order the card? 1. You must have paid KY s membership fee and registered as a student in order to get a student card. 2. Get a digital picture of yourself that shows your face, has a light background, is at minimum 245x300 pixels in size and is saved in.jpg-format. The picture can be in black and white or color. You can also send a printed photo, but this will slow down the process. 3. Go to http://www.lyyra.fi and choose order card. Fill in the order form according to the instructions given on the website. The card costs 14,50 and you can pay it either by using your e-banking service or by a traditional bank transfer. 4. When you fill in the ordering form on the website, you can choose if you want the notification of the completion of your card to be sent to your e-mail or to your mobile phone. When you get this notification you can get your card from KY Service Point in the ground floor of HSE Main building. 5. Get the sticker that indicates the validity of the card from HSE s HelpDesk (located at the lobby of HSE Main Building, room B166) during its opening hours. Normally the delivery of the card takes about two weeks. There is a peak time in the orders during the beginning of the academic year so the delivery time is also longer. In the beginning of the fall term the cards start arriving usually in the beginning of September. The order will be processed once you have paid for the card, delivered your photograph and Lyyra Company has been received information about your attendance from HSE. Once the card is completed, you will receive an e-mail with a link to activate the Lyyra web service. With that link, you can create a user name and password for the web service. The link will be sent to the e-mail address you have stated in your application form. If you

25 have problems with logging in to the Lyyra web service or any questions concerning the service, please contact info@lyyra.fi. 4.14 FINANCING OF STUDIES Student financial aid - What it is Student financial aid is intended to provide an income for financially needy students whose parents are not under obligation to finance their studies and who are not eligible for aid under some other provisions. In order to qualify, you must be a full-time student, make satisfactory academic progress, and be in need of financial assistance. Financial aid is available in the form of study grants, housing supplements and government guarantees for student loans. Study grant and housing supplement are governmentfinanced benefits with monthly payments to the student s bank. The study grant is subject to tax. If you are granted a government loan guarantee, you can apply for a student loan with a bank of your choice. The bank will contact KELA to check the loan guarantee details. International Students Non-citizens of Finland can get financial aid for studies in Finland if they live in Finland on a permanent basis for a purpose other than studying. This requires that they are registered as permanent residents in the Finnish population register system. The purpose of residence in Finland is determined by reference to such matters as the residence permit, registration or acceptance to an educational institution. Applications for financial aid must be accompanied by the appendix form OT10 for foreign residents. If you come to Finland solely for the purpose of attending a school, you cannot get Finnish student financial aid. (www.kela.fi) Cash flow problems For sudden cash flow problems the Student Union offers its members a short term loan of max. 200. The annual interest rate is 6% and the pay-back time is at most two months. For more information on the loan and applications please contact the KY's financial secretary Sirkku Kemppainen. You can meet her at the KY office. You need two guarantors to get the loan. The guarantors have to be KY members or near relatives. The money will be given on the next weekday from the day of leaving the application. 4.15 HOUSING The Student Union of the Helsinki School of Economics, KY KY has over 700 apartments in 13 different locations, 12 in Helsinki and one in Espoo. The apartments are available to all KY members. They are all well situated with good transport connections to the centre and the university. KY also provides housing for its foreign degree and exchange students. The rents for the apartments are below market prices.

26 KY offers a few furnished rooms reserved especially for new degree students arriving from abroad. To apply for these, you should contact the Student housing secretary at asunto@kyweb.fi or visit the housing secretary office in the main building of HSE. You can also find more information on housing in http://english.kyweb.org/info/housing in English. The student union also offers apartment services for HSE students and the housing secretary can help you with matters concerning your housing at the KY Service Point in the HSE main building. You can contact housing office by email at asunto@kyweb.fi. Foundation for Student Housing in the Helsinki Region, HOAS HOAS student accommodation can be applied for by anyone undertaking full-time studies in a secondary level educational institution or university. Part of HOAS's accommodation is reserved for international exchange students and researchers. In the summertime HOAS rents rooms and apartments also for non-students. For post-graduate students HOAS is able to offer accommodation only rarely. HOAS provides different types of housing units ranging from dormitory-style shared apartments, family apartments to studios. For more information, please visit www.hoas.fi. 4.16 HEALTH SERVICES Finnish Student Health Service, FSHS Finnish Student Health Service, FSHS, provides students with preventive health care, medical care, mental health care and dental health care. FSHS covers all university students in 16 Finnish cities and services are produced at 16 health centers. Paying the Finnish Student Health Service (FSHS) fee with the KY membership fee entitles all HSE degree students to get health services from the FSHS. For more information about the Finnish Student Health Service please visit the website www.yths.fi. Study Psychologist Psychologist Minna Nevala (Ms) will give guidance on tasks that involve problem-solving like how to map the targets of your studies, how to get back to the studies after a longer break, how to learn the right study techniques, how one could adapt oneself smoothly in the study environment, how to solve the problems concerning motivation, anxiety about examinations and thesis writing, how to learn to manage time effectively and how overcome the difficulties of writing processes. Consultation available by appointment only, phone 431 39728, or email minna.nevala@hse.fi. The appointments are held in room G-010 in the basement of the Chydenia building. Local health stations and other health services In case of accident or emergency, you can also contact your local health station. The hospitals have also their emergency departments which are open 24 hours a day. If you need information on health, illnesses or health services and you live in Helsinki, Espoo, Vantaa or Kauniainen, you can call to the health telephone number (09)10023 which

27 serves 24 hours a day. There are also a number of private health stations available. The University Pharmacy (Yliopiston Apteekki) in the address Mannerheimintie 96, Helsinki is open 24 hours a day. University priest If you are in need of a confidential discussion, you can also contact the university priest (the minister from the congregation of the Evangelical Lutheran Church of Finland), who will listen and talk with you regardless of your religion. Consultation is available by appointment, email leena.huovinen@evl.fi. Secretaries for Social Affairs of KY The Secretaries for Social Affairs of KY are there for you when you need help with matters like accommodation, student financial aid, health services (FSHS) and matters linked to psychological and physical wellbeing. Please note that in cases of mental or physical illnesses, the primary place to get help is the Finnish Student Health Service, FSHS (YTHS) www.yths.fi.

28 5 GENERAL INFORMATION ON STUDIES AT HSE 5.1 GRADES AND CREDITS HSE has adopted a new credit system as a measurement of studies and degrees on August 1, 2005. After August 1, 2005 HSE started to use European ECTS credit system as a base of the measurement of studies and degrees. The ECTS, European Credit Transfer and Accumulation System, was developed originally for the credit transfer for the European Student Exchange Program, Erasmus. In 1999 the European Ministers of Education decided in Bologna, Italy to promote the wide use of ECTS system in European countries and European universities (Bologna Declaration). Therefore ECTS is currently developing from the credit transfer system into an accumulation system to be implemented at institutional, regional, national and European level. ECTS is a student-centered system based on the student workload required to achieve the objectives of a program, objectives specified in terms of the learning outcomes and competences to be acquired. ECTS is based on the principle that 60 credits measure the workload of a full-time student during one academic year. The student workload of a full-time study program at HSE is 1600 hour per year and one HSE ECTS credit (in Finnish opintopiste = study point) stands for around 27 working hours. For example in Europe in most universities students workload for 60 ECTS credits/academic year is about 1500-1800 hours. All courses at HSE are mostly 6 ECTS credits. The extent of the three-year Bachelor s Degree at HSE is 180 ECTS credits and the extent of the two-year Master s Degree at HSE is 120 ECTS credits. Although HSE has moved to the ECTS credit system, the ECTS grading scale as such is not used. 5.2 GRADING SCALE AT HSE The students who study according to the Degree Regulations 2005 will be graded with the following grading system: 86-100 points excellent (knowledge) 70-85 points very good (knowledge) 60-69 points good (knowledge) 50-59 points satisfactory (knowledge) 40-49 points sufficient (knowledge) A minimum of 40 points is required to pass.

29 For studies completed according to the Degree Requirements 1995 (Degree Regulations of 1 August 1995) the grading system at HSE was verbal and based on a numerical scale as follows: 0-100 points excellent (knowledge) 60-79 points good (knowledge) 40-59 satisfactory (knowledge) A minimum of 40 points was required to pass. This grading system was valid until July 31,2008. 5.2.1 The validity of grades and credits The grades and credits of individual courses of the Bachelor s or Master s degree are valid for five years for the degree from the original date of completion of the course. It is possible to improve the original grade by attending to a new examination. The best grade of the course will be the official grade of the course. The compulsory courses of the BSc and MSc degree which are common to all students do not expire at all as well as the language and communication studies and the modules (for example the module of minor studies) of the degrees. 5.2.2 Transcript of records The transcript of records can be ordered via WebOodi. The Official HSE Transcript of Records with the stamp and signature from the Office of Studies and Registrar costs 2 euros. It can also be obtained from the Help Desk during the opening hours. 5.3 HSE STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAM HSE students who complete either Bachelor s or Master s Degree are able to apply to study in the student exchange program of HSE. The exchange program is administered by the International Student Services at the Office of Studies and Registrar. For further information on study options, admission policy and partner universities can be obtained from the International Student Services. The study abroad period is the part of the student s HSE degree usually the International Study Module - and the part of the student s official personal study plan. 5.3.1 International Study Module According to the degree requirements only one minor can be completed for both of the degrees: Bachelor s and Master s. When having completed studies at a partner university abroad, the principle ruling is that these studies should form the only one and compulsory minor of either the BSc or MSc degree. This minor is called the International Study Module.

30 The minor for Bachelor s degree is 30 credits in extent and 24 credits for the Master s. However, it is also acceptable to take courses of corresponding content required for program studies (a study entity). Students should, however, take into account the fact that partner universities seldom have courses to be offered with a corresponding content of those offered by HSE that are required for the degree/program studies. It is also possible to include the studies completed at another university to the study program of HSE if the requirements for the program aloud that. Study plans (learning agreement) concerning exchange studies must always be approved before leaving for abroad. 5.3.2 CEMS Master s European Joint Program Degree HSE is a member of CEMS (Community of European Management Schools). CEMS consists of 17 European universities and approximately 60 corporate partners. The main product is the CEMS MIM (Master s in International Management), a degree with European and global orientation developed jointly by the member universities and the corporate partners. The network is undergoing a vivid globalisation process with new member universities also outside Europe joining in, and the CEMS MIM program will also be available at many of these new members already starting academic year 2009-2010. The CEMS MIM is most suited for a student who is interested in languages, aims at a European career and is committed to a long-term study plan to achieve this goal. Those students who have signed up for the CEMS MIM degree may profit a great deal from the CEMS network when planning their future professional careers, since corporate partners offer internships and permanent jobs. HSE s corporate partners are Elcoteq, Kone, Nokia and StoraEnso. HSE students pursue the CEMS MIM parallel to their MSc degree. The CEMS MIM consists of the HSE MSc (Econ.&Bus.Adm.) degree studies and the CEMS curriculum. The CEMS studies are mainly to be completed within one academic year. This intensive period of international exposure includes studies at home university and a semester abroad, CEMS Courses, CEMS Business Project and Skill Seminars. The ideal timing to apply for CEMS is in the first year of their MSc studies. At this stage when drawing up their Personal Study Plans, students should take into account that the CEMS studies must as completely as possible be included in the extent of the degree, 120 credits. Additional information on the program and the application process is available from HSE CEMS Coordinator Liisa Kotilainen, email: liisa.kotilainen@hse.fi, and from the CEMS website www.cems.org.

31 5.4 JOO STUDIES Degree students may study parts of the degree at another university via the flexible right to study scheme (JOO). This means a student who has been admitted to a Finnish university ( home university ) can apply for a temporary right to study parts of his/her degree at another Finnish university ( receiving university ). The agreement comprises both the BSc/MSc degree students and the postgraduate students. The studies will be paid for by the student s home university. In order to apply for the flexible right to study (JOO) at another Finnish university, a student has to obtain approval from his/her home university. Thus, the following prerequisites have to be met: The course(s) / study module applied for have to fit into (not exceed) the extent of the BSc degree (180 credits) or MSc degree (120 credits). The course(s) / study module applied for should complement the HSE BSc/MSc degree within its general structure requirements; i.e. the studies would form the minor subject or be a part of a study module. The JOO studies need to be a part of the student s officially approved personal study plan (PSP). The student has progressed with his/her studies within the normative length. Courses with a corresponding content are not offered by HSE. The purpose of JOO studies at another university is not to take elsewhere courses that can also be taken at HSE. Usually JOO studies form a minor studies module of the degree. Although it may be possible to include them also elsewhere in the degree, in practice, it is somewhat rare. Based on the degree requirements, the extent of a minor studies module in the BSc degree is 30 credits and in the MSc degree 24 credits (at the minimum). When the above mentioned prerequisites are met, the student s application will be submitted for approval to the Office of Studies and Registrar, which does not, however, automatically mean that the Office of Studies and Registrar will give the seal for approval. Please note that depending on the receiving university, either a paper application form or an electronic application system needs to be used. Both are found in www.joopas.fi. Electronic application is already in use at most of the universities. Please visit the website www.joopas.fi for updated information and deadlines or contact the officer in charge of JOO at the HSE Office of Studies and Registrar for detailed advice. Currently, after the completion of JOO studies, the student himself/herself needs to get an official transcript from the receiving university (+get course description(s) if needed) and fill in the HSE application form for credit transfer.

32 5.5 STUDYING FINNISH AS A FOREIGN LANGUAGE In 2005 HSE signed a co-operation agreement on language studies jointly with Helia Business Polytechnic, now known as Haaga-Helia Polytechnic. The non-finnish speaking HSE students are permitted to participate in the Finnish language courses offered by Haaga-Helia starting from beginners level 1 up to level 6. The normal duration of the language course is one teaching period, half of the term. The courses are allocated 3 credits each. As soon as the student has reached and completed the Finnish course level 6 organized by Haaga-Helia he/she can continue with the more advanced Finnish courses level 7 and 8 organized by HSE. Finnish for MSc students MSc students can take only one 3 cr Finnnish course (Finnish 3 or higher) at Haaga-Helia for their degree. For further information, please contact leena.brander@hse.fi. 5.5.1 Finnish Language Courses at Haaga-Helia (levels 1-6) Registration The students are not able to register for the Finnish language courses offered by Haaga- Helia through the Weboodi system. The Haaga-Helia s semesters are not the same as those of HSE. Therefore the registration and the deadlines for the registration differ from the regular HSE course registration. The registration for Haaga-Helia s Finnish courses will always and only go through the Office of Studies and Registrar of HSE. The Office of Studies and Registrar will inform the registered HSE students to the Haaga-Helia. Although the Finnish language courses organized by Haaga-Helia are free of charge to the HSE degree students HSE is obliged to pay Haaga-Helia a course fee according to the number of participants attending that particular course. Therefore only those students who have properly registered for Finnish courses are allowed to participate in them, and HSE will cover their costs. You can register for Finnish language courses by informing the Office of Studies and Registrar by the given deadline (see the table below) to the e-mail address leena.brander@hse.fi (or study@hse.fi) or you can leave a message in the mailbox of the Office of Studies and Registrar in the A-wing, 1 st floor, main building of HSE. The registration for the courses must be sent no later than 21 days before the teaching period starts at Haaga-Helia. Please notice that Haaga-Helia students can register for Finnish courses earlier that HSE students and there is only limited number of places for HSEstudents available. AUTUMN 2008 Please, notice that changes in courses and course schedules are possible. The students for the courses are admitted in the order of registration and both HSE and Haaga-Helia students can register for the same courses. The courses during the first period of autumn

33 semester will start from August 25 onwards. If you miss the first class you can still start the course without any difficulties. Deadline for registration for HSE Office of Studies and Registrar New students during the orientation week Other students by Wed Aug 13 New students during the orientation week Other students by Wed Aug 13 New students during the orientation week Other students by Wed Aug 13 New students during the orientation week Other students by Wed Aug 13 New students during the orientation week Other students by Wed Aug 13 New students during the orientation week Other students by Fri Aug 24 The course period at HELIA in autumn 2008 Aug 25 Oct 17 Aug 25 Oct 17 Aug 25 Oct 17 Aug 25 Oct 17 Aug 25 Oct 17 Aug 25 Oct 17 Name of the course at HAAGA-HELIA FIN4TF001 Introduction to the Finnish Language 1 FIN4TF001 Introduction to the Finnish Language 1 FIN4TF003 Finnish 3 FIN4TF003 Finnish 3 FIN4TF005 Finnish 5 FIN4TF005 Finnish 5 Wed Oct 1 Oct 27 Dec 19 FIN4TF002 Introduction to the Finnish Language 2 Wed Oct 1 Oct 27 Dec 19 FIN4TF002 Introduction to the Finnish Language 2 Wed Oct 1 Oct 27 Dec 19 FIN4TF004 Finnish 4 Wed Oct 1 Oct 27 Dec 19 FIN4TF006 Finnish 6 Wed Oct 1 Oct 27 Dec 19 FIN4TF006 Finnish 6 The schedule at HAAGA-HELIA Tue 08:00-09:45, Thu 08:00-09:45 Tue 14:00-15:45, Thu 14:00-15:45 Tue 14:00-15:45, Thu 14:00-15:45 Mon 10:00-11:45 Wed 10:00-11:45 Wed 10:00 11:45 Fri 10:00 11:45 Tue 16:00-17:30 Thu 16:00 17:30 Tue 08:00-09:45, Thu 08:00-09:45 Mon 10:00-11:45 Wed 10:00-11:45 Mon 16:00-17:30, Thu 16:00-17:30 Tue 16:00 17:30 Wed 16:00-17:30 Mon 16:00-17:30, Thu 16:00-17:30

34 SPRING 2009 The courses for spring 2009 will be available in the end of the autumn semester 2008. During the first period of studies in 2009 will be offered at least courses of Finnish 3 and Finnish 5 so that the students can continue their language studies from the autumn period. Deadline for registration The course period at for HSE Office HELIA in spring of Studies and Registrar 2007 Dec 15, 2008 Jan 19 March 20 All courses offered during this period Feb 16, 2009 March 30 - May 22 All courses offered during this period Cancellation of the participation As mentioned above, the Finnish language courses organized by Haaga-Helia are free of charge to HSE degree students. However, as HSE is obliged to pay Haaga-Helia a course fee according to the number of participants attending a particular course and does not get a refund for non completions, students who register for the Finnish courses are expected to complete them. If you are not able to attend the course you have registered for at all or you are not going to finish it, please, always inform the Office of Studies and Registrar at HSE. If you neglect to pass on this information to the HSE Office of Studies and Registrar you will have only one more chance to register for a Haaga-Helia Finnish language course. In case of e.g. a (severe) illness, your right to take Finnish language courses at Haaga-Helia will be reconsidered. If you cancel your course participation twice or you never finish the course without a good enough reason and without informing the HSE Office of Studies and Registrar, you will not be permitted to attend to Finnish language courses at Haaga-Helia again. Transferring Haaga-Helia Finnish courses to HSE After completing a Finnish language course at Haaga-Helia the credits should be transferred without delay towards the HSE degree. The student him/herself is mainly responsible for the credit transfer. The prerequisite for participating another Haaga-Helia s Finnish language course is that the credit transfer of the previous course has been taken care of. In case the student has not taken care of the transfer of the Haaga-Helia Finnish courses Office of Studies and Registrar reserves right to transfer the Finnish studies on behalf of the student. Once the student has marked to his/her Personal Study Plan Haaga-Helia Finnish course/s and attended and completed the course/s it is considered equivalent to the application for credit transfer. Finnish language studies can only be a part of the student s HSE degree studies and they will not show in the HSE student register without credit transfer.

35 If you have any questions concerning the Finnish language studies at Haaga-Helia, please contact Leena Brander at the Office of Studies and Registrar, leena.brander@hse.fi, tel. 4313 9729. 5.5.2 Finnish Language Courses at HSE (levels 7-8) For those international students who have a good basic knowledge of Finnish and master all basic structures of Finnish language will be arranged Finnish communication courses at HSE: 71000100 Finnish Business Communication 1 (level 7) (3 credits), continuation for the Helia Finnish course level 6 and 71000200 Finnish Business Communication 2 (level 8) (3 credits) 71000100 FINNISH BUSINESS COMMUNICATION (3 ECTS) STATUS OF THE COURSE: Finnish Business Communication elective for non-native speakers of Finnish. The course can be included either in the required language and communication studies for the B.Sc. Programme or in the Common Core courses for the M.Sc. Programme. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Finnish Business Communication elective for non-native speakers of Finnish. OBJECTIVES: The student will be able to write e-mails in Finnish. He will know the basics of meeting techniques. He can give a brief presentation of a company. His business vocabulary will be increased. CONTENT: The course introduces the fundamentals of oral and written business communication in Finnish. It provides training in spoken and written communication fluency, grammatical accuracy, and business terminology (e-mail, informative business presentations, and meetings, memos, advanced Finnish grammar). The grammar will be determined by the needs of the students. OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Course materials provided by the lecturer. TEACHER(S): Part-time teacher MA Kaarina Mononen Contact hours 28 h, mandatory attendance. Independent studies 40 h: homework, assignments and preparation for lessons and exams. Assignments 30 % Exams 40 % Class contribution 30 % TIMING: Autumn 2008 and spring 2009. PREREQUISITE: Common European Framework of Reference (CEF), minimum starting level: A2 (or Helia s course Finnish 6 with good marks). The student should master all basic structures of the Finnish language. TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: Finnish REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi

36 71000200 FINNISH BUSINESS COMMUNICATION 2 (3 ECTS) STATUS OF THE COURSE: Finnish Business Communication elective for non-native speakers of Finnish. The course can be included either in the required language and communication studies for the B.Sc. Programme or in the Common Core courses for the M.Sc. Programme. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Finnish Business Communication elective for non-native speakers of Finnish. OBJECTIVES: The student can participate in a negotiation or argumentation discussion and can express his/her opinion. He can write a memo and a report. He knows the characteristics of persuasive language. CONTENT: The course focuses on the fundamentals of oral and written business communication in Finnish. It provides training in spoken and written communication fluency, grammatical accuracy, and business terminology (product demonstrations, negotiations, memos, reporting, and advanced Finnish grammar). The grammar will be determined by the needs of the students. OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Course materials provided by the lecturer. TEACHER(S): Part-time teacher MA Kaarina Mononen Contact hours 28 h, mandatory attendance. Independent studies 40 h: homework, assignments and preparation for lessons and exams. Assignments 30 % Exams 40 % Class contribution 30 % TIMING: Autumn 2008 and spring 2009. PREREQUISITE: Common European Framework of Reference (CEF), minimum starting level: B1 (or Finnish 7 = Finnish Business Communication 1 at HSE) TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: Finnish REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi 5.6 CREDIT TRANSFER Credits can be transferred to the HSE BSc/MSc degrees on the basis of studies completed at another university or a polytechnic. Studies which are included in a lower academic degree cannot be recognized for a higher academic degree. Studies or study modules which are so called supplementary studies and do not count as obligatory studies either for the BSc degree (180 credits) or for the MSc degree (120 credits), will not be acknowledged. The credits can be transferred only to be a part either of the BSc or the MSc degree i.e. the maximum number of credits that can be transferred to the HSE BSc degree is 90 credits. Thus, at least 90 credits have to be completed at HSE. Respectively the maximum number

37 of credits allowed to be transferred to the HSE MSc degree is 60 credits. Thus, a student has to complete at least 60 credits at HSE. A Bachelor s or a Master s thesis completed in another institution is not transferable but the thesis work, the thesis seminar and the maturity test must always be completed at HSE. When talking about credit transfer there are two different terms being used: substitution and inclusion. Substitution means compensating certain obligatory studies included in the degree requirements with other studies of corresponding content. Inclusion means integrating studies of another institution into the degree as an obligatory minor subject, which will be registered with the mark pass. Further information on credit transfer and the application form can be found from HSE Piazza. 5.7 GRADUATION 5.7.1 Getting the Bachelor s Diploma The Bachelor s diplomas are awarded once a month, always on the 15th of the month or the next weekday after that if the 15th is not a weekday, except in July and August when diplomas are not awarded. The diploma order must be done at least 3 weeks before the graduation. You can place your order for the Bachelor s diploma only when all the courses are registered incl. the BSc thesis and the maturity test. The first BSc graduation in 2008-2009 is in September, on Monday, 15 September 2008. Deadline for ordering diploma and for final grade registration is the same. That is 3 weeks before the graduation, on 25 August 2008. The diploma is obtainable at the Help Desk of Office of Studies on the graduation day, i.e. there is no graduation ceremony. Note! The diploma will be put together based on the information in the epsp. Please check in advance that the courses you have completed are in accordance with your updated and approved epsp for the Bachelor s degree! You can check that by ordering an unofficial transcript to your email and comparing it to your epsp. In order to graduate, you will need to fill in and return the following forms: 1) a diploma order form 2) an updated and approved Personal Study Plan (epsp) for the Bachelor s degree 3) an application form for the Master's degree program 4) copies of possible decisions, e.g. language exemptions 5) preferably a questionnaire form of graduating Bachelors All documents should be returned to the Office of Studies and Registrar, e.g. dropped in the letterbox of the Office of Studies and Registrar (main building, first floor) or left to the

38 Help Desk of Office of Studies and Registrar personnel. Please do not hesitate to contact the officers in charge of graduation for further assistance, valmistuminen(at)hse.fi. 5.7.2 Getting the Master s Diploma There are ten awards of the Master s diplomas during the academic year 2008-2009, of which four are with festivity. On the other graduation days there is no graduation ceremony, but the diploma is obtainable at the Help Desk of Office of Studies on the graduation day. The diploma order must be done at least 3 weeks before the graduation. You can place your order for the Master's diploma only when all the courses are registered incl. the MSc thesis and the maturity test. So deadline for ordering the diploma and for final grade registration is the same. Note! The diploma will be put together based on the information in the epsp. Please check in advance that the courses you have completed are in accordance with your updated and approved epsp for the Master s degree! You can check that by ordering an unofficial transcript to your email and comparing it to your epsp. In order to graduate, you will need to fill in and return the following forms: 1) A diploma order form 2) An updated and approved Personal Study Plan (PSP) for the Master s degree 3) Copies of possible decisions on supplementary studies, exemptions on maturity test etc. 4) MSc thesis statistics form 5) Preferably a questionnaire for recent graduates with a MSc degree All documents should be returned to the Office of Studies and Registrar, e.g. dropped in the letterbox of the Office of Studies and Registrar (main building, first floor) or left to the Help Desk of Office of Studies and Registrar personnel. Please, do not hesitate to contact the officers in charge of graduation for further assistance, valmistuminen(at)hse.fi.

39 Graduation dates in 2008-2009 There are no graduations in July or August 2008. The first graduation in 2008-2009 is on Friday, 26 September 2008 (cer). Deadline for ordering diploma and for final grade registration is the same. That is 3 weeks before the graduation, on 5 September 2008. Placing order ultimate deadline: MSc graduation dates: Fri 5.9.2008 Fri 26.9.2008 (cer.) Fri 3.10.2008 Fri 24.10.2008* Fri 7.11.2008 Fri 28.11.2008* Fri 28.11.2008 Fri 19.12.2008 (cer.) Fri 9.1.2009 Fri 30.1.2009* Fri 6.2.2009 Fri 27.2.2009* Fri 6.3.2009 Fri 27.03.2009 (cer) Fri 3.4.2009 Fri 24.4.2009* Fri 15.5.2009 Fri 05.06.2009 (cer.) Fri 12.6.2009 Fri 03.07.2009* No graduation ceremony. The diploma is obtainable at the Help Desk of Office of Studies during opening hours on the graduation day. (cer.) = Ceremonial awarding of certificates in the auditorium of the HSE Main Building A letter or an email with directions will be mailed to the graduating students approximately a week before the graduation. When returning your thesis copies to your MSc degree program with one loose-leaf librarycopy, please also remember to pay the fee required by the HSE Library related to binding the loose-leaf copy of the thesis later on. Take the receipt to the department with the looseleaf library copy and other thesis copies. Information for making the payment: Account: Nordea 166030-107329 or OKO 500001-20377626 or Sampo 800012-35716. Reference number to be used: 300 11111. Amount to be paid: 10,10. This money will be used for binding your thesis for the HSE library. HSE Print has nothing to do with this payment. Information material on graduation is currently mostly in Finnish. However, the HSE Piazza should be updated later on. Please, do not hesitate to contact the officers in charge of graduation for further assistance (e-mail: valmistuminen@hse.fi). Valmistuminen means graduation in Finnish.

40 5.7.3 Grading and Appearance of Diploma The grading system in the diploma is verbal and based on a numerical scale (40-100). The courses have the following grading scale: 86-100 excellent (knowledge) 70-85 very good (knowledge) 60-69 good (knowledge) 50-59 satisfactory (knowledge) 40-49 sufficient (knowledge) The thesis will be approved with one of the following grades: 90-100 excellent 80 very good 60-70 good 50 satisfactory 40 sufficient The diploma includes the degree studies: 180 credits for the Bachelor s degree and 120 credits for the Master s degree. The data of diploma will be retrieved from the WebOodi computer application and it is based on the personal study plan. A verbal grade is given for each study entity shown in the diploma. The entities in the Bachelor s diploma are: the study module of Fundamentals of Business Knowledge, degree program studies, thesis, minor studies, and compulsory language studies grouped according to different languages. The entities in the Master s diploma are: common core studies, degree program studies, thesis, and minor. Sometimes a student admitted directly to the Master s level may have been assigned to do complementary studies. These studies, however, will appear in the diploma without grading. When major subject, thesis, minor subjects and language studies are completed with an excellent grade, the student has completed the degree in economics and business administration with distinction. A transcript of records is attached to the diploma. It looks almost similar to the transcript of records that the student has during the studies. Every course has a numerical grade and all study entities have a weighted average. Additionally, a Diploma Supplement (DS) is attached to the diploma. It does not cost anything extra nor does the English translation of diploma, which is given automatically for students who have completed the degree entirely in English. The DS is planned to make the student mobility easier since it has a standard EU format. For example, the last chapter of DS includes information on the national education system.

41 5.8 INTERNSHIPS The degree regulations of 2005 do not allow internships to be included in the degrees. The only exception can be a business project arranged by HSE, which has to be approved by the respective degree program one is majoring in.

42 6 DEGREE PROGRAMS AND STRUCTURES 6.1 THE DEPARTMENTS AND DEGREE PROGRAMS OF HSE The Departments for Research and Teaching are responsible of all teaching in HSE. The departments are as follows: Department of Accounting and Finance Department of Business Technology Department of Economics Department of Languages and Communication Department of Marketing and Management HSE offers the following Bachelor s Degree Programs in Helsinki Campus: 1. Accounting, Finance and Business Law (Accounting and Business Law in Finnish, only Finance in English) 2. Business Technology (in English) 3. Economics (in Finnish) 4. Management (in Finnish) 5. Marketing (in Finnish) HSE offers in English in Mikkeli Business Campus the Bachelor s Program in International Business with the compulsory Study Abroad semester. For further information see internet page www.hse.fi/en/mikkeli/. HSE offers the Master s Programs in Helsinki Campus in the following subjects: 1. Information and Service Management (=Business Technology students who have begun their studies in 2005-2006) (in English) 2. Economics (in Finnish and in English) 3. Entrepreneurship (in English) 4. Finance (in English) 5. International Business (in English) 6. International Business Communication (in English) 7. Marketing (in Finnish and in English) 8. Accounting (in Finnish) 9. Business Law (in Finnish) 10.Finnish Language and Business Communication (in Finnish) 11.Logistics and Service Management (in Finnish) 12.Management (in Finnish) 13.Retail and Channel Management (in Finnish) Helsinki School of Economics has a two-phase degree structure according to the national regulations. The students must first complete the Bachelor of Science degree (phase 1),

43 and only after that the Master of Science in Economics and Business Administration degree (phase 2). The form of teaching is based on study programs in undergraduate and graduate level. The students can choose the program that suits them best. HSE uses the ECTS credits (European Credit Transfer and Accumulation System) meaning that 60 ECTS credits at HSE measures the workload of a full-time student in one academic year. Credits are allocated to all components (such as courses, thesis work, and placement) of a study program. The students who have started to study in the BSc and MSc Programs of HSE after August 1, 2005 will complete their degrees according to the Degree Regulations of 2005 of HSE. 6.2 THE STRUCTURE OF THE BSC DEGREE PROGRAM (IN HELSINKI CAMPUS) The Bachelor of Science in Economics and Business Administration degree program (BSc Degree Program) is a three year degree with the extent of 180 credits. The structure of the three-year Bachelor s Program is: 1) common studies for all BSc students (Fundamentals of Business Knowledge), 60 credits 2) major studies, 60 credits of which 18 credits required courses, includes also Bachelor s Thesis work 3) minor studies, 30 credits 4) language and communication studies, 30 credits = in total 180 credits 6.3 THE STRUCTURE OF THE MSC DEGREE PROGRAM (IN HELSINKI CAMPUS) The Master of Science in Economics and Business Administration degree program (MSc Degree Program) is a two-year program with the extent of 120 credits. The structure of the two-year Master s Program is common studies for all MSc students, 12 credits major studies, 84 credits of which 18 credits are required courses and 30 imaster s thesis work and seminar minor studies, 24 credits = in total 120 credits. + possible supplementary studies up to 30

44 7 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE STUDIES The Bachelor of Science in Economics and Business Administration degree program is a three year program with the extent of 180 credits. The HSE credits can be compared to the ECTS, (European Credit Transfer and Accumulation System) system developed for the Erasmus student exchange program in Europe. The studies in BSc Degree are designed so that the student should complete 30 credits/term and 60 credits/academic year. During the first year, students complete the compulsory courses of the BSc degree as well as languages and possibly minor studies. The students will choose their program of study in the end of the first year of studies and after being admitted to a BSc study program they start to study the courses of the program. The structure of the BSc Degree Programs is as follows: Fundamentals of Business Knowledge, Common Core Studies Professional Skills Portfolio incl. Personal Study Plan Mathematics and Statistics for Managers Introduction to Accounting Introduction to Business Law and Ethics Introduction to Finance Introduction to Management Marketing Management Operations Management Principles of Economics Quantitative Business Analysis 60 credits Common Program Studies 18 credits Bachelor s Program in Business Technology Bachelor s Program in Accounting, Finance and Business Law, Finance Specialization Specialisation Studies 42 credits Bachelor s Program in Business Technology Bachelor s Program in Accounting, Finance and Business Law, Finance Specialisation 5 courses of edits each Compulsory for all: Bachelor s Thesis 10 cr and Bachelor s Thesis Seminar 2 cr Minor Studies 30 credits Student can choose his/her minor studies offered at HSE or in another university Minor studies offered in English are Business Technology, Finance, International Business Communication and ITP, Information Technology Program Language and Communication Studies 30 credits TOTAL 180 CREDITS

45 7.1 PLANNING OF STUDIES To be able to start and continue studies smoothly and effectively, the planning of studies will play the important role during the student s time of study. HSE will provide advisement and support for students in many different ways. The planning of the studies will start during the orientation days for the new, incoming students on August 25 27 2008 with the sessions concentrating on support and assistance of the students with the planning of studies. For more information on the orientation days, see chapter 10.5. The new students will be assigned student tutors whose task is to support new students at the very beginning of their studies. The student tutors assist the new students in adapting to the new study environment and with practical details of study including the planning of studies. All students will also be assigned a tutor teacher. BSc degree students will get their tutor teachers in the end of the first year of studies. The tasks related to the advisement of students are defined annually in the teachers work plan and the teachers have regular reception hours for students. During the first year of studies, the Office of Studies and Registrar will take care of advisement of the students. Students are entitled to receive advising services from the Office of Studies and Registrar by appointment. Each student will compile a personal study plan (into the electronic form) to help them throughout the whole study period when making choices and planning their career. The personal study plan (PSP) is an overall presentation of the studies, which the student plans to take, as well as a plan of goal attainment and of earning the degree. On the other hand, the officially approved students personal study plans will provide systematic input for the planning and development of teaching. The personal study plan will be revised and updated with the progress of studies. Personal study plan and other forms of planning of studies are compulsory part of the BSc degree. The compulsory studies include the course of Professional Skills Portfolio. The name Portfolio refers to the idea that the student will collect in many different ways the skills and abilities needed in carrying on successfully university level studies and professional development. Professional Skills Portfolio will also help student in his/her studies. In the Bachelor s Program the extent of Personal Skills Portfolio is edits with the modules of Orientation to the studies at HSE (3 credits) Academic writing (1 credit) and Computing Skills (2 credits). In the end, the student has the primary responsibility for the planning and success of her/his studies but with the help of advisement services.

46 7.1.1 Example of scheduling the studies of BSc Degree The BSc studies have been scheduled for three years. During one year student is expected to complete 60 credits (equivalent to 1600 hours of student work) and during one semester the student is expected to complete 30 credits (equivalent to 800 hours of student work). The semester is divided into the two teaching periods and the student should complete during one period 12-18 credits. During the first year of studies the student will mainly complete the courses of the Fundamentals of Business Knowledge and languages. The language requirements of the BSc degree, 30 credits of languages, can be for example divided for 5 semesters ( language studies per semester) for 2,5 years time. Most non-finnish speakers will be admitted the exemption from the official language requirements of the BSc degree. Instead they will make the personal language plan where they plan how to study 30 cr languages, for example Finnish and English. It is also possible to complete the minor studies during the first year of studies provided that the student will not attend to the student exchange program during his/her Bachelor studies. Here is an example of the study plan with one semester exchange studies abroad (International Study Module). The amount of credits can slightly vary from semester to semester and from year to year depending on the course offerings. Year 1 AUTUMN SEMESTER Autumn semester: First period Courses of the Fundamentals of Business Knowledge: 30A00210 Half of the Mathematics and Statistics for Managers 21A00310 Introduction to Management Language studies : 61A00100 Business Communication (OR Finnish for Foreigners 1) OR no language studies Autumn semester: Second period Courses of the Fundamentals of Business Knowledge: 30A00210 Half of the Mathematics and Statistics for Managers 22A00210 Introduction to Accounting 23A00210 Marketing Management (continuing Finnish with Finnish for Foreigners 2 Language studies : 61A00100 Business Communication (OR Finnish for Foreigners 2) OR no language studies 3 cr (3 cr) 3 cr 3 cr) 3 cr Total amount of cr in autumn semester year 1 30 cr

47 Year 1 SPRING SEMESTER Spring semester: First period Courses of the Fundamentals of Business Knowledge: 32A00210 Introduction to Business Law and Ethics 31A00210 Principles of Economics 20A00203 Professional Skills Portfolio: Computing Skills 20A00211 Professional Skills Portfolio: Orientation to studies at HSE Language studies : Finnish for Foreigners 1 OR (61A00100 Business Communication, ) or no language studies Spring semester: Second period Courses of the Fundamentals of Business Knowledge: 35A00210 Operations Management, 28A00210 Introduction to Finance Language studies : Finnish for Foreigners 2 OR 61B120 Finance and Company Performance OR no language studies 2 cr 3 cr 3 cr 1 cr 3 cr 3 cr Total amount of cr in spring semester year 1 29-33 cr TOTAL AMOUNT OF CR YEAR 1 59-63 cr Year 2 AUTUMN SEMESTER Autumn semester: First period Courses of the Fundamentals of Business Knowledge: 30A00410 Half of the course of Quantitative Business Analysis 20A00213 Professionel Skills Portfolio: Academic Writing 3 cr 1 cr Common Program Studies Common Program Studies Language studies : 61C00300 English for Communication in Business OR 3 cr Finnish for Foreigners 1/3 Autumn semester: Second period Courses of the Fundamentals of Business Knowledge: 30A00410 Half of the course of Quantitative Business Analysis 3 cr Major Studies Language studies : 61C00300 English for Communication in Business OR Finnish for Foreigners 2/5 3 cr 3 cr Total amount of cr in autumn semester year 2 30-33 cr

48 Year 2 SPRING SEMESTER Spring semester: First period Major studies Common Program Studies Language studies : Finnish for Foreigners 3/6 OR 61C00200 Managerial Writing 3 cr 6 Spring semester: Second period Major studies 12 cr Language studies : Finnish for Foreigners 4 3 cr 61C00200 Managerial Writing continues Total amount of cr in spring semester year 2 30 cr TOTAL AMOUNT OF CR YEAR 2 60-63 cr Year 3 AUTUMN SEMESTER Autumn semester: First and second period International Study Module 30 cr Year 3 SPRING SEMESTER Spring semester: First period Major Studies 12 cr Language studies : Finnish for Foreigners 5 OR 61C00100 Managerial Communication 3 cr Spring semester: Second period Major Studies 12 cr Language studies : Finnish for Foreigners 6 OR 61C00100 Managerial Communication continues 3 cr 3 cr Total amount of cr in spring semester year 3 30 cr TOTAL AMOUNT OF CR YEAR 3 60 cr 7.2 FUNDAMENTALS OF BUSINESS KNOWLEDGE: CORE COURSES The BSc Program studies start with Fundamentals of Business Knowledge study module which is a compulsory study module to all BSc students. There are altogether 9 courses in business and economics (each course is edits) and the course of Professional Skills Portfolio (edits) which together form the Fundamentals of Business Knowledge (60 credits). The courses are in alphabetical order as follows: 22A00210 Introduction to Accounting 32A00210 Introduction to Business Law and Ethics 28A00210 Introduction to Finance

49 21A00310 Introduction to Management 23A00210 Marketing Management 30A00210 Mathematics and Statistics for Managers 35A00210 Operations Management 31A00210 Principles of Economics 20A00210 Professional Skills Portfolio 20A00211 Orientation to the Studies at HSE 3 cr 20A00212 Computing Skills (modules 37A05-37A057) 2 cr 20A00213 Scientific Writing 1 cr 30A00410 Quantitative Business Analysis All other courses than 20A00210 Professional Skills Portfolio are offered by the departments and they are related to business and economics subjects. Detailed course descriptions of the courses of Fundamentals of Business Knowledge can be found from Part 4 Course descriptions, at the end of this guide. The description of Professional Skills Portfolio is in the end of this chapter. The nine common business and economics core courses will be taken during the first year of studies and during the autumn semester of the second year together with the Professional Skills Portfolio in the following order: Autumn 2008, 1 st period Mathematics and Statistics for Managers, (Statistics) one semester course Quantitative Business Analysis (Mathematics), only for those students who have been exempted from the course of Mathematics and Statistics for Managers otherwise during the 2 nd year of studies, one semester course Introduction to Management Studies of Professional Skills Portfolio Autumn 2008, 2 nd period Mathematics and Statistics for Managers (Mathematics), continues from the 1 st period Quantitative Business Analysis (Statistics), only for those students who have been exempted from the course of Mathematics and Statistics for Managers otherwise during the 2 nd year of studies, continues from the 1 st period Introduction to Accounting Marketing Management Studies of Professional Skills Portfolio

50 Spring 2009, 1 st period Introduction to Business Law and Ethics Principles of Economics Studies of Professional Skills Portfolio Spring 2009, 2 nd period Introduction to Finance Operations Management Studies of Professional Skills Portfolio Autumn 2009, 1 st period Quantitative Business Analysis (Mathematics), one semester course Studies of Professional Skills Portfolio Autumn 2009, 2 nd period Quantitative Business Analysis (Statistics), continues from the 1 st period Studies of Professional Skills Portfolio At the same time students will take language courses. In case student has for example transferred credits for the first year from another university, he/she might also have time for minor studies. 7.2.1 Professional Skills Portfolio Professional Skills Portfolio is a compulsory course of edits for all BSc students and it is one of the required core courses of the degree. The name Portfolio refers to the idea that the student will collect in many different ways the skills and abilities needed in carrying on successfully university level studies and professional development. There are three different parts in the course 1. 20A00211 Orientation to the studies at HSE, 3 credits 2. 20A00213 Academic writing, 1 credit 3. 20A00203 Computing skills (modules 37A051 37A057), 2 credits The very first part of the Professional Skills Portfolio is the Orientation Week for the New Students on August 25 August 27, 2008 where all students are expected to be present. 20A00211 Professional Skills Portfolio: Orientation to the Studies at HSE Status of the course in the new degree: Bachelor s degree, Fundamentals of Business Studies, Compulsory study module of 3 cr of the Professional Skills Portfolio (). Level of the course in the new degree: Fundamentals of Business Studies Objectives: The objective of this course is to give you all the necessary skills and information you need to begin your studies at HSE and to complete your studies successfully. You also learn to know HSE, the study possibilities available, the personnel of HSE, other students at HSE and HSE is as a scientific community. You will also be given information on Student Union of HSE. During this course students will also learn how to

51 evaluate their learning skills and get tools for improving them. Students will also learn how to plan their studies and organize their time better. Content: The Orientation Week, student and teacher tutoring, personal study plans (PSP), study and learning skills, group learning skills, choosing the BSc program and minor studies, planning of the language studies of the BSc degree Literature: 1. The 2. Other material handed out during the Orientation week and during lectures Teacher(s): Minna Nevala, Leena Brander, Office of Studies and Registrar Course format: 1. Orientation Week 2. Information sessions and lectures during 2008-09 3. Personal Study Plan 1 (20A00214), Orientation Task (20A00215), Essay on learning skills (20A00216) and Personal Study Plan 2 (20A00216) Methods: Information sessions and lectures and exercises, group work, individual work, student and teacher tutoring Timing: Three first semesters Teaching language: English Remarks: The course modules will be graded Pass/Fail. All modules of the course have the code of their own. The course must be completed at HSE (no credit transfer). Homepage: http://cie.hkkk.fi/20a00210 20A00214 Personal Study Plan 1 (0 ECTS cr) Status of the course in the new degree: A compulsory assignment on the course 20A00211, Orientation to Studies at HSE. Content: Students will familiarize themselves with the degree requirements of the bachelor s degree and draw up a personal study plan (PSP) using PSP software. More detailed instructions: http://cie.hkkk.fi/20a00211 Course Format: available in http://cie.hkkk.fi/20a00211 Homepage: http://cie.hkkk.fi/20a00211 Responsible for the course: Center for Innovative Education 20A00215 Study Skills Assignment (0 ECTS cr) Status of the course in the new degree: A compulsory assignment on the course 20A00211, Orientation to Studies at HSE. Content: An assignment on personal study skills. More detailed instructions: http://cie.hkkk.fi/20a00211 Course Format: available in http://cie.hkkk.fi/20a00211 Homepage: http://cie.hkkk.fi/20a00211 Responsible for the course: Center for Innovative Education 20A00217 Personal Study Plan 2 (0 ECTS cr) Status of the course in the new degree: A compulsory assignment on the course 20A00211, Orientation to Studies at HSE. Content: After choosing their bachelor s program, students will plan their studies further and update their personal study plan (PSP) using PSP software. Student will also meet with their personal tutor teachers. More detailed instructions: http://cie.hkkk.fi/20a00211

52 Course Format: vailable in http://cie.hkkk.fi/20a00211 Homepage: http://cie.hkkk.fi/20a00211 Responsible for the course: Center for Innovative Education 20A00212 Professional Skills Portfolio: Computing Skills Status of the course in the new degree: Bachelor s degree, Fundamentals of Business Studies, Compulsory study module of 2 ECTS cr of the Professional Skills Portfolio (6 ECTS cr). Level of the course in the new degree: Fundamentals of Business Studies Objectives: The objective of the course is to demonstrate the skills to use basic office applications effectively and understand the basic concepts of ICT (Information and Communication Technology) and pass the A-level Computer Driving Licence examinations at the same time with HSE examinations. The HSE course follows the requirements of Computer Driving Licence, A-level, defined by TIEKE Finnish Information Technology Development Centre. A person who has performed A-level in the Computer Driving Licence System can independently use a computer, handles the basics of office applications, is familiarized with the basic concepts of IT and recognizes the applying fields. Content: There are altogether 7 different compulsory modules in the Computing Skills course (as in the Computer Driving Licence) which need to be passed. The modules are: Code 37A051 37A052 37A053 37A054 37A055 37A056 37A057 Name Using the Computer and File Management (Windows) Word Processing (MS-Word) the Internet (Internet Explorer and OutlookWebAccess) Spreadsheets (MS-Excel) Graphics (MS-PowerPoint) Databases (MS-Access) Basic Concepts of Information Technology (Theory) Literature: 1. Steve Johnson: Brilliant Office 2003 What You Need to Know and How to Do It, Pearson Education, 2005, ISBN 0 132 00 133 0. 2. Other Office 2003 related material Teacher(s): Bertta Sokura, Lecturer, Information System Science Course format: Independent study and tests on 7 modules of the course Methods: Teacher s counselling when needed Timing: Fall semester 2008 Spring semester 2009 Teaching language: Study material and examinations are in English Registration: The students register for the tests of the course modules by using the HSE codes 37A051 and so on. No registration for the code 20A00212 but it will appear automatically once the student has completed successfully all 7 modules.

53 The examinations in 2008-2009 are as follows: 37A051-37A057 All Modules 04.09.2008 at 14-16 37A051-37A057 All Modules 17.10.2008 at 14-16 37A051-37A057 All Modules 28.11.2008 at 14-16 37A051-37A057 All Modules 13.2.2009 at 14-16 37A051-37A057 All Modules 20.4.2009 at 14-16 Remarks: The course can be passed in three different ways: 1. If you have already completed computer application courses which are equivalent to the requirements of the course, please, make the credit transfer application. 2. Participate in the tests which are held for students who already have the sufficient skills in using the computer applications. It is recommended that the student would complete the 7 modules at least in two parts unless the student has excellent basic knowledge of all topics of the modules. 3Study the relevant course material and participate in the tests after reading the material. Homepage: http://cie.hkkk.fi/20a00212 20A00213 Professional Skills Portfolio: Scientific writing Status of the course in the new degree: Bachelor s degree, Fundamentals of Business Studies, Compulsory study module of 1 ECTS cr of the Professional Skills Portfolio (6 ECTS cr). Level of the course in the new degree: Fundamentals of Business Studies Objectives: The purpose of the course is to deepen the student s understanding of the elements of scientific writing and give practice in improving the scientific writing skills. Content: Exercises concerning the style and cohesion in academic writing, article reading and essay. Literature: Given article as a base for the essay Other course material: Given internet pages Teacher(s): Maija Tammelin, Lecturer, English Business Communication, Department of Languages and Communication Course format: Self-study and communication with the teacher via e-mail Timing: fall and spring semester Teaching language: English Registration: Via WebOodi Homepage: http://cie.hkkk.fi/20a00213 7.3 LANGUAGE AND COMMUNICATION STUDIES IN THE BSC DEGREE An integral part of the Bachelor of Science Degree is the language and communication studies. According to the Degree Regulations 2005 students are required to take 30 credits language and communication studies to able to graduate from the Bachelor s Program. Language courses are offered by the Department of Languages and Communication. The requirements of the degree regulations for language and communication studies are as follows:

54 Compulsory Language and Communication Studies 30 credits According to the BSc Degree Regulations Domestic Languages and Communication edits - Finnish Business Communication 3 credits - Swedish Business Communication 3 credits International Business Communication 18 credits - Foreign Language 1 6+edits - Foreign Language 2 edits Elective Language Course edits The courses are offered in English Business Communication, French, Finnish Language and Communication, German, Italian, Japanese, Russian and Spanish. The levels of the courses are A (basic), B (intermediate) and C (advanced). The requirements can mainly be followed by the students who are fluent in Finnish. Majority of the language course at HSE is taught from Finnish to the foreign language.the students who are not fluent in Finnish may apply for exemption. CEF language scale HSE language courses are listed according to the CEF, Common European Framework of Reference System. CEF is a European framework developed by the Council of Europe for the learning, teaching and assessment of languages. It defines and describes six levels of language attainment from A1 at the Basic User level to C2 at the Proficient User level. The levels are A1-A2-B1-B2-C1-C2. The CEF can be used as a tool both for student self-assessment and for language course planning. In addition, it provides a common international basis for the evaluation of language learning, such as when deciding on compensation for language studies completed abroad. 7.3.1 Exemption on Language Requirements of the BSc Degree There are many students who are not able to follow the language and communication studies in the way that is defined in the degree regulations of the BSc degree for example due to a lack of knowledge of Finnish and Swedish. The HSE language and communication courses (except English Business Communication) are usually taught from Finnish to the foreign language and therefore the non-finnish speaking students are able to participate only to the courses of English Business Communication and very few other courses offered at HSE. However, they can attend Finnish (as foreign language) courses offered at Haaga-Helia Polytechnic which are open for HSE students. In case the student is not able to follow the language requirements of the degree, the student needs to apply for exemption from language requirements to be able to graduate and complete the BSc degree. The Vice Rector responsible for teaching may grant the exemption.

55 Applying for exemption on language requirements During the orientation days will be arranged a special session concerning language studies. In this session the students have a possibility to apply for the exemption. In other times the students can apply for exemption with the simple application addressed to the Vice Rector of HSE. The student should mention that he/she will apply the exemption based on his/her high school level studies. With the application of exemption the student should attach a true copy of his/her high school diploma. The true copy means that the document has been signed with two adult persons with their names, addresses and date of births. The application for exemption should be addressed to the Registry (Kirjaamo), which is the official mail office of HSE in the Arkadia building. The exemption may be granted if the student has been educated in a language other than Finnish and Swedish or has been educated abroad. In most cases it is required that the student has not has his/her secondary level education (high school) in Finnish or in Swedish or who has completed his/her secondary level education (high school) abroad. After the official decision is made the student will get the letter of the decision by mail. Language Studies according to the Language Plan If the exemption from the language requirements of the BSc degree will be granted, the student is expected to complete 30 cr language studies according to her/his own language plan. The language plan will be the part of the students personal study plan. Most students can take at least English Business Communication courses or Finnish for Foreigners from the beginner s level to advanced level (8 levels). HSE has the co-operation agreement on Finnish language studies with Haaga-Helia Polytechnic. All non-finnish speaking HSE students are allowed to participate the Finnish courses of Haaga-Helia starting from beginner s level 1 up to the level 6. The language courses last one period each and they are 3 credits. After the student has completed the Finnish 6 course at Haaga-Helia he/she can continue studies at HSE with Finnish courses in level 7 and 8. For more information, see chapter Studying Finnish as Foreign Language. The student should study languages at least /semester. To be able to complete 30 cr of languages for the BSc degree the student can for example study 18 cr Finnish language and 12 cr English or vice versa 12 cr Finnish and 18 cr English. First year students are assigned for the first course of English Business Communication which is the requirement for further studies in English. If you are fluent for example in French or in Spanish you may also be able to participate into the higher level language courses at HSE for example conversation courses. Language studies are also a part of the International Business Communication program and minor studies. Further information on IBC studies can be found in the program and minor descriptions in this guide.

56 8 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE STUDY PROGRAMS 8.1 CHOOSING THE BSC STUDY PROGRAM The BSc Degree students will choose their BSc study program during the second period of spring semester in their first year of studies. This does not apply to the students admitted on the basis of the HSE Open University studies. For non-finnish speaking students there are two BSc study program options: Business Technology and Finance in the Accounting, Finance and Business Law Degree Program. The selection to the study programs is based in main cases on the student s grades and credits in the courses of the Fundamentals of Business Knowledge that are taught during the first year except for Professional Skills Portfolio (48 credits) and language studies (max 12 ECTS credits to be taken into account). Other credits will not be taken into account. In the ranking of the students there will be used the following formula: n m P op 2 /100 2 i pi op j p j /100, i j op i = ECTS credits from course i in Fundamentals of Business Knowledge p i = the grade from course i in Fundamentals of Business Knowledge n = number of courses taken in Fundamentals of Business Knowledge op j = ECTS credits from language course j p j = grade from language course j m = number of language courses taken For example: The student has completed all 8 courses of the Fundamentals of Business Studies during the first year of studies and the course of English Business Communication of edits all with the grade of 60. The student will get 48 x (120/100) + 6 x (120/100) = 49,2 + 7,2 = 56,4. When a student has transferred credits for those courses in Fundamentals of Business Knowledge that are taken into account in the program selection, other courses that the student has passed in the HSE will be taken into account instead of these so that best grades are taken into account first but altogether the maximum credits is 60. In other words, only those credits are taken into account that the student has passed since enrolling at HSE. Open University at HSE is considered as HSE. In the Bachelor s program in Accounting, Finance, and Business Law core courses in Finance, Accounting, and Business Law will have a double effect.

57 All Bachelor s programs / their maximum intakes in 2008: Business Technology / 75 Accounting, Finance, and Business Law / 180 Specialization in Accounting / 90, Finance / 60, / Business Law / 30 Management / 60 Economics / 80 Marketing / 100 Altogether 495 places 8.1.1 How to Change the BSc Program The changing of the BSc study program can be applied when the student has a well founded reason for that. The change is not possible unless all courses in Fundamentals of Business Knowledge have been passed, most of the Professional Skills Portfolio have been passed, and three courses from the present program (18 credits) have been completed. If the change is approved, the student must include to the degree as a minor the courses completed in the previous program and two additional courses in that program. These courses will be the minor studies of the student. However the student exchange, International Study Module, is an exception and it will be always the minor studies of the degree. The prerequisite for the change is that the student would have been admitted into the new program already when program selection was made. 8.1.2 Choosing the Minor At the same time with the selection of the study program, the student should also choose the minor studies of 30 cr he/she wishes to complete unless the student has not yet done so. The minor study options (in English) at HSE in the Bachelor s Program are as follows: Business Technology in the fields of Information Systems Science, Management Technology, Logistics and Service Management Finance Information Technology Program (ITP, summer program) International Business Communication There are four possibilities to complete the minor studies. 1) minor studies offered at the HSE, see chapter Minor Studies in BSc Programs 2) in one of the official partner universities of the HSE student exchange program or in equivalent foreign business university 3) in another Finnish university as a JOO student. JOO agreement allows a person who is a degree student at a Finnish University to apply for a temporary study right at another Finnish university

58 4) the minor studies can be a part of approved Personal Study Plan provided that they are a relevant part of student s degree. 8.1.3 Choosing the Master s Program When selecting your Bachelor s Program you should also think about the studies after the Bachelor s Degree. Your final Master s Degree will be a combination of Bachelor s and Master s programs studies and two minor studies. Master s Programs offered in English are: Economics Entrepreneurship Finance Information and Service Management (Business Technology students who have begun their studies in 2005-2006) International Business International Business Communication Marketing You can start the Master s studies from the compulsory courses or from the minor when you have got 150 credits for the bachelor s degree. When applying for the Bachelor s diploma, you need to inform the Office of Studies and Registrar of the Master s program you ll be taking. Please, notice that there are certain rules how you can continue in the Master s programs and some MSc programs have prerequisites. You will get detailed information during spring 2008 when the information sessions concerning the BSc and MSc study programs will be held. After you ve been accepted to the program, you ll get the right to study for the Master s degree and a tutor from the faculty. After receiving the BSc diploma and you have the right to study, you must draw up a personal study plan, have discussion with your teacher tutor, and have the personal study plan approved within two months. 8.2 BSC PROGRAM IN BUSINESS TECHNOLOGY The bachelor s program in Business Technology is an interdisciplinary program that provides students with readiness to continue either in the Information and Service Management Master s program or varied other Master s programs. In addition, the program prepares graduates to work in diverse ex-pert-level assignments as management consultants or independent entrepreneurs with assignments in the fields of information technology, logistics and supply chain management, marketing or financial management. Students graduating from the program will have general knowledge concerning o the key issues in information and management technologies;

59 o ways of developing information systems; o associated business processes and services. be able to develop, analyze and implement logistic systems as well as innovation processes and new product commercialization; be able to use managerial tools (such as quantitative models and diverse information technologies) in planning and problem solving, and be familiar with issues and methods regarding development of business and information networks, as well as with concepts for services, sourcing, and international distribution of goods Program Director: Professor Virpi Tuunainen. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS (180 CR/ECTS CR) 1. COMMON CORE STUDIES=FUNDAMENTALS OF BUSINESS STUDIES 60 CR 2. SUBJECT STUDIES 60 CR COMMON PROGRAM STUDIES 18 CR Choose 3 out of the following courses 27C01000 Tools for Business Decisions 30C00100 Statistical Analysis 35C00100 Distribution and Logistics Services 37C00100 Management Information Systems Fourth of these courses can be included in student s specialization studies. SPECIALIZATION STUDIES Choose 5 courses out of the following: 27C02000 Negotiation Processes 27C03000 Applied Optimization 30C00200 Econometrics 30C00300 Mathematical Methods for Economists 35C00200 Purchasing and Supply Management 37C00200 Information Systems Development 37C00300 Enterprise Applications 37C00400 Introduction to Programming 38C00100 Management of Technology Compulsory for all the students 57C99901 Bachelor s Thesis 57C99902 Bachelor s Thesis Seminar 57C99903 Proficiency in Mother Tongue 42 CR 10 cr 2 cr 0 cr 3. LANGUAGE AND COMMUNICATION STUDIES 30 CR 4. MINOR STUDIES 30 CR

CREDITS 1st year fall semester Fundamentals of Business Studies (Professional Skills Portfolio 3 cr) 27 Language and Communication Studies 6 1st year spring Fundamentals of Business Studies (Professional Skills Portfolio 1 cr) 25 Language and Communication Studies 6 2nd year fall semester Fundamentals of Business Studies (Professional Skills Portfolio 2 cr) 8 Distribution and Logistics Services* 6 Management Information Systems* 6 Electives/Minor Studies 6 Language and Communication Studies 6 2nd year spring semester Tools for Business Decisions* 6 Statistical Analysis / valinnainen * 6 Electives/Minor Studies 6 Minor Studies 6 Language and Communication Studies 6 3rd year fall semester Electives x 2 12 Minor Studies x 2 12 Language and Communication Studies 6 3rd year spring semester Elective 6 TOTAL CREDITS PROGRAM STUDIES (CR) MINOR (CR) LANGUAGE AND COMMUNICATION STUDIES (CR) FUNDAMENTALS OF BUSINESS STUDIES (CR) 33 6 27 31 6 25 32 12 6 6 8 30 18 6 6 30 12 12 6 BSc Thesis Seminar 2 BSc Thesis 10 Minor Studies 6 *) You need to choose 3 courses out of 4 courses available as your common program studies 24 18 6 The 4th course can be included into the program studies. TOTAL 180 60 30 30 60

BUSINESS TECHNOLOGY 3 YEAR BSC STUDIES DIVIDED INTO THE SEMESTERS when the student will complete the International Study Module CREDITS 1st year fall semester Fundamentals of Business Studies (Professional Skills Portfolio 3 cr) 27 Language and Communication Studies 6 1st year spring Fundamentals of Business Studies (Professional Skills Portfolio 1 cr) 25 Language and Communication Studies 6 2nd year fall semester Fundamentals of Business Studies (Professional Skills Portfolio 2 cr) 8 Distribution and Logistics Services* 6 Management Information Systems* 6 Elective 6 Language and Communication Studies 6 2nd year spring semester Tools for Business Decisions* 6 Statistical Analysis /elective * 6 Elective 6 Elective 6 Language and Communication Studies 6 3rd year fall semester International Study Module 30 3rd year spring semester TOTAL CREDITS PROGRAM STUDIES (CR) MINOR (CR) LANGUAGE AND COMMUNICATION STUDIES (CR) FUNDAMENTALS OF BUSINESS STUDIES (CR) 33 6 27 31 6 25 32 18 6 8 30 24 6 30 30 0 Elective 6 BSc Thesis Seminar 2 BSc Thesis 10 Language and Communication Studies 6 *) You need to choose 3 courses out of 4 courses available as your common program studies 24 18 6 The 4th course can be included into the program studies. TOTAL 180 60 30 30 60

62 8.3 BSC PROGRAM IN FINANCE The objective of the Bachelor s program in Accounting, Finance, and Business Law is to give the student essential professional skills necessary for success in nearly any job description within the modern business environment. These skills include the interpretation and production of company financial information, an understanding of the functioning of capital markets, and the legal issues related to companies and taxation. The weight given to different issues is different in each of the three specializations within the program. The only specialisation which is offered in English is Finance. The objective of the specialization in Finance is to give the students a fundamental understanding of pricing financial instruments, obtaining corporate financing from various sources, evaluating the costs of these funds, and analyzing value creation within a company. Core topics within the Finance specialization include the principles of investment analysis, sources of financing, short and long term financial planning, mergers and acquisitions, capital structure and dividend policy, functioning of stock and fixed income markets, securities valuation, asset management, derivatives and risk management, and pricing options, futures and other derivatives. Program Director: PhD Seppo Ikäheimo. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS (180 CREDITS/ECTS CR) 1. COMMON CORE STUDIES 60 CR 2. SUBJECT STUDIES 60 CR COMMON PROGRAM STUDIES 18 CR 22C00150 Introduction to Financial Accounting (book exam) 28C00100 Corporate Finance 32C23000 International Taxation. SPECIALIZATION STUDIES IN FINANCE 42 CR 28C00300 Investment Management 28C00400 Derivatives and Risk Mgnt 30C00100 Statistical Analysis 30C121 Econometrics In addition one of the following: 27C02000 Negotiation Processes 31C00800 Henkilöstön taloustiede 32C260 Rahoitusjuridiikka 20C00100 Student Business Project 28C09900 Finance Studies at Another University *)

63 *) must be agreed in advance with professor Sami Torstila Compulsory for all the students 28C99901 Bachelor s Thesis 28C99902 Bachelor s thesis seminar 28C99903 Maturity Test 10 cr 2 cr 0 cr 3. LANGUAGE AND COMMUNICATION STUDIES 30 CR 4. MINOR STUDIES 30 CR

BSc Program in Accounting, Finance and Business Law FINANCE SPECIALISATION 3 year studies divided into the semesters CREDITS 1st year fall semester Fundamentals of Business Studies (Professional Skills Portfolio 3 cr) 27 Language and Communication Studies 6 1st year spring semester Fundamentals of Business Studies (Professional Skills Portfolio 1cr) 25 Language and Communication Studies 6 2nd year fall semester Fundamentals of Business Studies (Professional Skills Portfolio 1 cr) 8 Introduction to Financial Accountings 6 Corporate Finance 6 International Taxation 6 Minor Studies 0 Language and Communication Studies 6 2nd year spring semester Investment Management 6 Derivatives and Risk Management 6 Statistical Analysis 6 Minor Studies 6 Language and Communication Studies 0 3rd year fall semester Elective 6 Minor Studies 12 Language and Communication Studies 12 3rd year spring semester Econometrics 6 BSc thesis seminar and BSc thesis work 12 Minor Studies 12 TOTAL CREDITS PROGRAM STUDIES (CR) MINOR (CR) LANGUAGE AND COMMUNICATION STUDIES (CR) FUNDAMENTALS OF BUSINESS STUDIES (CR) 33 6 27 31 6 25 32 12 0 6 8 24 18 6 0 30 6 12 12 30 24 12 TOTAL 180 60 30 30 60

BSc Program in Accounting, Finance and Business Law FINANCE SPECIALISATION WITH INT L STUDY MODULE 3 year BSc studies divided into the semesters CREDITS 1st year fall semester Fundamentals of Business Studies (Professional Skills Portfolio 3 cr) 27 Language and Communication Studies 6 1st year spring semester Fundamentals of Business Studies (Professional Skills Portfolio 1cr) 25 Language and Communication Studies 6 2nd year fall semester Fundamentals of Business Studies (Professional Skills Portfolio 1 cr) 8 Introduction to Financial Accountings 6 Corporate Finance 6 International Taxation 6 Minor Studies 0 Language and Communication Studies 6 2nd year spring semester 6 Investment Management 6 Derivatives and Risk Management 6 TOTAL CREDITS PROGRAM STUDIES (CR) MINOR (CR) LANGUAGE AND COMMUNICATION STUDIES (CR) FUNDAMENTALS OF BUSINESS STUDIES (CR) 33 6 27 31 6 25 32 18 0 6 8 Statistical Analysis 6 24 18 0 6 3rd year fall semester International Study Module, Student Exchange 30 30 30 0 30 0 3rd year spring semester Econometrics 6 BSc thesis seminar and BSc thesis work 12 Elective 6 Language and Communication Studies 6 30 24 0 6 TOTAL 180 60 30 30 60

66 9 MINOR STUDIES IN THE BSC DEGREE To be able to graduate from the Bachelor of Science in Economics and Business Administration Programs, the students need to complete a module of the minor studies as a part of the degree. The degree structure of Bachelor of Science Degree is as follows: Fundamentals of Business Knowledge 60 credit 9 required core course of edit/course and the course of Professional Skills Portfolio edits Common Program Studies 18 credits Specialization Studies 42 credits Language and Communication Studies 30 credits Minor Studies 30 credits TOTAL 180 CREDITS Minor studies are offered for BSc students in English in the following subjects: - Business Technology: Information Systems, Management Technology, Logistics and Service Management - Finance - International Business Communication - Information Technology Program, ITP, summer program There are four possibilities to complete the minor studies: 1) minor studies offered at the HSE 2) in one of the official partner universities of the HSE student exchange program or in equivalent foreign business university 3) in an other Finnish university as a JOO student. JOO agreement allows a person who is a degree student at a Finnish University to apply for a temporary study right at another Finnish university 4) the minor studies can be a part of approved Personal Study Plan provided that they are valid part of student s degree. 9.1 MINOR STUDIES IN BUSINESS TECHNOLOGY Objectives: Business Technology (BT) refers to the creative use of information and technology in decision making, in managing business processes and networks, and in developing new products and services. Minor studies in Business Technology offer an interdisciplinary

67 education that allows the student to focus on economic analysis and quantitative modelling, management information systems, or logistics and service management. Topics covered by the minor studies in Business Technology include: decision analysis and negotiation processes development of information systems and associated business processes and services logistics and supply chain management: sourcing, production and distribution of goods and services management of technological innovation mathematical methods and statistical analysis While BT gives an understanding of different business functions and their interdependence relevant to managers, it also provides methods and skills for economic analysis required in many other fields of undergraduate and graduate studies. Recommendations for minor studies and personal course packages suitable for students in Bachelor s Programs in Economics, Marketing, Management, Accounting, Finance and Business Law are available at http://www.hkkk.fi/businesstechnology. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE PROGRAMS Minor studies include 5 courses (30 credits) Students are advised to counsel their tutoring teacher on their choice of courses. There are three suggested focus areas A, B and C: A. Management Technology Coordination: Merja Halme Choose 5 courses from the list below: 27C01000 Tools for Business Decisions 27C02000 Negotiation Processes 27C03000 Applied Optimization 30C00100 Statistical Analysis 30C00200 Econometrics 30C00300 Mathematical Methods for Economists 38C00100 Management of Technology and courses from list B and list C. B. Information Systems Science Coordination: Virpi Tuunainen Choose 5 courses from the list below: 37C00100 Management Information Systems 37C00200 Information Systems Development 37C00300 Enterprise Applications

68 37C00400 Introduction to Programming and courses from list A and list C. C. Logistics and Service Management Coordination: Ari Vepsäläinen Choose 5 courses from the list below: 35C00100 Distribution and Logistics Services 35C00200 Purchasing and Supply Management and courses from list A and list B. 9.2 MINOR STUDIES IN FINANCE A minor in Finance provides a fundamental understanding of the models and theories between corpo-rate finance and investment decisions, as well as an ability to apply them analytically in practical settings. STRUCTURE OF STUDIES 28C00100 Corporate Finance * 28C00300 Investment Management 28C00400 Derivatives and Risk Management 30 CR In addition 12 cr of the following: 27C01000 Tools for Business Decisions 27C02000 Negotiation Processes 30C00100 Statistical Analysis 30C00200 Econometrics 31C00800 Henkilöstön taloustiede 32C260 Rahoitusjuridiikka 28C09900 Finance Studies at Another University ** 6-12 cr * If the student has already taken the course as a part of his/her major subject, he/she must take one of the Bachelor s level electives instead. ** Must be agreed in advance with Sami Torstila. Minor studies coordinator: Sami Torstila. 9.3 MINOR STUDIES IN INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM (ITP) Information Technology Program (ITP) is an academic summer program taught at the HSE. Close co-operation with companies ensures that ITP program serves both of its target groups with up-to-date information on Internet economy.

69 The purpose of ITP is to provide students with a strong applied understanding of Information and Communication Technologies (ICT). The program provides the necessary tools, concepts and ap-proaches that enable students with diverse backgrounds to operate effectively in the global business environment. Please note that the following information is based on the 2008 program and is subject to change. The form in which the program will be offered in 2009 depends on the trends and fundraising for the program. Please check our web site for further information, http://www.hse.fi/itp In 2008, the program consisted of two parallel subprograms: Business & Technologies and Content & Media. The Business & Technologies subprogram aims at providing students with an understanding of e-business infrastructure technologies, the new business opportunities these technologies create, and their effects on the business environments and societies in which they are used. The Content & Media subprogram aims at providing students with an understanding of basic methods, techniques and tools for producing and designing digital media products. THE FOLLOWING COURSES WERE OFFERED IN SUMMER OF 2008: Business & Technologies subprogram 47C510 Information Technology and E-business Fundamentals 47C520 Achieving Strategic Advantage through Distributed Technologies 47C530 Digital Economy and Information Industries 47C480 ITP Business Project Content & Media subprogram 47C390 Introduction to Digital Media 47C460 Visual Communication Design 47C465 Rich Media Design 47C481 ITP Business Project Both subprograms are worth 24 credits and are recognized as a minor in the M.Sc. program at HSE. ITP studies can be extended to 30 credits with extra work and are thus recognized as a minor in the B.Sc. program at HSE. Individual modules of the program are taught by visiting faculty. Visitors from other universities and from the business community are invited to come and teach for a short period in the field of their particular expertise. All courses are run in the form of intensive modules. A normal one-semester uni-versity course is compressed to three weeks of full time study. Each course includes 42 contact hours (3,5 hours a day, four days a week) excluding group work and individual assignments. Approximate workload for ITP is 6-9 hours a day throughout the summer. In addition to theoretical studies in ITP courses all ITP students complete an ITP business project for cooperating companies under the program supervision.

70 The working language is English. That is why it is essential that students understand spoken and writ-ten English with ease, and can express their thoughts clearly in English. No previous experience or studies in the field are required. The 2009 Information Technology Program with course descriptions and the selection criteria will be announced later. The application period for following ITP will start at the beginning of year 2009. Academic Director: Professor Matti Rossi, Department of Business Technology 9.4 MINOR STUDIES IN INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS COMMUNICATION International Business Communication offers two programs of study: a Minor program (BSc and MSc), and a Major program (MSc). Language of instruction The language of instruction on both the IBC Minor and Major programmes is English, apart from courses offered in Business Language and Communication Studies (Minor) and Advanced Business Language and Communication Studies (Major). If any course requires knowledge of Finnish, it will be clearly stated in the course description. International Business Communication Minor (BSc and MSc) By the end of the IBC Minor program students will have an understanding of corporate and intercul-tural communication theories; have the ability to analyse business communication situations; possess the skills required to deliver high-quality written documents and presentations, and have the skills to work in a multilingual business environment. 61A00100 Business Communication is the prerequisite for taking the IBC Minor. IBC Minor Studies Coordinator: Geoffrey Hilton. Please contact him if you have any queries. STUCTURE OF STUDIES (MINOR) Requirement for BSc minor is 30 cr, and MSc minor 24 cr. 2 core courses (mandatory) 75C00500 Introduction to International Business Communication 75C00600 IBC Minor Project Electives 18 credits (BSc) / 12 credits (MSc) can be chosen freely from any of the following three special topic categories: 1. Business Language and Communication Studies: Courses in French, German, Italian, Japanese, Russian, Spanish or Swedish.

71 This elective allows you to take one or more business language or communication courses in French, German, Italian, Japanese, Russian, Spanish or Swedish. These courses will enhance your ability to speak and write in a culturally appropriate manner in a variety of business situations, using precise terminology and suitable style. The courses start at different levels, but all require at least a working knowledge of the language con-cerned. You should choose a course that corresponds to your level of proficiency in that language. Each course is organised by the language concerned. For more details, please see the degree re-quirements for the language concerned. Courses offered: French 66B00101 French Business Communication 1a 3 cr 66B00102 French Business Communication 1b 3 cr 66B00201 Français des affaires 1 3 cr 66B00202 Économie de la France 3 cr 66C00301 Français des affaires 2 3 cr 66C00303 Rédaction de documents professionnels 3 cr 66C00402 Négocier et présenter en français 66C00404 Diplôme de français des affaires 1er degré (DFA 1) 66C00405 Diplôme de français des affaires 2e degré (DFA 2) German 62B00201 Deutsch beruflich 2 3 cr 62B00202 Deutsch situativ 2 3 cr 62C00301 Deutsch beruflich 3 3 cr 62C00302 Deutsch situativ 3 3 cr 62C00303 Erlebte Landeskunde 62C00304 Deutsch fürs Management 3 cr 62C00305 Spezialthemen 3 cr Italian 63B00100 Italian Business Communication 1 63B00201 Testi economico-finanziari 3 cr 63B00202 Italiano per gli affari 3 cr 63C00300 Italian Business Communication 3 Japanese 68B00101 Japanese Business Communication 1a 3 cr 68B00102 Japanese Business Communication 1b 3 cr 68B00201 Japanese Business Communication 2a 3 cr 68B00202 Japanese Business Communication 2b 3 cr Russian 67B00101 Russian Business Communication 1a 3 cr 67B00102 Russian Business Communication 1b 3 cr 67B00201 Russian Business Communication 2a 3 cr 67B00202 Russian Business Communication 2b 3 cr 67C00301 Russian Business Communication 3a 3 cr 67C00311 Russian Business Comm.3a

72 (Russian as mother tongue) 67C00302 Russian Business Communication 3b 67C00312 Russian Business Comm.3b (Russian as mother tongue) 67C00401 Russian Business Communication 4a 67C00411 Russian Business Comm.4a (Russian as mother tongue) 67C00402 Russian Business Communication 4b 67C00412 Russian Business Comm.4b (Russian as mother tongue) Spanish 65B00101 Spanish Business Communication 1a 65B00102 Spanish Business Communication 1b 65B00201 Spanish Business Communication 2a 65B00202 Spanish Business Communication 2b 65C00301 Cultura y Negocios en España 65C00302 Cultura y Negocíos en América Latina Swedish 72B00201 Företagskommunikation med moderna medier 72B00202 Intern och extern kommunikation 72B00203 Muntlig framställining 72B00204 Specialla teman B 72C00301 Mötes- och förhandlingsteknik 72C00302 Från tanke till text 72C00303 Specialla teman C 3 cr 3 cr 3 cr 3 cr 3 cr 3 cr 3 cr 3 cr 3 cr 3 cr 3 cr 3 cr 3 cr 3 cr 3 cr 3 cr 3 cr 3 cr 3 cr 3 cr 2. English Communication Specialisation: 61D010 Business Negotiations 6 ECTS cr Contact person: Geoffrey Hilton MA, lecturer

73 10 MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE STUDIES 10.1 AN OVERVIEW TO MSC STUDIES There are altogether 13 Master s degree programs at HSE, out of which 7 can currently be completed in English: Entrepreneurship, Finance, Economics, Information and Service Management, International Business, International Business Communication, and Marketing. MSc Programs are open to students who have already completed Bachelor s Degree in Economics and Business Administration or in related field. The minor studies offered in English for MSc students are Area Studies, Economics, Entrepreneurship, Finance, Information and Service Management, Information and Service Management, Information Technology Program, International Business, International Business Communication, International Design Business Management, Management, Marketing and Quantitative Methods. The students who have not completed their BSc degree at HSE might be assigned supplementary studies by the vice rector of HSE up to 30 ECTS cr. The supplementary studies have to be taken at HSE and cannot be compensated by the credits completed at another university. The studies are not including to the 120 ECTS cr of the MSc degree. The Master of Science in Economics and Business Administration degree program is a twoyear program with the extent of 120 ECTS credits. The credits can be compared to the ECTS (European Credit Transfer and Accumulation System) system. The extent of one academic year is 60 ECTS credits corresponding to 1600 hours of work by the student (lectures, exercises, seminars, other forms of instruction and independent work at home, in the library etc.) The structure of the two-year Master s Program is: required courses for all MSc students, 12 credits major studies, 84 credits, 18 credits are required courses, includes Master s thesis work and seminar, 30 credits minor studies, 24 credits = in total 120 credits + possible supplementary studies up to 30 ECTS cr

74 The studies have been scheduled for two years in the following way: Year 1 Autumn semester Spring semester Required Courses for all MSc students, 6 ECTS: 20D00220 Social Psychology of Leadership Contexts and Skills and Advanced International Communication Major Studies of the Program, 12 ECTS cr Required Courses for all MSc students, 6 ECTS 51D00220 Argumentation in Research and 37D65020 Introduction to Project Management Major Studies of the Program, 12 ECTS cr Minor Studies, 12 ECTS cr Minor Studies, 12 ECTS cr Year 2 Autumn semester Spring semester Major Studies of the Program, 24 ECTS cr Major Studies of the Program, 30 ECTS cr Minor Studies, 6 ECTS cr 10.2 FROM BACHELOR S TO MASTER S AT HSE The students of HSE who have been admitted to study BSc degree have the right to continue to the MSc degree programs. The HSE students can start the Master s studies from the compulsory courses when they have got 150 ECTS credits for the bachelor s degree. When applying for the bachelor s diploma, the student informs the Office of Studies and Registrar of the Master s program the student will be taking. Please, notice that there are certain rules preconditions on how the student can choose the MSc Program. The preconditions in the English programs can be seen in the following table:

75 FROM BACHELOR'S PROGRAMS TO MASTER'S PROGRAMS M A S T E R S Information and Service Management Business Technology X BACHELOR S LEVEL Finance Finance F X International Business International Business Communication IB XIBC X IB XIBC L E V Economics ECON ECON E L Marketing M M X F IB XIBC ECON M No preconditions Finance as a minor in Bachelor's degree with GPA of over 80 points GPA in Bachelor's degree more than 70 points Recommended that minor in Bachelor's degree is International Business Communication Minor in Bachelor's degree includes 31C00100, 31C00200, 30C121 and 34C110 Marketing as a minor in Bachelor's degree or as a minor in Master's degree These rules and preconditions have been approved by the HSE Council of Teaching and Research on 13 April 2007 and they are subject to change. After the student has been accepted to the MSc program, the student will get the right to study for the Master s degree and a tutor from the faculty. After receiving the BSc diploma and the student has the right to study, he/she must draw up a personal study plan and have discussion with the teacher tutor, and have the personal study plan approved within two months. If you have been admitted to HSE directly to the Master s level (without prior BSc studies at HSE) you will meet your teacher tutor during the orientation days and make your personal study plan. How to change the Master s program If you have a well founded reason why to change the MSc Program you originally were chosen, you are entitled to apply for change. You can submit the application after you have completed the compulsory studies of the MSc degree. You can only transfer to a

76 program that is available on the basis of your Bachelor s degree and there must be vacancies in the receiving program and it must be ready to accept more students. 10.3 COMPULSORY STUDIES IN THE MSC PROGRAMS The MSc students will mainly study the degree according to the content structure of the individual programs. However, there are also four modules in the MSc degree, which are compulsory to all MSc students regardless of the program the students have been admitted to. In addition to the four required core courses for all students in the Master s Programs, the students are required to compile the Personal Study Plan with the guidance of the teacher tutor as well as participate into the Orientation Days on August 25 August 26, 2008. The objective of all these courses and other sessions is to offer students the skills and abilities for carrying on successfully university level graduate studies as well as support their professional development. The required courses are 3 ECTS credits each and students should complete all of them during the first year of their MSc degree studies. The courses are Social Psychology of Leadership Contexts and Skills (3 ECTS), Argumentation in Research (3 ECTS), Introduction to Project Management (3 ECTS) and Advanced International Communication (3 ECTS). 20D00220 Social Psychology of Leadership: Contexts and Skills STATUS OF THE COURSE: Compulsory course in the master s degree, 3 ECTS LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Intermediate studies OBJECTIVES: The aim of the course is to help the student in developing an understanding of organizations, groups, and individuals from a social psychological point of view, and to provide a basis for building social and self-knowledge skills needed in working life and leadership positions. CONTENT: Organizations and leadership from the perspective of social interaction (major leadership theories, psychology of leadership, hierarchies and role structures in organizations, group processes, social skills), and the social psychological base of requisite interactional skills, (conflict management, motivation, psychology of decision making, social perception, personality in the workplace). LITERATURE: PENNINGTON, D. (2005) Pienryhmän sosiaalipsykologia Schein, Edgar H. (2004) Organizational culture and leadership Pennington, Donald C. (2002) Social psychology of behaviour in small groups OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Provided during the lectures. TEACHER(S): LSc Marja Ahokas, M.Sc. Nelli Hankonen Lectures (24 h, Ahokas and Hankonen), individual and group work Or book exam METHODS: Lectures, group work & discussion, individual work (learning diary)

77 TIMING: Fall 2008, 2nd period PREREQUISITE: Bachelor s degree or 150 ECTS credits in the Bachelor s degree REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi REMARKS: It is preferable to participate in the lectures. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/20d00220 51D00220 Argumentation in Research STATUS OF THE COURSE: Compulsory course in the masters program, 3 ECTS CONTENT: We approach research knowledge from the perspective of argument, debate and rhetoric, since research knowledge consists of knowledge claims supported by wellfounded arguments, debated against competing positions, and formulated with the help of appropriate rhetorical tools. Thus the course helps to read and write scientific research reports, and to distinguish arguments both pro and con choices concerning the contribution of the study, the chosen topic and methods. The course also offers a neat introduction to philosophy of science and various research methods. TEACHER(S): FM Jaakko Kuorikoski (jaakko.kuorikoski@helsinki.fi) Lectures 28 h and the final exam (100%) about the lectures, homework, and the literature to be announced later. Or Exam on the following literature: o Chalmers, A. F. What is this thing called science? : an assessment of the nature and status of science and its methods Milton Keynes: Open University Press, 1982 Chapters 1-8 o Fisher, Alec (2001): Critical Thinking an introduction. Cambridge University Press. ISBN 0-521-00984-7 o Rottenberg, A.T. Elements of Argument: A text and a reader, cop. 1997. Ch. 9 Writing and Argumentative Paper. In earlier versions, this Ch. is in the Appendix. METHODS: Lectures, exam and homework, Or Exam TIMING: Spring 2009, second period. REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi REMARKS: Exam on the last lecture. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/51d00220 37D65020 Introduction to Project Management STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. (Econ), compulsory course, 3 ECTS OBJECTIVES: Project work is important part of business nowadays. The aim of the course is to offer a comprehensive view on project work as well as management of projects. The lectures will be carried out in separate modules with exercises integrated to them. The

78 topics covered in the course include: basic concepts of project work, the planning of projects, scheduling, and project risk management. LITERATURE: Kathy Schwalbe (2005) Introduction to Project Management, or newer edition. TEACHER(S): Pentti Marttiin, Johanna Bragge, Risto Rajala, Antti Nurmi Lectures 14 h Exercises (40 %) Exam or Essay (60 %) TIMING: Spring 2009, 1st period REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi REMARKS: This course is optional with Projektinhallinnan peruskurssi (37D60020). Only one of them can be included in the degree. The topics covered in both courses are the same. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/37d65020 Advanced International Communication This module comprises the compulsory course of 3 ECTS credits in advanced communication skills required for the MSc degree. Thus, the students cannot get exempted from this module. The minimum starting level is B1-B2, though the courses in Finnish language make an exception and are targeted at students who do not have a basic knowledge of Finnish or have a poor one. Please choose only one from the courses listed below: English 61C230 Thesis Writing Workshop 61C370 Communication for Business Professionals 61C00700 Business Negotiations Finnish 71D00100 Viestintäosaamisen haasteet, taitosalkku, 3 ECTS credits International Students who do not have a basic knowledge of Finnish or have a poor one can complete a Finnish language course, 3 ECTS credits in extent at any level, 1 to 6. The acceptable Finnish language courses are arranged in cooperation with Haaga-Helia Polytechnic. For those international students who have a good basic knowledge of Finnish and master all basic structures of Finnish language will be arranged Finnish communication courses at HSE: 71000100 Finnish Business Communication 1 (level 7) (3 ECTS credits), continuation for the Helia Finnish course level 6 71000200 Finnish Business Communication 2 (level 8) (3 ECTS credits), For further information, please, see the chapter Studying Finnish as Foreign Language.

79 French 66E00301 Français des affaires 2 (3 ECTS credits) 66E00303 Rédaction de documents professionnels (3 ECTS credits) Italian 63B00201 Testi economico-finanzari (3 ECTS credits) 63B00202 Italiano per gli affari (3 ECTS credits) Japanese 68B00201 Japaninkielinen yritysviestintä 2a ( Bijinesu Nihongo 2a) (3 ECTS credits) 68B00202 Japaninkielinen yritysviestintä 2b ( Bijinesu Nihongo 2b) (3 ECTS credits) German 62E00301 Deutsch beruflich 3 (3 ECTS credits) 62E00302 Deutsch situativ 3 (3 ECTS credits) 62E00304 Deutsch fürs Management (3 ECTS credits) 62C00305 Spezialthemen Russian 67C00301 Russian Business Communication 3a (3 ECTS credits) 67C00311 Russian Business Communication 3a (3 ECTS credits) (Russian as a mother tongue), fall 2008 67C00302 Russian Business Communication 3b (3 ECTS credits) 67C00312 Russian Business Communication 3b (3 ECTS credits) (Russian as a mother tongue), fall 2008 67C00401 Russian Business Communication 4a (3 ECTS credits) 67C00411 Russian Business Communication 4a (3 ECTS credits) (Russian as a mother tongue), spring 2010 67C00402 Russian Business Communication 4b (3 ECTS credits) 67C00412 Russian Business Communication 4b (3 ECTS credits) (Russian as a mother tongue), spring 2010 Spanish 65B00201 Espanjankielinen yritysviestintä 2a (3 ECTS credits) 65B00202 Espanjankielinen yritysviestintä 2b (3 ECTS credits) 65E00301 Cultura y Negocios en España (3 ECTS credits) 65E00302 Cultura y Negocios en América Latina (3 ECTS credits) Swedish 72B00201 Företagskommunikation med moderna medier (3 ECTS credits) 72B00202 Intern och extern kommunikation (3 ECTS credits) 72B00203 Muntlig framställning (3 ECTS credits) 72B00204 Speciella teman B (3 ECTS credits) 72E00301 Mötes- och förhandlingsteknik (3 ECTS credits) 72E00302 Från tanke till text (3 ECTS credits) 72E00303 Speciella teman C (3 ECTS credits) 20D00230 and 20D00240 Planning of Studies 1 and 2 Planning of studies with the personal study plan is a compulsory part of the MSc degree and common core courses of the degree.

80 First the student will make the personal study plan for all MSc degree studies during the autumn semester 2008 with electronic PSP system (ehops). The student will also meet the teacher tutor for discussion on program studies. The PSP will be checked and approved by the Master s Program of the student. During the studies the student should update the PSP and make necessary changes to it as well as get the approval for the changes. The information on student s PSP will be used as a basis for the student s graduation diploma, on credit transfer process and in other occasions and therefore the PSP should always be accurate. It is on the student s responsibility to keep PSP updated. Planning of studies and PSP will help the student to get a better overview of the MSc degree studies, to make a realistic schedule for the studies and also help the student to follow progress of studies. The instructions for planning of studies and how to make PSP will be given for students during the orientation days. The appointments with the teacher tutors will be organized later in fall. All professors and teachers have also regular reception hours (usually weekly) for students as well. The module of Planning of Studies and guidance on PSP will be arranged by the Office of Studies and Registrar. 10.4 PERSONAL STUDY PLAN All students studying towards the MSc degree are required to compile a Personal Study Plan, PSP. The personal study plan is the overall presentation of studies which students plan to take to be able to graduate from MSc Program. When compiling PSP, students will better understand the content of the MSc degree and how they can study systematically and efficiently courses of the MSc Program. The PSP will be revised and updated with the progress of studies and the MSc diploma of the student will be created by using the student s approved PSP. There will be a special electronic system (ehops) for the use of PSP and it will be presented during the orientation days. All students will be also assigned a personal teacher tutor. The teacher tutor will help student with the PSP other matters related to the courses and studies. Credits will not be given for PSP. 10.5 ORIENTATION DAYS ON AUGUST 25 27, 2008 The aim of the orientation days is to offer new students information on Helsinki School of Economics and studies in HSE. There will be for example sessions on IT services, facilities, presentations of the programs, financing of studies and studies abroad. During the orientation days new students will meet the personnel of HSE as well as senior students. New students will be divided into smaller groups and each group is assigned a tutor student who will guide the group in the beginning of studies. New MSc students will also

81 be assigned a teacher tutor who will help them with the planning of studies. There will also be time reserved for questions. Orientation days for BSc Students (Students admitted to HSE via SAT I test) The programme of the Orientation days has been divided into two parts. The main activities are held from Monday to Wednesday (August 25-27) with the full day program on for example how to get started at the Helsinki School of Economics, how to plan studies, how to register for courses and IT services as well as meeting the fellow students and personnel of HSE. Attendance is mandatory as the orientation days are the first part of the professional skills portfolio in BSc degree. In addition, KY- the student union of HSE will arrange for all around 450 new HSE students - whether Finnish or international - additional activities on Thursday, August 28. On Thursday you can relax, have fun and get to know HSE students and KY. The official opening ceremony of the academic year will be held on September 5, 2008. Orientation days for MSc Students (Students admitted to HSE Master s Programs) The programme for the Orientation days has been divided into two parts. The main activities are held on Monday and Tuesday (August 25-26) with the full day program on for example how to get started at the Helsinki School of Economics, how to plan studies, how to register for courses and IT services as well as meeting the fellow students and personnel of HSE. Attendance is mandatory as the orientation days belong to the MSc degree studies. In addition, KY- the student union of HSE will arrange for all around 450 new HSE students - whether Finnish or international - additional activities on Thursday, August 28. On Thursday you can relax, have fun and get to know HSE students and KY. The orientation week ends, and the academic year 2008-2009 begins, with an opening ceremony on Friday (in Finnish only).

82 11 MASTER S DEGREE PROGRAMS 11.1 MSC PROGRAM IN ECONOMICS The Department of Economics has only one subject, economics. HSE is working in cooperation with the Swedish School of Economics (Hanken) and the University of Helsinki. The courses in economics in these two universities are also open to HSE students. When planning your program studies in economics, please contact the Department of Economics or your teacher tutor for completing your personal study plan. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS (120 CR) 1. COMMON CORE STUDIES 12 cr 2. ADVANCED STUDIES 84 cr - COMMON ADVANCED STUDIES 18 cr - ADVANCED SPECIALISATION STUDIES 64 cr 3. MINOR STUDIES 24 CR TOTAL MSc Degree Requirements 120 cr Since the Department of Economics offers only one subject there is not listed separately the common advanced studies and advanced specialization studies. The courses are listed only into two groups: compulsory courses and elective courses. Compulsory courses: 31E20000 Macroeconomic Theory* 31E99901 Master s Thesis 31E99902 Master s Thesis Seminar 31E99903 Maturiryt Test And two of the following courses: *) 31E11000 Microeconomic Theory I 31E12000 Microeconomic Theory II 31E13000 Microeconomic Theory III 12 cr 30 cr 0 cr 0 cr Elective courses: Total 30 cr of the following courses: 31E11000 Microeconomic Theory I (if not chosen as compulsory course) 31E12000 Microeconomic Theory II (if not chosen as compulsory course) 31E13000 Microeconomic Theory III (if not chosen as compulsory course) **) 31E00500 International Trade and Integration 31E00600 International Finance 31E00700 Labor Economics 31E00800 Fixed Income Securities 31E00900 Applied Econometrics 31E01000 Topics in Economic Theory and Methods

83 31E09000 Course in Economics completed at the University of Helsinki 31E09900 Course in economics completed at another university 20E00100 Student Business Project See also Courses from other programs. *) The courses 31E11000 and 31E12000 replace the course 31E10000 Microeconomic Theory (12 cr). The student can also replace the courses 31E12000 and 31E13000 with the course 31E10000. If the student has completed the course of 31E10000 she/he can complete the course 31E13000, but not the courses 31E11000 and 31E12000. If the student has completed the course 31E11000 the student cannot complete the course 31E13000. **)The course 31E13000 replaces the course 31E11000. Courses from Other Programs The students in the MSc Program in Economics can also include courses from other MSc Programs to their degree studies and specialize in certain topics for example in Industrial Organization. For example the following courses from other MSc Programs can be part of advanced specialization studies and electives in the MSc Program in Economics: 27E01000 Investment Science 27E02000 Models in Marketing 30E00300 Productivity and efficiency analysis 30E00700 Advanced statistical methods 38E00100 Immaterial Property Rights 80E00100 Financial Modeling and Simulation All courses in Finance with the course code starting 28Exxxxxx. In addition, courses in Finance with the code starting 28Exxxxx and courses in Technology Management and Policy with the code starting 38Exxxxx. Courses at the University of Helsinki Faculty of Social Sciences, Department of Economics http://www.valt.helsinki.fi/katal/ The students of economics at HSE can complete the courses at the University of Helsinki at the Department of Economics as a part of their BSc or MSc degree. The Department of Economics is located in the same building in Economicum as HSE. The optional courses in economics at the University of Helsinki in 2008-09 are: In English: Advanced Public Economics Empirical Macroeconomics Fiscal Federalism Game Theory

84 Please, see http://www.valt.helsinki.fi/faculty/studies/instruction/index.htm In Finnish: Ekonometrian tilastolliset perusteet, Rahapolitiikka, Yrittäjyyden teoria Courses from Other Universities It is possible to include the course completed at another university for example courses completed in foreign universities to the MSc Program in Economics according to the Regulations on credit transfer at HSE. Program Director Professor Matti Liski ECONOMICS CREDITS TOTAL CREDITS FALL 1 Common Core Studies 6 Microeconomic Theory (two of the three Microeconomic Theory courses) 12 Elective 6 Minor studies 6 PROGRAM STUDIES (CR) MINOR (CR) COMMON CORE STUDIES 30 18 6 6 SPRING 1 Common Core Studies 6 Macroeconomic Theory 12 2 electives 12 30 24 6 FALL 2 2 elective courses / Masters Thesis 12 Minor studies / Masters Thesis 18 30 12 18 SPRING 2 Masters Thesis / Electives / Minor studies 30 30 30 TOTAL 120 120 84 24 12

85 ECONOMICS Including International Study Module CREDITS FALL 1 Common Core Studies 6 Microeconomic Theory (two of the three Microeconomic Theory courses) 12 Elective 6 Elective 6 TOTAL CREDITS PROGRAM STUDIES (CR) MINOR (CR) COMMON CORE STUDIES 30 18 6 6 SPRING 1 Common Core Studies 6 Macroeconomic Theory 12 2 electives 12 30 24 6 FALL 2 International Exchange 24 Creditable course taken on exchange 6 30 24 6 SPRING 2 Masters Thesis / Electives 30 30 30 YHTEENSÄ 120 120 96 12 12

86 11.2 MSC PROGRAM IN ENTREPRENEURSHIP Entrepreneurial attitude and skills are needed in different tasks in the businesses because of high level of uncertainty of the environment, rapid technological development and changing consumers preferences. This creates a need to continuously being alert of new opportunities and allocating resources efficiently. The Master s Programme in Entrepreneurship offers the students an outstanding opportunity to learn the tools and applications needed in solving the problems of value and innovation creation processes that managers, leaders and entrepreneurs faced in their everyday activities. The studies combine theory and practice and encourage students to develop their practical skills and creativity together with academic knowledge. Practicality will be included by using cases and empirical examples among the main teaching methods. Competences and tasks In the Programme the students will get versatile theoretical competences and practical skills to identify, create and develop opportunities and innovations, and to plan, establish, and run businesses. After the graduation students are expected to think entrepreneurially and to be capable to plan, establish, and manage own businesses or corporate business units. The activity may take place as an independent entrepreneur, a member of an entrepreneurial team or as a manager of a corporate business unit. Interdisciplinary studies and holistic approach to business development and management are emphasized in the program. In addition to entrepreneur the other potential tasks and professions are for example assignments in a community of venture capital, analyst or expert positions in various sectors of business community and in a public sector. These professions demand for understanding and practical skills in the different fields and functions of business, especially in strategic management, marketing, and entrepreneurial finance. In addition, the students need to have knowledge and skills considering how to manage complexity of growth and risk involved in business. Teaching and the process of studies Teaching is strongly based on case studies. Accumulation of knowledge is ensured so that students are allowed to participate to the next level course only if previous courses are passed or they have shown sufficient knowledge level otherwise. Thus requirements for passing the courses increases at every level and on the next level also previous course information needs to be taken into consideration and implementation for passing the course. (see course descriptions). Program Director: Prof. Markku Virtanen Program Committee: Prof. Markku Salimäki, Assistant Prof. Jorma Pohtola, Prof. Mika Gabrielsson, M.Sc. student Tuomas Pättö

87 DEGREE REQUIREMENTS (120 CR) 1. COMMON CORE STUDIES 12 cr 2. ADVANCED STUDIES 84 cr COMMON ADVANCED STUDIES 18 CR Select three courses from the the following list: 21E90000 Managing Change 23E21000 Marketing Principles: Markets, Relationships & Networks 26E00300 International Marketing 33E00100 The Firm in the Global Economy: Competences, Coordination and Strategic Location 26E01000 International Design Business Management 23E42000 Project Marketing ADVANCED SPECIALIZATION STUDIES 66 CR 25E44000 Opportunity development and business planning 25E45000 Entrepreneurial marketing 25E42000 Growth and internationalization of SMEs 25E32000 Entrepreneurship as a field of science 80E80100 Business Research Methods Select 2 of the following courses 25E31000 Entrepreneurship and managing innovations 25E46000 Entrepreneurial education and entrepreneurial competences 25E47000 Entrepreneurial and small business finance Entrepreneurship Studies at Another University Thesis work 25E99901 Master s Thesis 25E99902 Master s thesis seminar 25E99903 Maturity Test 30 cr 0 cr 0 cr 3. MINOR STUDIES 24 CR TOTAL MSc Degree Requirements 120 cr

88 ENTREPRENEUSHIP CR CR TOTAL YEAR 1, FALL TERM Common core studies 2 x 3 6 25E44000 Opportunity development and business planning 6 Jorma Pohtola Elective courses - courses from the list of department 6 Select 2 of the following courses 25E31000 Entrepreneurship and managing innovations 6 Arto Lahti 25E46000 Entrepreneurial education and entrepreneurial competences 6 Paula Kyrö 25E47000 Entrepreneurial and small business finance 6 Markku Virtanen Minor studies 1 6 30 YEAR 1, SPRING TERM Common core studies 2 x 3 6 25E45000 Entrepreneurial marketing 6 Jorma Pohtola Elective courses - courses from the list of department 6 25E42000 Growth and internationalization of SMEs 6 Markku Virtanen Minor studies 2 6 30 YEAR 2, FALL TERM 25E99902 Master's Thesis Seminar 0 Virtanen, Lahti, Kyrö 80E80100 Business Research Methods 6 Select 2 of the following courses 25E31000 Entrepreneurship and managing innovations 6 Arto Lahti 25E46000 Entrepreneurial education and entrepreneurial competences 6 Paula Kyrö 25E47000 Entrepreneurial and small business finance 6 Markku Virtanen 25E32000 Entrepreneurship as a field of science 6 Markku Virtanen Minor studies 3 6 Minor studies 4 6 YEAR 2, SPRING TERM 25E99901 Thesis 30 25 E99903 Proficiency in Mother Tongue 0 Elective courses: Two courses of the following list 6 21E90000 Managing Change 6 23E21000 Marketing Principles: Markets, Relationships & Networks 6 26E00300 International Marketing 6 33E00100 The Firm in the Global Economy: Competences, Coordination and Strategic Location 6 26E01000 International Design Business Management 6 28E00600 Venture Capital 6 30 30

89 11.3 MSC PROGRAM IN FINANCE Completing the Master s Program in Finance offers the student a thorough understanding of the models and theories behind corporate financing and investment decisions, as well as skills necessary to apply these ideas independently and analytically in working life. Finance offers high quality and up-to-date teaching and research that are directly applicable to both strategic decision making of the firm (e.g. mergers and acquisitions) and day-to-day management (e.g. portfolio and risk management). The Master s Program in Finance prepares students for the job market in two ways: - Preparing the students for entry-level positions requiring a thorough expertise in Finance - Preparing the students for further career progress within general management Finance students have an excellent placement record in the job market. Most Finance graduates find their first jobs in the financial industry, such as investment and commercial banks, brokerage firms, mutual fund companies, and insurance companies. Management consulting companies, industrial corporations, and public institutions are also important employers of Finance graduates. Competences Graduates of the program will know well both the institutional and theoretical features of capital markets. They can apply financial tools to a number of situations in questions such as investments, mergers and acquisitions, and portfolio management. They are also able to analyze corporate risk factors quantitatively and to evaluate the value of e.g. derivative instruments using sophisticated valuation tools. The students have the further opportunity to tailor their degree by specializing in one of two areas of concentration, corporate finance or financial markets. In the corporate finance area, students focus on such questions as analyzing and choosing investment projects, mergers and acquisitions, agency theory, investment banking and obtaining funds from the primary markets, project and trade finance, and capital structure and dividend decisions. The corporate finance area prepares students for entry-level positions in e.g. investment or commercial banking, management consulting, or the finance and corporate planning functions of industrial firms. In the financial markets area, students focus on issues such as the behaviour and determinants of security prices, their implications on portfolio management, behavioral finance and investor psychology, venture capital, risk management, as well as using and pricing options, futures, and other derivatives. The financial markets area prepares students for entry-level positions in e.g. positions of investment management and strategy, venture capital and private equity, and risk management. The general management skills the program aims to foster include the student s analytical skills, teamwork skills, and problem solving skills. The student will also have the opportunity to consider challenging issues in business ethics and to develop his/her international business communications skills at an advanced level.

90 Further information In addition to the information here, the Finance website at www.hse.fi/finance includes detailed information on course, faculty, and several related issues such as instructions on credit transfer and graduation. All courses have their own websites, which may be accessed through the Finance website. Faculty members are naturally also available for study guidance. Program Director: Prof. Sami Torstila Program Committee: Prof. Vesa Puttonen, Prof. Matti Keloharju, Assistant Prof. Samuli Knüpfer, Prof. Sami Torstila, Prof. Pontus Troberg, Ph.D. Jussi Karhunen (alumni rep.), Tuomas Määttä (student rep.) DEGREE REQUIREMENTS (120 cr) 1. COMMON CORE STUDIES 12 CR 2. ADVANCED STUDIES 84 CR COMMON ADVANCED STUDIES 22E00100 Tilinpäätösanalyysit* 28E00800 Financial Institutions** 32E11000 Yhtiöoikeus*** 18 CR Students who take their degree in English can make the following substitutions: 22E00100 Tilinpäätösanalyysit can be replaced with 22E00400 International Accounting 32E11000 Yhtiöoikeus can be replaced with 32E11100 Legal Aspects of Finance. * If this course is included in the old B.Sc. Degree, it can be replaced with any of the E-courses in Accounting. ** If this course is included in the old B.Sc. Degree, it can be replaced with any of the E-courses in Finance. *** If this course is included in the old B.Sc. Degree, it can be replaced with 32E11100 Legal Aspectsof Finance. ADVANCEDSPECIALIZATION STUDIES 66 CR Six courses from the two lists below: At least three courses from the following: 27E07000 Investment Science 28E00100 Behavioral Finance and Decision Making 28E00300 Advanced Investment Theory * 28E00900 Fixed Income 28E29000 Advanced Corporate Finance 28E33000 Mergers and Acquisitions 30E00400 Simulation 30E00700 Advanced Statistical Methods

91 Not more than 18 cr from the following: 22E00500 Corporate Governance 26E00600 Capstone 28E00400 Marketing FinancialServices 28E00500 Project and Trade Finance 28E00600 Venture Capital 28E00700 Corporate Risk Management 28E26000 Advanced Financial Theory (Hanken) The course 28E26000 will be arranged in the Swedish School of Economics (Hanken) 20E00100 Student Business Project** 28E34100 Project Work** 28E09900 Finance Studies at AnotherUniversity *** 6-12 cr * Not lectured in 2008-2009. ** Only one of these can be included in the degree. *** Must be agreed in advance with Sami Torstila. In addition: 28E99901 Master s Thesis 28E99902 Master s thesis seminar 28E99903 Maturity Test 30 cr 0 cr 0 cr 3. MINOR STUDIES 24 CR Total Credits for the MSc degree 120 cr

92 FINANCE CREDITS TOTAL CREDITS FALL 1 Common Core Studies 12 Tilinpäätösanalyysit (International Accounting) 6 Financial Institutions and Capital Markets 6 Elective 1 6 SPRING 1 Yhtiöoikeus (Legal Aspects of Finance) 6 Elective 2 6 Elective 3 6 Minor studies 12 FALL 2 Elective 4 6 Elective 5 6 Minor Studies 12 SPRING 2 Elective 6 Masters Thesis 30 PROGRAM STUDIES (CR) MINOR (CR) COMMON CORE STUDIES 30 18 12 30 18 12 6 24 12 12 36 36 TOTAL 120 120 84 24 18

93 FINANCE Including International Study Module CREDITS FALL 1 Common core studies 12 Tilinpäätösanalyysit (International Accounting) 6 Financial Institutions 6 Optional 1 6 SPRING 1 Yhtiöoikeus (Legal Aspects of Finance) 6 Optional 2 6 Optional 3 6 Optional 4 6 Minor Studies 0 FALL 2 Minor studies on exchange 24 Creditable course taken on exchange (Optional 5)* 6 Minor Studies 0 SPRING 2 Optional 6 6 Master's Thesis 30 TOTAL CREDITS PROGRAM STUDIES (CR) MINOR (CR) COMMON CORE STUDIES 30 18 12 24 24 0 6 30 6 24 36 36 TOTAL 120 120 84 24 18 * Advanced finance course taken on exchange. If there is no such course, this course must be taken at HSE in a suitable semester. 11.4 MSC PROGRAM IN INFORMATION AND SERVICE MANAGEMENT The MSc program in Information and Service Management provides students with interdisciplinary skills of analyzing of the rapidly growing supply of information and new technologies and managing the increasingly electronic business operations. Students graduating from the program will have the necessary know-how to efficiently manage and develop business processes using information systems and networks; be familiar with centrally related fields such as logistics, software business, management science, and technology management; command the necessary analytical models and methods.

94 The content and focus of the program differ according to its two elective areas of specialization. The focus of Management Technology is on increasingly important skills to manage and analyze the rapidly growing supply of information. The main themes include management decision-making, risk control (e.g. hedging financial risks), incentives in organizations, production systems, market analysis, and exploitation of new technologies as well as developing and launching products. This focus area provides a broad general view of the different business functions and their interactions. The aim is to use effectively the modern managerial tools, such as quantitative models and information technology, in solving practical business problems. The focus of Information Systems Science is on the know-how necessary to efficiently manage and develop business processes using information systems and networks. Topics include business information systems, e-commerce as well as soft-ware business and their strategic applications. The aim is efficient management of information re-sources and the skillful implementation of information systems applying technology which best supports the particular business needs. The focus of Logistics and service management is on providing students the capabilities to manage and develop companies production, distribution, supply, purchasing and service operations. Topics include e.g. supply chain management in various operating environments, service development and operations, inventory management models and policies, quality management and different business models. This focus area prepares students for the challenges of the network economy and gives the ability to control and design complex logistics chains and to apply project management skills to various environments. Upon graduating from the MSc program in Information and Service Management students can operate in the international information and ser-vice business, as well as in high technology enter-prises. The program prepares students to work in managerial, expert-level and development as-signments of diverse business tasks, for instance, as a specialist in risk management and analytical decision-making, or as an independent entrepre-neur. Students concentrating on information sys-tems work as information systems managers, or as experts or consultants in information system and e-business development. Those who specialize in software business may also take managerial posi-tions in IT companies. Program Director: Matti Rossi. Program Committee: Matti Rossi, Virpi Tuunainen, Ari Vepsäläinen, Merja Halme, Tomi Seppälä, Miira Juntumaa, Katri Karjalainen, Pirkko Lahdelma, Outi Somervuori and two student representatives

95 DEGREE REQUIREMENTS (120 cr) 1. COMMON CORE STUDIES 12 CR 2. ADVANCED STUDIES 84 CR COMMON ADVANCED STUDIES ADVANCED SPECIALIZATION STUDIES 18 CR 66 CR COMMON ADVANCED STUDIES 18 CR Choose 3 courses of the following: 27E01000 Decision Making and Choice Behavior 35E00100 Service Operations and Strategy 35E00200 Business Models and Technology 37E00100 Information Economy The remaining course can be included in student s advanced specialization studies. MANAGEMENT TECHNOLOGY ADVANCED SPECIALIZATION STUDIES 66 CR Choose six courses (3) Two required courses from the following: 27E02000 Models in Marketing 27E07000 Investment Science 30E00400 Simulation 30E00100 Optimization The remaining courses can be included in the recommended electives. Three recommended electives from the BT department: 27E03000 Advanced Negotiation Practices 80E20100 Database Marketing 30E00700 Advanced Statistical Methods 35E00300 Product and Inventory Management 35E00400 Coordination of Supply Chains 35E00500 Quality Leadership 37E00300 ICT Enabled Business Process Development 38E00100 Intellectual Property Rights Plus one free advanced elective course to be approved by the tutoring teacher. Compulsory for all the students: 57E99901 Master s Thesis 30 cr

96 57E99902 Master s thesis seminar 57E99903 Maturity Test 0 cr 0 cr INFORMATION SYSTEMS SCIENCE ADVANCED SPECIALIZATION STUDIES Choose six courses (3) 66 CR Two required courses from the following: 37E00200 Strategic Management of Information Technology 37E00300 ICT Enabled Business Process Development 37E00800 Software Business 37E00900 Project Management The remaining courses can be included in the recommended electives. Three recommended electives from the BT department: 27E02000 Models in Marketing 80E20100 Database Marketing 30E00400 Simulation 35E00300 Product and Inventory Management 35E00400 Coordination of Supply Chains 35E00500 Quality Leadership 37E01000 Current Topics in Information Systems Science 37E01400 Essential Literature in Information Systems Science 38E00100 Intellectual Property Rights Plus one free advanced elective course to be approved by the tutoring teacher. Compulsory for all the students 57E99901 Master s Thesis 30 cr 57E99902 Master s thesis seminar 0 cr 57E99903 Maturity Test 0 cr LOGISTICS AND SERVICE MANAGEMENT ADVANCED SPECIALIZATION STUDIES Choose six courses (3) Two required courses from the following: 35E00300 Product and Inventory Management 35E00400 Coordination of Supply Chains 35E00500 Quality Leadership 37E00900 Project Management 66 CR The remaining courses can be included in the recommended electives. Three recommended electives from the BT department: 27E02000 Models in Marketing

97 30E00400 Simulation 35E00100 Service Operations and Strategy 35E00600 Operations Control 35E00700 Packaging and Warehousing Technologies 37E00300 ICT Enabled Business Process Development 38E00100 Intellectual Property Rights Plus one free advanced elective course to be approved by the tutoring teacher. Compulsory for all the students 57E99901 Master s Thesis 30 cr 57E99902 Master s thesis seminar 0 cr 57E99903 Maturity Test 0 cr 3. MINOR STUDIES 24 CR TOTAL CREDITS FOR THE MSC DEGREE 120 CR

INFORMATION AND SERVICE MANAGEMENT CREDITS TOTAL CREDITS PROGRAM STUDIES (CR) MINOR (CR) COMMON CORE STUDIES FALL 1 Common Core Studies 2 x 3 op 6 6 37E00100 Service Operations and Strategy / elective 6 6 27E01000 Decision Making and Choice Behavior / elective 6 6 Elective 6 6 Minor studies 1 6 6 30 18 6 SPRING 1 Common Core Studies 2 x 3 op 6 6 37E00100 Information Economy / elective 6 6 35E00200 Business Models and Technology / elective 6 6 Elective 6 6 Minor studies 2 6 6 30 18 6 6 FALL 2 57E99902 Masters Thesis Seminar 0 Elective 6 6 Elective 6 6 Minor studies 3 6 6 Minor studies 4 6 6 24 12 12 SPRING 2 Elective 6 6 57E99901 Master s Thesis 30 30 57E99903 Proficiency in Mother Tongue 36 36 TOTAL 120 84 24 12

INFORMATION AND SERVICE MANAGEMENT WITH INTERNATIONAL STUDY MODULE CREDITS TOTAL CREDITS PROGRAM STUDIES (CR) MINOR (CR) COMMON CORE STUDIES FALL 1 Common Core Studies 2 x 3 op 6 6 37E00100 Service Operations and Strategy / elective 6 6 27E01000 Decision Making and Choice Behavior / elective 6 6 Elective 6 6 Elective 6 6 30 24 6 SPRING 1 Common Core Studies 2 x 3 op 6 6 37E00100 Information Economy / elective 6 6 35E00200 Business Models and Technology / elective 6 6 Elective 6 6 Elective 6 6 30 24 6 FALL 2 International Exchange 24 24 0 24 SPRING 2 57E99902 Masters Thesis Seminar Elective 6 6 57E99901 Master s Thesis 30 30 57E99903 Proficiency in Mother Tongue 36 36 TOTAL 120 84 24 12

100 11.5 MSC PROGRAM IN INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS The purpose of the MSc program in International Business (IB) is to provide the student with competencies and skills to analyze, plan and manage international business while facing different markets, business practices, cultures, political, institutional and legal environments. The basic assumption of the program is that the need for International Business competencies of operating across borders has penetrated all kinds of firms and organizations and is a necessity at most organizational levels. The core contents of the program build on a holistic understanding of the internationalization process of the firm and its expansion strategy from early to mature stages of development. The program addresses the local or regional business environments accounting for differences in cultures, ethics, institutions and historical contexts (e.g. Baltic States, Asia, Europe) as well as issues associated with globalization. The program approaches International Business from a range of perspectives including the growth of small businesses into multinational corporations, the particular context of emerging markets, and small and open economies, the impact of industry dynamics and inter-firm relationships. The program also offers functional approaches to analyzing specific International Business strategies and practices such as international marketing and human resource management. As one of the MSc programs offered completely in English but supplemented with an explicit multilingual component, IB students acquire competencies and skills to effectively operate and manage international activities. Students graduating from the program will be: - strategic and analytical thinkers - team players who are able to perform in an international environment - competent in using English as a working language - multilingual and culturally sensitive The MSc program in International Business prepares students for international careers. Upon graduating from the MSc program in International Business students are equipped with specific professional skills and business knowledge that assist them in excelling in international commerce, such as foreign sales and marketing functions, in demanding management positions of international organizations or in business consulting. Knowledge skills International Business graduates should: - have an adequate knowledge of International Business theory and practice (internationalization processes of the firm, foreign operation modes, international marketing strategies and international human resources management); - be able to apply International Business know-how to a practical situation and address both strategic and functional business problems; - be capable of strategic thinking taking into account the local and global business contexts; - have an in-depth understanding of a particular regional business environment such as Asia or the Baltic States and appreciate its implications for firms operating across borders; - be qualified to apply to international doctoral programs

101 Thinking skills International Business graduates should: - be able to perform in a fast changing environment; - be capable of independent strategic thinking; - be capable of contributing to an international team; and - be able to apply theory to practical business problems Personal and management skills International Business graduates should: - be able to communicate professionally (orally and in writing) in front of a demanding international audience; - be able to work in cross-cultural teams and to respond to international contexts; and - be sensitive to different cultures, values and behaviors In order to create and develop students skills in the above mentioned areas the following assumptions drive our teaching and learning efforts. Our courses are organized in an intensive format to enhance students commitment to their course work, deadlines and encourage them to take responsibility for their studies. The teaching combines theory with practice brought to life through company cases as well as presentations by industry experts and practicing managers. Most courses include group work where international student teams are formed to demonstrate opportunities and challenges of managing diversity. The profile of the students in our courses is highly international. In some courses students are assigned roles in group work and required to report and reflect upon the team dynamics. During courses, teachers provide students with individual and/or collective feedback on their course assignments to specifically develop analytical and research skills, for example in terms of systematic referencing, convincing argumentation, logical presentation, application and use of theoretical concepts to practical problems. The courses are consciously designed in a way that allows for feedback sessions and development of various sets of skills. Moreover, students are sometimes provided with the opportunity to integrate feedback on their group work before submitting their final report for grading. Local or regional expertise is introduced through, for example additional readings in the local language, choice of teaching faculty and visitors. We also suggest that our students to spend their study period abroad in a non-english speaking university. Program Director: Professor Rebecca Piekkari Program Committee: Rebecca Piekkari, Hannu Seristö, Asta Salmi, Mika Gabrielsson and Liisa Kotilainen. The courses in International Business are interrelated and a more advanced course requires the knowledge of previous courses. To ensure that studies proceed in an appropriate way it is recommended that the compulsory basic courses are taken in the following order. 1. COMMON CORE STUDIES 12 CR 2. ADVANCED STUDIES 84 CR COMMON ADVANCED STUDIES 18 CR ADVANCED SPECIALIZATION STUDIES 66 CR

102 COMMON ADVANCED STUDIES 18 CR Please, note that the letters CEMS in the name of the course are only for information for CEMS students. Compulsory: 26E00400 (CEMS) Internationalization of the Firm 80E80100 Business Research Methodology And one of the following: 26E00300 (CEMS) International Marketing 21E90000 (CEMS) Managing Change 23E21000 Marketing Principles: Markets, Relationships & Networks ADVANCED SPECIALIZATION STUDIES 66 CR Please, note that the letters CEMS in the name of the course are only for information for CEMS students. Compulsory: 26E00700 (CEMS) International Human Resources Management 26E00800 (CEMS) Global Marketing Management 26E00500 (CEMS) Multinational Management 26E99901 Master s Thesis 30 cr 26E99902 Master s Thesis Seminar(s) 0 cr 26E99903 Maturity Test 0 cr And either: 26E00600 Capstone 1,2 Or: 26E01200 CEMS Special Topics in International Business 1 Students in the IDBM Programme can substitute the Capstone course with 26E01300 IDBM Industry Project. 2 Students in the CEMS MIM Programme can substitute the Capstone course with the CEMS Business Project. And one of the following: Please, note that the letters CEMS in the name of the course are only for information for CEMS students. 26D00300 Comparative Regional Analysis 26D00400 Doing Business in Asia 26D23000 (CEMS) Doing Business in the EU 26D00800 Russian Economic Transformation 26E01700 (CEMS) Business Strategies and East-West Cooperation in Asia 26E01900 International Business and Institutional Change in Russia 26E09901 Area Studies at another university And 6 ECTS from the following: 26E01000 (CEMS) International Design Business Management 26E01500 (CEMS) International Business Networks 26E01800 (CEMS) International Management Leadership 26E03000 International Business Essay 26E09900 Studies at another university 20E00100 Student Business Project 3

103 21E03050 Organizational Cultures 23E28000 Advanced Consumer Behaviour 28E00800 Financial Institutions & Capital Markets 51E00100 Business Ethics 75E00100 Managing Corporate Communication 75E00600 Cross-Cultural Issues in Managerial Communications 3 Suitability of the Student Business Project 20E00100 for an IB program elective is determined on a case-by-case basis and must be approved before the project work begins. General requirements: the project must be conducted in English and must involve the international dimension in a central role. Please contact the IB faculty for details. 3. MINOR STUDIES 24 CR For International Business Master s Program students the following options are available as to minor studies: At HSE: Any minor subject entity offered. Consult the individual subjects and the section Minor Subjects of the MSc degree for more information. The following are in English at HSE: 1. Area Studies Program 2. Corporate Social and Environmental Responsibility ( maybe possible to complete in English) 3. Economics 4. Entrepreneurship 5. Finance 6. Information Technology Program (ITP) 7. International Business 8. International Business Communication 9. International Design Business Management 10.Information and Service Management 11.Management 12.Marketing 13.Quantitative Methods Through JOO-studies: It is possible for IB major students to complete a minor subject through JOO-studies. Please consult the Office of Studies and Registrar for information. Exchange university studies: It is possible for IB major students for all students in any of the programs - to complete a minor called International Study Module during an exchange semester abroad. The student exchange program is taken care by the International Student Services in the Office of Studies and Registrar. TOTAL CREDITS FOR THE MSC DEGREE 120 CR

104 INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS STUDY SCHEDULES - MASTER'S DEGREE COMPULSORY COURSES CR CR TOTAL FALL 1 26E00400 Internationalization of the Firm 6 26E00300 International Marketing OR 23E21000 Marketing Principles: Markets, Relationships & Networks 6 SPRING 1 26E00700 International Human Resources Management 6 26E00800 Global Marketing Management 6 21E90000 Managing Change (OR 26E00300 International Marketing OR 23E21000 Marketing Principles) 6 FALL 2 80E80100 Business Research Methodology 6 26E00500 Multinational Management 6 26E01200 Special Topics in International Business (or 26E00600 Capstone) 6 26E99902 Thesis Seminar 0 SPRING 2 26E00600 Capstone (OR 26E01200 Special Topics in IB) 6 26E99901 Master s Thesis* 30 26E99902 Thesis Seminar 0 26E99903 Proficiency in Mother Tongue 0 *Note: the Master's thesis should be divided into two terms: 2nd year Fall and 2nd year Spring 6-12 12-18 12-18 30-36

105 ELECTIVE COURSES ECTS TERM Area-based courses 26D00300 Comparative Regional Analysis 6 Fall 26D00400 Doing Business in Asia 6 Summer 26D00800 Russian Economic Transformation 6 Spring 26D23000 Doing Business in the EU 6 Spring 26E01700 Business Strategies and Economic Cooperation in Asia 6 Fall 26E01900 International Business and Institutional Change in Russia 6 Spring 26E02000 Doing Business in Rapidly Growing Markets 6 Spring Other elective courses 26E01000 International Design Business Management 6 Fall 26E01500 International Business Networks 6 Spring 26E01800 International Management Leadership 6 Fall 26E03000 International Business Essay 6 Continuous 20E00100 Student Business Project 6 Continuous 21E03050 Organizational Culture 6 Fall & Spring 23E28000 Advanced Consumer Behaviour 6 Spring 28E00800 Financial Institutions & Capital Markets 6 Fall 51E00100 Business Ethics 6 Fall 75E00100 Managing Corporate Communication 6 Fall 75E00600 Cross-Cultural Issues in Managerial Communications 6 Spring Note: not all of the above courses are taught every year. See course descriptions for more information.

106 11.6 MSC PROGRAM IN INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS COMMUNICATION The International Business Communication (IBC) Program provides students with niche knowledge, combining business communication theory with sound business knowledge and excellent communication skills. The IBC program focuses on communication in international operations, with specialemphasis on multinational corporations. The concept is unique in Finland - and also else-where. In the program, business communication is seen as a distinctive umbrella discipline that includes the fields of corporate, managerial, and organizational communication. The international focus and our strong emphasis on business knowl edge also distinguish the program from most communication programs offered in other European or US universities. The program draws on business communication theories but is practically oriented, combining knowledge and skills within areas of corporate communication such as: corporate identity, corporate social responsibility, company performance and investor relations, change and crisis management, and intercultural communication issues. Objectives The goals of the IBC Program relate to particular areas of knowledge and skills that the graduating students will have. The overall professional goal is to provide the students with the specific knowledge and skills needed in specialist positions in international communications. Meeting the knowledge goal means that the stu-dents graduating from IBC will be able to understand and appreciate the strategic nature of communication in a business setting; organize communications to support corporate strategy and corporate identity in an interna-tional and culturally diverse environment; apply the theoretical input from communica-tion studies, International Business, intercultural research and applied linguistics to practi-cal communication issues, and solve commu-nication related problems; Meeting the skills goal means that the students graduating from IBC will be able to independently produce, process and apply knowledge pertaining to communication in various business processes; review communication products and proc-esses critically and analytically; create and implement communication strate-gies for various business situations ranging from everyday procedures to international cri-ses; utilize a wide range of communication skills and techniques for various managerial and or-ganizational situations in the international business environment; use one other foreign language (besides Eng-lish) in professional communication; deal with the cultural implications of cross-border business operations; analyze business operations from a communi-cations perspective; use a research toolkit to find out more about communication in an international business environment. Program Director Dr. Leena Louhiala-Salminen Advisory Committee: Salla Huttunen (Nokia Oyj), Kaija Langenskiöld (Competence

107 Communications), Minna Mars (Kone Oyj), Aino Wessman (JKL Group), Erja Laurila-Hellman (HSE), Rebecca Piekkari (HSE), Pekka Pälli (HSE), Laura Kaustinen (IBC Student), Sami Koivuniemi (IBC student), Mirjaliisa Charles (IBC), Anne Kankaanranta (IBC), Leena Louhiala- Salminen (IBC). DEGREE REQUIREMENTS (120 CR) 1. COMMON CORE STUDIES 12 CR 2. ADVANCED STUDIES 84 CR COMMON ADVANCED STUDIES 18 CR ADVANCED SPECIALIZATION STUDIES 66 CR COMMON ADVANCED STUDIES 18 CR 75E00100 Managing Corporate Communication 75E00600 Cross-Cultural Issues in Managerial Communication Advanced Business Language and Communication Studies You will choose one or two of the following courses organized by the various languages included in the Program: German 62E00301 Deutsch beruflich 3 3 cr 62E00302 Deutsch situativ 3 3 cr 62E00304 Deutsch fürs Management 3 cr 62E00305 Spezialthemen 3 cr Italian 63E00300 Italiankielinen yritysviestintä 3 Spanish 65E00301 Cultura y Negocios en España, 3 cr 65E00302 Cultura y Negocios en América Latina 3 cr French 66E00301 Français des affaires 2 3 cr 66E00303 Rédaction de documents professionnels 3 cr Russian 67E00301 Russian Business Communication 3a 3 cr 67E00302 Russian Business Communication 3b 3 cr 67E00401 Russian Business Communication 4a 3 cr 67E00402 Russian Business Communication 4b 3 cr Swedish 72E00301 Mötes- och förhandlingsteknik 3 cr 72E00302 Från tanke till text 3 cr 72E00303 Speciella teman C 3 cr Finnish and Communication 71E00400 Viestintäosaamisen haasteet 71E00500 Mainosviestin retoriikka 76E00100 Finnish for International Students ADVANCED SPECIALIZATION STUDIES Compulsory: (3) 66 CR

108 75E00300 Business Communication Research 75E99901 Master's Thesis 30 cr 75E99902 Thesis Seminar 0 cr 75E99903 Maturity Test 0 cr Electives: (30 cr) 75E00560 Communication for Corporate Social Responsibility 75E00570 Company Performance and Investor Relations 75E00580 Crisis Communication 75E00530 Organisational Communication 75E00540 Advanced Managerial Writing You can also choose max. 2 of the following course electives, organized by other programs: 75E09900 Course(s) completed at another university (In 2008-09 selected courses offered by the University of Art and Design) 26E00600 Capstone course * 26E00700 International Human Resource Management 21E90000 Managing Change 26E00300 InternationalMarketing 23E21000 Marketing Principles: Markets, Relationships & Networks 23E24000 Brand Management 26E01000 International Design Business Management 26E00800 Global Marketing Management 26E01500 International Business Networks 26E01800 International Management Leadership 20E00100 Student Business Project * (Note: Students in the IDBM Programme can substitute the Capstone course with 26E01300 IDBM Industry Project). 3. MINOR STUDIES 24 CR In the IBC Master s program you can choose any of the HSE minor. It is also possible to complete a minor through JOO-studies at another Finnish university, or take the minor called International Study Module during an exchange semester at a foreign university. TOTAL CREDITS FOR THE MSC DEGREE 120 CR IBC MASTER'S: STUDY PROGRESSION The following is an example of how you could organize your studies in order to graduate in two years, studying full time. The plan might vary, depending on your choice of the Minor Subject. Year 1, Autumn term Common core studies 12 cr Managing Corporate Communication Cross-Cultural Issues in ManagerialCommunication 1 IBC elective

109 Total: 30 cr Year 1, Spring term Minor studies 12 cr 2 IBC electives 12 cr Business Communication Research Total: 30 cr Year 2, Autumn term Minor studies 12 cr Advanced Business Language and Communication Studies 2 IBC electives 12 cr Thesis seminar 0 cr Total: 30 cr Year 2, Spring term Thesis seminar (continued) Thesis 30 cr Maturity Test 0 cr Total: 30 cr INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS COMMUNICATION STUDY SCHEDULES - MASTER'S DEGREE CR CR TOTAL YEAR 1, FALL TERM Common core studies 12 Managing Corporate Communication 6 Cross-Cultural Issues in Managerial Communication 6 1 IBC elective 6 30 YEAR 1, SPRING TERM Minor studies 12 2 IBC electives 12 Business Communication Research 6 30 YEAR 2, FALL TERM Minor studies 12 Advanced Business Language and Communication Studies 6 2 IBC electives 12 Thesis seminar 0 30 YEAR 2, SPRING TERM Thesis seminar (continued) Thesis 30 Proficiency in Mother Tongue 0 30

110 11.7 MSC PROGRAM IN MARKETING The MSc program in Marketing provides students with conceptual tools and analytical skills for identifying customer needs and for building long-term customer relationships that provide value for all parties involved. The program is designed to serve the multifarious strategic needs of contemporary business organizations. The basic premise of the program is that marketing is not only a function that executes sales management and marketing communication but rather a comprehensive philosophy that guides business practice throughout the organization and helps firms and individuals to succeed in the markets. The program offers the breadth and depth of marketing and business knowledge that firms and business professionals need to succeed in the constantly changing global marketplace. While the program delivers professional skills and capabilities for pursuing a variety of careers in the field of marketing, three main areas of specialization or career paths are offered: consumer marketing and marketing communication; business-to-business marketing and networks; and strategic marketing and marketing management. Students graduating from the program will be: Competitive Cooperative Customer-oriented Ready to adapt to new situations; and Strategic thinkers. Upon graduating from the MSc program in Marketing, students are equipped with in-depth business knowledge and professional skills that help them to excel in demanding positions as marketing executives and managers in different branches of business. Similarly, the program also prepares students for attractive positions in various planning, training and consulting jobs. The program offers three different fields of specialization: Strategic Marketing and Marketing Management; Consumer Marketing and Marketing Communications; and Business to Business Marketing and Networks. These in-depth studies are the cornerstone of marketing on the master s level. In addition, the fields entail mandatory courses and advanced studies from both the department of marketing and the department of management. The special fields are described as follows: 1. Strategic Marketing and Marketing Management The special field of Strategic Marketing and Marketing Management introduces the student to the core of a company s business activities. The courses guide the student form the conventional marketing activities, such as marketing communications, to the functions of the board of executives, especially in the planning of the role of marketing in corporate management and strategic decision making. The courses offer concrete work life know-how, knowledge for creating market-driving business models, and skills for the profitable commercialization of innovations.

2. Consumer Marketing and Marketing Communications The special field in Consumer Marketing and Marketing Communications offers the student amounts of know-how in consumer marketing and the management of marketing communications. The courses focus on the creation of added value for consumers through marketing activities by focusing on the individual, social, and cultural drivers of consumption. This knowledge of consumer groups, consumption cultures, and consumption practices has become increasingly important in contemporary multicultural environments. In addition, the planning of communications along with other strategic decisions such as targeting, positioning, distribution, and product and service conceptualization and development require the understanding of consumer behavior along with the development of a dialogue. 3. Business to Business Marketing and Networks The special field of Business to Business Marketing and Networks offers the student know-how for both consumer-oriented and market-oriented value creation, understanding the buying behaviors of organizations, and the management of business networks. Additionally, the courses of this field focus on the intricacies of project marketing, the features of the buying behavior of organizations, the management of customer relationships, and the management of a demand-supply network. The goal is to increase and develop the student s ability to perform in various specialist positions in business to business marketing and network management. Contact Administrative officer, Pirjo-Liisa Johansson, pirjo.liisa.johansson@hse.fi Professor Johanna Moisander, Johanna.moisander@hse.fi DEGREE REQUIREMENTS (120 CR) 1. COMMON CORE STUDIES 12 CR 2. ADVANCED STUDIES 84 CR COMMON ADVANCED STUDIES 18 CR ADVANCED SPECIALIZATION STUDIES 66 CR 111 COMMON ADVANCED STUDIES Three courses of the following list: 23E21000 Marketing Principles: Markets, Relationships and Networks 21E90000 Managing Change 26E00300 International Marketing 26E00400 Internationalization of the Firm 33E00100 The Firm in the Global Economy: Competence, Coordination and Strategic Locations 18 CR ADVANCED SPECIALIZATION STUDIES Compulsory: (3) 80E80100 Business Research Methods 23E99901 Master s Thesis 23E99902 MSc Thesis seminar 23E99903 Maturity Test 66 CR 30 cr 0 cr 0 cr

112 Electives : (30 cr) 23E53000 Brands in Strategic Marketing 23E28000 Advanced Consumer Behavior 23E31000 Marketing of Culture (every other year) 23E51000 High-Tech Marketing and Innovation Management 23E42000 Project Marketing 25E45000 Advertising and Consumer Research 23E50000 Product Development Project 23E52000 Sales Management 23E09900 Studies at Another University 26E01500 International Business Networks 80E20100 Database Marketing Self-study courses: 23E37000 Product and Service Management 23E38000 Competitive Strategy and Competitive Advantage 23E41000 Distribution and Pricing Management Not more than two of the following: 26E00600 Capstone 26E01000 International Design Business Management 26E01200 Special Topics in International Business 26E00700 International Human Resources Management 26E02000 Global Marketing Management 27E02000 Models in Marketing (Note: Students who have IDBM Program as minor can include to their MSc Program in Marketing also 26E01300 IDBM Industry Project)

MARKETING CREDITS TOTAL CREDITS PROGRAM STUDIES (CR) MINOR STUDIES COMMON ADVANCED STUDIES (OP) COMMON CORE STUDIES FALL 1 Common Core Studies 2 x 3 op 6 6 23E21000 Marketing Principles: Markets, Relationships & Networks 6 6 26E00300 International Marketing 6 6 Electives 6 6 Minor studies 1 6 6 30 6 6 12 6 SPRING 1 Common Core Studies 2 x 3 op 6 6 21E90000 Managing Change 6 6 80E80100 Business Research Methods 6 6 Electives 6 6 Minor studies 2 6 6 30 12 6 6 6 FALL 2 23E99902 Masters Thesis Seminar 0 23E99904 Johdatus tutkielmatyöskentelyyn 0 Electives 6 6 Electives 6 6 Minor studies 3 6 6 Minor studies 2 6 6 24 12 12 SPRING 2 Electives 6 6 23E99901 Masters Thesis 30 30 23E99903 Proficiency in Mother Tongue 0 36 36 TOTAL 120 66 24 18 12

114 12 MINOR STUDIES IN MSC PROGRAMS To be able to graduate from the Master of Science in Economics and Business Administration Programs the students need to complete the module of the minor studies as a part of the degree. The degree structure of Master of Science Degree is as follows: Common Core Studies + PSP Common Advanced Studies Advanced Studies Minor Studies TOTAL 120 ECTS CREDITS 12 ECTS credits 18 ECTS credits 66 ECTS credits 24 ECTS credits There are four possibilities to complete the minor studies: 1) Minor studies offered at the HSE 2) In one of the official partner universities of the HSE student exchange program or in equivalent foreign business university 3) In another Finnish university as a JOO student. JOO agreement allows a person who is a degree student at a Finnish University to apply for a temporary study right at another Finnish university 4) The minor studies can be a part of approved Personal Study Plan provided that they are valid part of student s degree. Minor Studies in English of the Master s Degree: - Area Studies Program (40005) - Corporate Social and Environmental Responsibility - Economics (40100, 40101) - Entrepreneurship (41200) - Finance (40100) - Information and Service Management (40700, 40701) - Information Technology Program (ITP) (40009) - International business (40200) - International Business Communication (40300) - International Design Business Management (40006) - Management (40102) - Marketing (40901) - Quantitative Methods (41305) - Corporate Social and Environmental Responsibility (* (+ International Study Module, one semester in the student exchange program) (* Please consult with PhD Merja Halme whether the minor studies can be completed in English

115 12.1 MINOR STUDIES IN AREA STUDIES PROGRAM This minor is offered for all M.Sc. level students. A minor in the Area Studies Program will increase the expertise of the student in the economic geography of business areas. It will provide tools for analyzing and understanding the area on the basis of the specific cultural, economic, and geographical considerations. The aim is to introduce the student to the challenges of doing business in two particular regions and develop sensitivity to special cultural and economic features of those specific environments. STRUCTURE OF MINOR STUDIES Compulsory: 26D00300 Comparative Regional Analysis 26E00700 (CEMS) International Human Resource Management 1 24 CR 1 This course can be substituted with a previously completed Cross-Cultural Management 26E01400 And 12 cr from these electives: 26D00400 Doing Business in Asia 26D23000 (CEMS )Doing Business in the EU 26D00800 Russian Economic Transformation 26E01700 (CEMS) Business Strategies and East-West Cooperation in Asia 26E01900 International Business and Institutional Change in Russia 26E02000 Doing Business in Rapidly Growing Markets 26E09901 Area Studies at another university 12.2 MINOR STUDIES IN ECONOMICS STRUCTURE OF MINOR STUDIES 24 CR Professor in responsible for minor: Professor Matti Liski Compulsory studies (12 cr): EITHER: 31E20000 Macroeconomic Theory 12 cr OR TWO OF THE FOLLOWING COURSES: 31E11000 Microeconomic Theory I 31E12000 Microeconomic Theory II 31E13000 Microeconomic Theory III Electives (to be completed totally 12 cr): 31E20000 Macroeconomic Theory (if not a compulsory course) 31E11000 Microeconomic Theory I (if not a compulsory course) 31E12000 Microeconomic Theory II (if not a compulsory course) 12 cr

116 31E13000 Microeconomic Theory III (if not a compulsory course) 31E00500 International Trade and Integration 31E00600 International Finance 31E00700 Labor Economics 31E00800 Fixed Income Securities 31E00900 Applied Econometrics 31E01000 Topics in Economic Theory and Methods 12.3 MINOR STUDIES IN ENTREPRENEURSHIP The aim of the minor studies in entrepreneurship is to introduce the fascinating area of entrepreneurship and new venture creation as well as to promote entrepreneurial mind set and give the students holistic view of businesses. STRUCTURE OF MINOR STUDIES Two compulsory courses are: 25E44000 Opportunity development and business planning 25E47000 Entrepreneurial and small business finance Two elective courses from the following courses: 25E31000 Entrepreneurship and managing innovations 25E45000 Entrepreneurial marketing 25E46000 Entrepreneurial education and entrepreneurial competences 25E42000 Growth and internationalization of SMEs 25E32000 Entrepreneurship as a field of science Entrepreneurship Studies at Another University 24 CR Contact person: Ass. Prof. Jorma Pohtola Entrepreneurship and SME Management 12.4 MINOR STUDIES IN FINANCE A minor in Finance provides a fundamental understanding of the models and theories between corporate finance and investment decisions, as well as an ability to apply them analytically in practical settings. STRUCTURE OF MINOR STUDIES 28C00100 Corporate Finance * 28C00300 Investment Management 28C00400 Derivatives and Risk Management 24 CR

117 In addition one of the following: 27C01000 Tools for Business Decisions 27C02000 Negotiation Processes 30C00100 Statistical Analysis 30C00200 Econometrics 31C00800 Henkilöstön taloustiede 32C260 Rahoitusjuridiikka 71E00700 Sijoittajaviestintä 28E09900 Finance Studies at Another University ** * If the student has already taken the course as a part of his/her major subject, he/she must replace it with one of the Bachelor s level electives. ** Must be agreed in advance with professor Sami Torstila. Minor studies coordinator: professor Sami Torstila. 12.5 MINOR STUDIES IN INFORMATION AND SERVICE MANAGEMENT Objectives: Information and Service Management (ISM) refers to the creative use of information and technology in decision making, in managing business processes and networks, and in developing new products and services. Minor studies in Information and Service Management offer an interdisciplinary education that allows the student to focus on economic analysis and quantitative modelling, management information systems, or logistics and service management. Topics covered by the minor studies in Information and Service Management include: decision analysis and negotiation processes development of information systems and associated business processes and services logistics and supply chain management: sourcing, production and distribution of goods and services management of technological innovation mathematical methods and statistical analysis While ISM gives an understanding of different business functions and their interdependence relevant to managers, it also provides methods and skills for economic analysis required in many other fields of undergraduate and graduate studies. Minor studies for the Master s degree are typically made up of 4 E-level courses totalling 24 cr (40701). However, if a student has no prior studies in ISM subjects, he/she can include one or two C-level courses in the minor. The possible C-level courses are listed in the course lists below.

118 As an alternative to the Master s level minor studies, the student may choose a minor from the Bachelor s level (40700). However, in this case, the minor (a) cannot be already included as part of the Bachelor s degree and (b) consists of only 4 courses. Recommendations for minor studies and personal course packages suitable for students in Bachelor s and Master s Programs in Economics, Marketing, Management, Accounting, Finance and Business Law are available at http://www.hkkk.fi/bustech. Students are advised to counsel their tutoring teacher on their choice of courses. STRUCTURE OF MINOR STUDIES There are three suggested focus areas A, B and C: 24 CR A. Management Technology / Science Coordination: Merja Halme Choose 4 courses from the list below: 27C01000 Tools for Business Decisions 27C02000 Negotiation Processes 27C03000 Applied Optimization 27E01000 Decision Making and Choice Behavior 27E07000 Investment Science 27E02000 Models in Marketing 27E03000 Advanced Negotiation Practices 28E00200 Economics of Entrepreneurial Finance 80E20100 Database Marketing 30C00200 Econometrics 30C00300 Mathematical Methods for Economists 30E00100 Optimization 30E00400 Simulation 35E00200 Business Models and Technology 38E00100 Immaterial Property Rights 38E00300 Readings in Organization of R&D (book exam) and courses from list B and list C. B. Information Systems Science Coordination: Virpi Tuunainen Choose 4 courses from the list below: 37C00100 Management Information Systems 37C00200 Information Systems Development 37C00300 Enterprise Applications 37E00100 Information Economy 37E00200 Strategic Management of Information Technology 37E00300 ICT Enabled Business Process Development 37E00800 Software Business 37E00900 Project Management 37E01000 Current Topics in Information Systems Science

119 and courses from list A and list C. C. Logistics and Service Management Coordination: Ari P.J. Vepsäläinen Choose 4 courses from the list below: 35C00100 Distribution and Logistics Services 35C00200 Purchasing and Supply Management 35E00100 Service Operations and Strategy 35E00200 Business Models and Technology 35E00300 Product and Inventory Management 35E00400 Coordination of Supply Chains 35E00500 Quality Leadership 35E00600 Operations Control 35E00700 Packaging and Warehousing Technologies (book exam) and courses from list A and list B. 12.6 MINOR STUDIES IN INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM (ITP) Information Technology Program (ITP) is an academic summer program taught at the HSE. Close cooperation with companies ensures that ITP program serves both of its target groups with up-to-date information on Internet economy. The purpose of ITP is to provide students with a strong applied understanding of Information and Communication Technologies (ICT). The program provides the necessary tools, concepts and approaches that enable students with diverse backgrounds to operate effectively in the global business environment. Please note that the following information is based on the 2008 program and is subject to change. The form in which the program will be offered in 2009 depends on the trends and fundraising for the program. Please, read Opinto-Infos and check our web site for further information, http://www.hse.fi/itp In 2008, the program consisted of two parallel subprograms: Business & Technologies and Content & Media. The Business & Technologies subprogram aims at providing students with an understanding of e-business infrastructure technologies, the new business opportunities these technologies create, and their effects on the business environments and societies in which they are used. The Content & Media subprogram aims at providing students with an understanding of basic methods, techniques and tools for producing and designing digital media products. THE FOLLOWING COURSES WERE OFFERED IN SUMMER OF 2008: Business & Technologies subprogram 1. Information Technology and E-business Fundamentals 2. Achieving Strategic Advantage Through Distributed Technologies

120 3. Digital Economy and Information Industries 4. Business Project Content & Media subprogram 5. Introduction to Digital Media 6. Visual Communication Design 7. Rich Media Design 8. Business Project Both subprograms are worth 24 credits and are recognized as a minor subject in the M.Sc. program at HSE. ITP studies can be extended to 30 credits with extra work and are thus recognized as a minor subject in the B.Sc. program at HSE. Individual modules of the program are taught by visiting faculty. Visitors from other universities and from the business community are invited to come and teach for a short period in the field of their particular expertise. All courses are run in the form of intensive modules. A normal onesemester university course is compressed to three weeks of full time study. Each course includes 42 contact hours (3,5 hours a day, four days a week) excluding group work and individual assignments. Approximate workload for ITP is 6-9 hours a day throughout the summer. In addition to theoretical studies in ITP courses all ITP students complete an ITP business project for cooperating companies under the program supervision. The working language is English. That is why it is essential that students understand spoken and written English with ease, and can express their thoughts clearly in English. No previous experience or studies in the field are required. The 2009 Information Technology Program with course descriptions and the selection criteria will be announced later. The application period for following ITP will start at the beginning of year 2009. Academic Director: Matti Rossi Department of Business Technology / ITP-program 12.7 MINOR STUDIES IN INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS This minor is offered for M.Sc. students from the Department of Marketing and Management and students conducting their Master s program studies in English. The minor subject will provide an understanding of the most important theories and practices of international business. The influence of the global business environment on internationalization approaches and international business operations is examined. In order to enhance the students capabilities to apply them to a target region they are offered a possibility to select a course on a specific geographic business area. In addition to this, the students are offered a possibility to choose two of the advanced international business courses, thus providing

possibilities for fine-tuning the minor subject. These courses will assess many aspects of international business, including relationships between headquarters and foreign subsidiaries, the internal dynamics of an international organization, as well as the external networks multinationals work in. 121 STRUCTURE OF MINOR STUDIES Prerequisite: 26E00300 International Marketing* Compulsory: 26E00400 CEMS Internationalization of the Firm 24 CR And from the Area studies courses (see Area Studies minor) And 12 cr from these electives: 26E00500 (CEMS) Multinational Management 26E00700 (CEMS) International Human Resource Management 26E00800 (CEMS) Global Marketing Management 26E01000 (CEMS) International Design Business Management 26E01200 Special Topics in International Business 26E01500 (CEMS) International Business Networks 26E01800 International Management Leadership *or an equivalent marketing course 12.8 MINOR STUDIES IN INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS COMMUNICATION International Business Communication offers two programs of study: a Minor program (BSc and MSc), and a Major program (MSc). Language of instruction The language of instruction on both the IBC Minor and Major programmes is English, apart from courses offered in Business Language and Communication Studies (Minor) and Advanced Business Language and Communication Studies (Major). If any course requires knowledge of Finnish, it will be clearly stated in the course description. International Business Communication Minor (BSc and MSc) By the end of the IBC Minor program students will have an understanding of corporate and intercultural communication theories; have the ability to analyse business communication situations; possess the skills required to deliver high-quality written documents and presentations, and have the skills to work in a multilingual business environment. 61A00100 Business Communication is the prerequisite for taking the IBC Minor. IBC Minor Studies Coordinator: Geoffrey Hilton. Please contact him if you have any queries.

122 STRUCTURE OF MINOR STUDIES 24 CR 2 core courses (mandatory) 75C00500 Introduction to International Business Communication 75C00600 IBC Minor Project Electives 12 credits (MSc) can be chosen freely from any of the following three special topic categories: 1. Business Language and Communication Studies: Courses in French, German, Italian, Japanese, Russian, Spanish or Swedish. This elective allows you to take one or more business language or communication courses in French, German, Italian, Japanese, Russian, Spanish or Swedish. These courses will enhance your ability to speak and write in a culturally appropriate manner in a variety of business situations, using precise terminology and suitable style. The courses start at different levels, but all require at least a working knowledge of the language concerned. You should choose a course that corresponds to your level of proficiency in that language. Each course is organised by the language concerned. For more details, please see the degree requirements for the language concerned. Courses offered: French 66B00101 French Business Communication 1a 3 cr 66B00102 French Business Communication 1b 3 cr 66B00201 Français des affaires 1 3 cr 66B00202 Économie de la France 3 cr 66C00301 Français des affaires 2 3 cr 66C00303 Rédaction de documents professionnels 3 cr 66C00402 Négocier et présenter en français 66C00404 Diplôme de français des affaires 1er degré (DFA 1) 66C00405 Diplôme de français des affaires 2e degré (DFA 2) German 62B00201 Deutsch beruflich 2 3 cr 62B00202 Deutsch situativ 2 3 cr 62C00301 Deutsch beruflich 3 3 cr 62C00302 Deutsch situativ 3 3 cr 62C00303 Erlebte Landeskunde 62C00304 Deutsch fürs Management 3 cr 62C00305 Spezialthemen 3 cr Italian 63B00100 Italian Business Communication 1 63B00201 Testi economico-finanziari 3 cr 63B00202 Italiano per gli affari 3 cr 63C00300 Italian Business Communication 3

123 Japanese 68B00101 Japanese Business Communication 1a 3 cr 68B00102 Japanese Business Communication 1b 3 cr 68B00201 Japanese Business Communication 2a 3 cr 68B00202 Japanese Business Communication 2b 3 cr Russian 67B00101 Russian Business Communication 1a 3 cr 67B00102 Russian Business Communication 1b 3 cr 67B00201 Russian Business Communication 2a 3 cr 67B00202 Russian Business Communication 2b 3 cr 67C00301 Russian Business Communication 3a 3 cr 67C00311 Russian Business Communication 3a (Russian as Mother Tongue)) 3 cr 67C00302 Russian Business Communication 3b 3 cr 67C00312 Russian Business Communication 3 b (Russian as Mother Tongue)) 3 cr 67C00401 Russian Business Communication 4a 3 cr 67C00411 Russian Business Communication 4a (Russian as Mother Tongue)) 3 cr 67C00402 Russian Business Communication 4b 3 cr 67C00412 Russian Business Communication 4b (Russian as Mother Tongue)) 3 cr Spanish 65B00101 Spanish Business Communication 1a 3 cr 65B00102 Spanish Business Communication 1b 3 cr 65B00201 Spanish Business Communication 2a 3 cr 65B00202 Spanish Business Communication 2b 3 cr 65C00301 Cultura y Negocios en España 3 cr 65C00302 Cultura y Negocíos en América Latina 3 cr Swedish 72B00201 Företagskommunikation med moderna medier 3 cr 72B00202 Intern och extern kommunikation 3 cr 72B00203 Muntlig framställining 3 cr 72B00204 Specialla teman B 3 cr 72C00301 Mötes- och förhandlingsteknik 3 cr 72C00302 Från tanke till text 3 cr 72C00303 Specialla teman C 3 cr 2. International Business Environments: Students can freely choose any of the courses offered by the Area Studies minor. Please first consult the coordinator of the IBC Minor program, Geoffrey Hilton, on the suitability of your choice, and then contact the teacher of the course concerned to see whether or not there is room for you on that course. Please refer to the Area Studies for full course descriptions. 3. English Communication Specialisation: 61C00500 Financial Communication

124 Contact: International Business Communication, lecturer Geoffrey Hilton MA 12.9 MINOR STUDIES IN INTERNATIONAL DESIGN BUSINESS MANAGEMENT This minor is offered only for M.Sc. students that are selected for the IDBM Program, for more information see: http://www.hse.fi/idbm. The International Design Business Management Program is an alternative specialization area within the International Business Program at the Helsinki School of Economics. It is a joint program between the Helsinki School of Economics, the University of Art and Design Helsinki and the Helsinki University of Technology. The students participating in the IDBM Program take their major subject at their own university. The IDBM Program forms the minor subject (24 cr) of a Master s degree. The Program is conducted in English language. The deadline for applications for the IDBM Program is April 15 th annually. For further information, please contact the IDBM Program Director or Coordinator. STRUCTURE OF MINOR STUDIES 24 CR Compulsory course for all students participating in the IDBM Program: 26E01300 IDBM Industry Project/Seminar Courses from the two other Universities: University of Art and Design Helsinki Helsinki University of Technology 9-12* cr 9-12* cr For more detailed information see the IDBM web page: http://www.hse.fi/idbm. *This depends on if the student counts the IDBM Industry Project towards their major (12 cr needed) or minor (9 cr needed) study. 12.10 MINOR STUDIES IN MANAGEMENT The aim of the minor is to contribute to increasing understanding of strategic and human resource perspectives of management and change in organizations. STRUCTURE OF MINOR STUDIES 24 CR Students can choose 4 courses between the following courses: 21E00600 Human Resource Development 21E00700 Strategy Work in Global Context

125 21E01050 Management and Strategy Making, book exam 21E02050 Strategic Human Resource Management, book exam 21E03050 Organisational Culture, book exam 21E90050 Managing Change (Provided that the course is not included in other studies) 51E00100 Business Ethics Contact person: D.Sc. Pertti Tiittula, Organization and Management. 12.11 MINOR STUDIES IN MARKETING The student can complete eithet the minor A, B or C. Only B and C are offered in English STRUCTURE OF MINOR STUDIES 24 CR A Strategic Marketing and Marketing Management, in Finnish B Consumer Marketing and Marketing Communications Choose 18 cr of these courses: 23E28000 Advanced Consumer Behavior 23E53000 Brands in Strategic Marketing EITHER 23E45000 Advertising and Consumer Research OR 23E31000 Marketing of Culture (every other year) Choose one course from the list of Advanced Specialisation Studies/ electives C Business to Business Marketing and Networks Choose 18 cr of these courses: 23E21000 Marketing Principles: Markets, Relationships and Networks 26E01500 International Business Networks EITHER 23E42000 Project Marketing OR 23E51000 High-Tech Marketing and Innovation Management Choose one course from the list of Advanced Specialisation Studies/ electives

126 Advanced Specialisation Studies/ Electives Choose one course from the list 80E80100 Business Research Methods 23E21000 Marketing Principles: Markets, Relationships and Networks 23E53000 Brands in Strategic Marketing 23E28000 Advanced Consumer Behavior 23E31000 Marketing of Culture (every other year) 23E51000 High-Tech Marketing and Innovation Management 23E42000 Project Marketing 23E45000 Advertising and Consumer Research 23E09900 Courses Completed at Another University 26E15000 International Business Networks 80E20100 Database Marketing Optional book exams: 23E37000 Product and Service Management 23E38000 Competitive Strategy and Competitive Advantage 23E41000 Distribution and Pricing Management Special remarks: The part of the courses in marketing are offered as undergraduate and graduate level courses. The letter C in the course code refers to the undergraduate level course and code E referes to the graduate level course. The same course cannot be the part of the student degree both in BSc amd MSc degree because the content of the course is almost similar. 12.12 MINOR STUDIES IN QUANTITATIVE METHODS Minor studies in Master s degree A minor in Quantitative studies provides theoretical and practical knowledge of mathematical and statistical tools that can be used to support managerial and economic decision making. In many of the courses computers are used to analyze data and practical situations. Minor studies in Quantitative Methods are intended especially to Business Technology, Finance, Accounting and Economics students, but are open to all students. Quantitative Methods are also useful to those students who are planning to pursue a career in research and development. Choose 24 cr from the following courses 30C00100 Statistical analysis 30C00200 Econometrics 30C00300 Mathematical methods for economists 30E00100 Optimization 30E00300 Productivity and efficiency analysis

127 30E00400 Simulation 30E00500 Quantitative empirical research 30E00700 Advanced statistical methods 90L56503 Behavioral decision making Other E or L-level courses on quantitative methods can be included in minor studies, subject to approval.

128 13 STUDIES ACCORDING TO THE DEGREE REGULATIONS 1995 Students who started their studies before August 1, 2005 began their studies according to the HSE Degree Regulations 1995 i.e. the old Degree Regulations. When the students continue their studies after July 31, 2008 at HSE they must transfer to study according to the Degree Regulations 2005. 13.1 CHANGING TO STUDY ACCORDING TO THE NEW DEGREE REGULATIONS What does the transfer of the degree regulations mean? The HSE Degree Regulations are official documents concerning for example the student admission to HSE, the subjects taught at HSE, the degrees offered and how to complete them. Therefore students need to apply for transfer to study according to the Degree Regulations 2005 (decree 794/2004). The structure of degree studies differs between the two systems. For example Degree Structure according to the Degree Regulations 1995 The students have been admitted to study the BSc/MSc degree and the completing of the BSc degree is not obligatory. Some students have been admitted directly to the Master s level. The degree studies are based on the subjects and the students can complete their studies mostly in the order they prefer. The extent of BSc degree is 120 study weeks, The extent of MSc degree is 160 study weeks The BSc/MSc degree consists of 16 required core courses, major subject, minor subject, languages and electives. Degree Structure according to the Degree Regulations 2005 The students have been admitted to complete first the BSc degree and only after that they can complete the MSc degree and they also need to apply for the Master s Programs The degree studies are based on the BSc program or on the MSc program the student has chosen. The student has to follow the structure of the program. The extent of BSc degree is 180 credits The extent of MSc degree is 120 credits The BSc degree consists of Fundamentals of Business Studies (which is 9 required core courses + Professional Skills Portfolio), common program studies (according to the program chosen), specialization studies, minor and language and communication studies. The MSc degree consists of required core courses (12 credits), major studies of the program and minor. (NO language studies!) The HSE Degree Transfer Regulations will be applied to the students who study the BSc/MSc Degree at HSE according to the Degreee Regulations 1995 (139/95) and will transfer to study

according to the Degree Regulations 2005 ( 794/2004). There are transfer regulations 1) for the students who have been admitted to complete BSc/MSc degree and 2) for the students who have been admitted to complete MSc degree only, that is they have been admitted directly to the Master s level. The detailed transfer regulations are in Finnish. In the regulations is defined how to complete the required core courses, minor studies and language studies, what studies can be transferred, how the student will be placed into the programs etc. Further information can be obtained from the Office of Studies and Registrar, email siirtyminen@hse.fi. Please, make an appointment through the email for individual counselling. Applying for transfer to study according to the Degree Regulations 2005 When you apply for transfer to study according to the Degree Regulations 2005, please, follow these instructions: 1. Fill up an application for transfer to study according to the Degree Regulations 2005 and attach to it a transcript of records as well as your personal study plans. 2. The transferring student is required to make the Personal Study Plan, PSP. For transfer applicants, there are actually two PSP forms A and B. First the student need to decide what courses can be transferred to the new degree system as a part of the degree studies and mark those courses to the PSP A. After that, the student will evaluate what courses are still missing and what courses he/she needs to complete to be able to graduate from HSE and mark those courses to the PSP B. The PSP s are binding and the students cannot change them after the PSP s have officially been approved. 3. The student will submit the application for transfer, transcript of records as well as PSP A and PSP B to the Help Desk of the Office of Studies and Registrar in the main building. The PSP s will be checked and confirmed and, if needed, discussed and modified together with the student. The final PSP s are binding. 4. The student will get the official decision of the transfer and his/her studies from the old degree will be transferred to his/her new degree. The official transfer decision is final and the student cannot return back to complete his/her degree according to the Degree Regulations 1995. 129

130 14 COURSE DESCRPTIONS This part includes course descriptions for courses offered in English in the academic year 2008-09. The complete list of all courses offered at HSE can be found from the Finnish language guide Opinto-opas, lukuvuosi 2008-09 as well as WebOodi register system. 14.1 COURSE CODES 20 Common courses of the degree (tutkintojen yhteisiä opintojaksoja) 21 Organisation and Management (organisaatiot ja johtaminen) 22 Accounting (laskentatoimi) 23 Marketing (markkinointi ja kauppa) 25 Entrepreneurship (yrittäjyys) 26 International Business 27 Management Science (liikkeenjohdon systeeemit) 28 Finance 30 Quantitative Methods of Economics and Management Science (see also codes 34&36) 31 Economics (kansantaloustiede) 32 Business Law (yritysjuridiikka) 33 Area Studies Program 34 Business Mathematics (talousmatematiikka) 35 Logistics (logistiikka) 36 Statistics (tilastotiede) 37 Information System Science (tietojärjestelmätiede) 38 Technology Management and Policy 47 Information Technology Program 51 Philosophy (filosofia) 53 Organizational Psychology (organisaatiopsykologian opintokokonaisuus) 56 Area Studies Program 57 Business Technology 60 Joint Courses in Languages (kielten yhteiset opintojaksot) 61 English Business Communication 62 German Language (saksan kieli) 63 Italian Language (Italian kieli) 65 Spanish Lanaguage (espanjan) 66 French Language (ranskan kieli) 67 Russian Language (venäjän kieli) 68 Japanese Language (japanin kieli) 71 Finnish Language and Communication (suomen kieli ja viestintä) 72 Swedish Language (ruotsin kieli) 73 Chinese Language (kiinan kieli) 74 Estonian Language (viron kieli) 80 Joint Courses, Courses common to more that one subject (aineiden yhteiset opinnot) 90 Doctoral studies (jatkokoulutus)

131 14.2 ACCOUNTING (22) 22A00210 INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING STATUS OF THE COURSE: Basic course, Fundamentals of Business Knowledge. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Basic course. OBJECTIVES: To understand the role of accounting in society. To know the structure and potential uses of financial statements, as well as the actual process of preparing these. To understand the role of information systems in accounting. In regards to management accounting, to understand accounting systems as a producer of information for decision-making and control, as well as to understand that accounting is more than just a technical application. After the course the student can read financial statements and interpret key financial figures, outline a budget and evaluate financial value of capital investments and products. LITERATURE: HAND, Len, ISAAKS, Carolyn & SANDERSON, Peter (2005) Introduction to accounting for non-specialists OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Course literature and other material will be announced later at the course home page TEACHERS(S): Ph.D. Seppo Ikäheimo, Ph.D. Hannu Ojala and M.Sc. Mikko Sandelin. Lectures 28 h, Seppo Ikäheimo. Exercises 28 h, Hannu Ojala and Mikko Sandelin. Exam 12.12.08 (80 %), assignments during the course (20 %). Exam is based on all (oral and written) course material (distributed or announced during the course) as well as on the above mentioned literature. METHODS: Lectures and exercises. TIMING: Fall 2008, second period PREREQUISITE: Recommended to have participated in excel-section of Taitosalkku. REGISTRATION: To the course and exams via WebOodi. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/22a00110/ 22C00150 INTRODUCTION TO FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING STATUS OF THE COURSE: Bachelor s program, common studies in Accounting, Finance and Business law. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Intermediate studies. OBJECTIVES: The aim is to provide a full understanding of the key aspects of financial accounting, annual reporting and interpretation of financial statements. CONTENT: The topics include conceptual framework of financial accounting, financial reporting and analysis of the financial statement. LITERATURE: Alexander, D. & Nobes, C. (2007) Financial accounting an international introduction, 3rd edition. KHT-Media (2004) Introduction to financial statements in Finland, Revised 4th edition. TEACHERS(S): Lecturer Tapani Kykkänen

132 METHODS: Book exam. REMARKS: This course replaces the courses 22A010 Kirjanpidon perusteet and 22A040 Introduction to Financial Accounting. 22E00400 INTERNATIONAL ACCOUNTING STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. advanced course in Accounting. CEMS course LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced OBJECTIVES: The objective of the course is to make students aware of why accounting differences exist, what differences exist between countries, to clarify which are the major players in international accounting and what is the expected future development, to present and discuss the major features of significant international accounting standards including the major differences between IFRS (IASB) and U.S. GAAP as well as their implications for financial analysis. LITERATURE: Troberg, Pontus (2007) IFRS and US GAAP: A Finnish Perspective OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Handouts. TEACHER(S): prof. Pontus troberg. Lectures 28 h, prof. Pontus troberg. Written examination (100%) that is based on the lectures and course literature METHODS: lectures. TIMING: fall 2008, second period PREREQUISITE: at least three financial accounting courses. REGISTRATION: to the course via weboodi one week before the beginning of the period and to exams via weboodi REMARKS: max. 50 students can be accepted to the course - in order of registration, but priority given to accounting majors, then finance and business law majors. This course replaces the course International Accounting (22D430). HOMEPAGE: http://hkkk.fi/~ptroberg/intacct.htm 22E00500 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. advanced course in accounting. CEMS course LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies OBJECTIVES: The main objective of this course is to emphasize the role of corporate governance in corporate success. After this course you will understand the relationship between the company management, board of directors and shareholders. CONTENT: The perspective is mainly on a typical public company but also other perspectives are discussed. The major topics cover the big picture of corporate governance and the main institutions of corporate governance including especially external corporate governance, Board of Directors, Investor Relations, Auditing and Internal Control, but also Executive Compensation. After the course you will understand the importance of these institutions and the logic how they work

OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Material distributed by the lecturer. TEACHER(S): Ph.D. Seppo Ikäheimo. Lectures 28 h, Seppo Ikäheimo. METHODS: Diary and class participation 25 %, group work 25 % and final exam 50 %. TIMING: Spring 2009, first period. REGISTRATION: Via weboodi REMARKS: The course is lectured in English. This course replaces the previous courses Yrityksen omistajat ja ylin johto (32D300) and Corporate Governance (32E12000). Students, who have completed these courses, cannot participate in this one. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/22e00500 133 22E10000 STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. advanced course in management accounting. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies. OBJECTIVES: The objective of the course is to deepen the understanding of how management accounting - as a management technology that constructs organizational reality becomes connected with the following topic areas: The crafting of strategy and its communication Organizational learning and the generation of strategic initiatives Critical strategic decision processes The problems of strategic control Key issues in strategic change OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Reading material and cases announced in class. TEACHER(S): Prof Juhani Vaivio Interactive lectures 17 h, prof. Juhani Vaivio. Exam (60%), based on indicated readings. Active class participation and discussion, as well as presentations and essay-reports in groups (total 40%). METHODS: Interactive lectures, essay-reports. TIMING: Fall 2008, first period. PREREQUISITE: Johdon laskentatoimi II, Tuloslaskenta, Tilinpäätösanalyysit. REGISTRATION: One week prior to the start of the period through WebOodi, and to exams via WebOodi REMARKS: 40 students will be accepted to the course. This course replaces the previously offered courses Strateginen suunnittelu and budjetointi (22E100) and Strateginen johdon laskentatoimi (22E10000). 22E12000 CAPITAL BUDGETING STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. advanced course in accounting. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced

134 OBJECTIVES: The main objective of this course is to highlight the role of advanced capital budgeting methods in analyzing capital investments. After this course you will understand the opportunities and limitations of various capital investment methods and how they could be used in modern organizations. CONTENT: This course emphasizes the context dependence of capital investment methods and their subjective role of analysis in decision making process. The major topics of capital budgeting cover the general features of capital budgeting, estimating costs and benefits of investments, capital budgeting in modern production environment and in an international context, flexibilities and uncertainties in capital budgeting, cost of capital in capital budgeting, strategic investments, gaming and post completion audit. LITERATURE: SHAPIRO, R. (2005) Capital budgeting and investment analysis OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Material distributed by the lecturer. TEACHER(S): Ph.D. Seppo Ikäheimo. During the course, there will be lectures, student presentations, visitors and investment calculations, total 28 h, lectured and supervised by Seppo Ikäheimo. METHODS: Diary and class participation 20 %, group work 30 % and final exam 50 %. TIMING: Spring 2009, first period. REGISTRATION: To the course one week before the beginning of the period via WebOodi; To the exam via WebOodi REMARKS: This course replaces the course 22E21000 Investointien suunnittelu and valvonta. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/22e12000 22E45000 MANAGEMENT CONTROL AND CORPORATE FINANCE IN THE NEW ECONOMY STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. advanced course in accounting. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced TIMING: The course will not be lectured in 2008-2009.

135 14.3 BUSINESS LAW (32) 32A00210 INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS LAW AND ETHICS STATUS OF THE COURSE: Bachelor program, compulsory general course for those students who cannot take the matching general course (32A00110) in Finnish. Fundamentals of Business Knowledge. For students who are fluent in Finnish, we recommend attending the course 32A00110. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Core courses OBJECTIVES: The aim of the course is to give an introductory overview of legal matters for the needs of business graduates. The introductory course serves as a foundation for the more advanced legal courses. The outline serves the basic understanding of legal systems and structure according to Finnish Law, also from a comparative legal point of view. CONTENT: Special emphasis will be on those parts of law that are relevant in business contexts. Ethical views of business are taught in order to understand their necessity in addition to legal norms. LITERATURE: Crane, Andrew - Matten, Dirk (2004) Business ethics a European perspective managing corporate citizenship and sustainability in the age, or the version of 2007. OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Handouts TEACHER(S): Prof. Juha Tolonen (University of Vaasa) Lectures 15 h (Business Law) + 15 h (Ethics), Prof. Juha Tolonen. Final Exam (100%) consisting of the course literature, lectures and handouts. TIMING: Spring 2009. REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi REMARKS: Law books are not allowed in the exam. The course is a substitute for the course 32A00110 Yritysjuridiikan perusteet ja liike-elämän etiikka. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/32a00210 32C23000 INTERNATIONAL TAXATION STATUS OF THE COURSE: Bachelor program, general studies / KTK-tutkinto, yritysjuridiikan erikoistumisopinnot. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Intermediate studies OBJECTIVES: The course gives readiness to cope with cross-border tax problems. CONTENT: It deals with taxation in a situation, where the state of source of income and the state of residence of the income are two different states. Similarly, the course covers taxation in situations where capital is situated in one state and the owner of the capital in another. It covers the tax treatment of individuals and corporations under Finnish domestic tax law, tax treaties and EC tax law. LITERATURE: Helminen, Marjaana (2005) Kansainvälinen tuloverotus Helminen, Marjaana (2005) Finnish international taxation Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development Committee on Fiscal Affairs

136 (2005) Model tax convention on income and on capital condensed version July 2005, HSE students get hold of the publication via SourceOECD database at http://lib.hse.fi OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Recommended (not compulsory) further readings on the course website TEACHER(S): OTK, LL.M. Lari Hintsanen Lectures 20h, OTK, LL.M. Lari Hintsanen. Lectures will be followed by a written lecture exam. The credit points received in the exam may be used to substitute the book Kansainvälinen tuloverotus or the book Finnish International Taxation in the final written exam. The credits received in the exam will correspond to 50 % of the final mark. Final written exam (100%) on the course literature. TIMING: Fall 2008 REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi REMARKS: Students may answer in Finnish or English both in the examination and lecture exam. Law books and the OECD Model Convention may not be used in the examination. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/32c23000 32E11100 LEGAL ASPECTS OF FINANCE STATUS OF THE COURSE: Master program, advanced studies. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies OBJECTIVES: The aim of the course is to get acquainted with the regulative framework for securities markets and to gain an understanding of the cooperation between legal and business economic factors affecting various forms of corporate finance. Among the practical objectives of the course there are various skills of market-related corporate finance, such as an ability to evaluate the influence of legal rules for the choice of optimum forms of corporate finance and skills to produce and interpret information provided in legal rules for securities markets. CONTENT: The contents of the course include legal rules for of listing, disclosure duties of issuers of securities and legal duties related to public bids, mergers and acquisitions. Also law and economics, sociological and information science aspects of information in securities markets and investor relations are discussed. LITERATURE: Zufferey, Jean-Baptiste (1997) Regulation of trading systems on financial markets OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: The following Financial Supervision Standards (http://www.finfsa.fi/eng/regulation/fsa_standards/standards_by_date_of_issue/etusivu.htm): o 2.2. Standard on marketing of financial services and financial instruments; o Standard 5.5: Investment recommendations and accepted market practices; o Standard 5.2a: Securities offerings and listing; o Standard 5.2b: Disclosure obligation of the issuer and shareholder; and o Standard 5.2c: Takeover bids and mandatory bids.

The following rules of the Stock Exchange (http://omxgroup.com/nordicexchange/marketprofesional/rulesregulations/helsinkirulesre gulations/): o Rules of the Stock Exchange o Norex member rules o New stabilisation rules o Corporate governance recommendation o Guidelines for insiders o Own shares of a listed company o Guidelines for market making o Rules of the disciplinary committee TEACHER(S): Professor Matti Rudanko Lectures 20 h and seminar (group work or essay) 8 h (not compulsory), Professor Matti Rudanko, and a lecture exam exempting from reading Zufferey s book for the final exam. Final exam (100%) on the course literature TIMING: Spring 2009 REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi REMARKS: Law books are not allowed in the exam. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/32e11100 137 32E22000 EUROPEAN TAX LAW STATUS OF THE COURSE: Master program, advanced studies. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies OBJECTIVES: This course provides a systematic survey of European Tax Law covering both direct and indirect taxation. CONTENT: Current tax issues will be studied from an international angle. EC tax directives and tax implications of the EC Treaty shall be discussed. Landmark tax cases of the European Court of Justice shall be examined. In addition, efforts to harmonize the European tax systems by legislative means shall be studied focusing on the proposals relating to Common Consolidated Corporate Tax Base and Home State Taxation. LITERATURE: Terra, Ben J. M. - Wattel, Peter J. (2005) European tax law Brokelind et al. (2007) Towards a Homogenous EC Direct Tax Law. An assessment of the Member States responses to the ECJ s case law. European Union (2006) Consolidated versions of the treaty on European Union and the treaty establishing the European Commu, The EC Treaty may also be printed from http://europa. eu.int/eur-lex/lex/en/treaties/index.htm. TEACHER(S): Assistant Kristiina Äimä Lectures 22 h, assistant Kristiina Äimä. Lectures are followed by a written lecture exam. The credit points received in the exam may be used to substitute Terra Wattel s book on European Tax Law. The credit points received in the exam correspond to 50 % of the final mark.

138 Final written exam (100 %) of the course LITERATURE:. TIMING: Spring 2009 REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi REMARKS: The Treaty establishing the European Community and cases of the European Court of Justice may be used in the exam and lecture exam. The EC Treaty and the ECJ's cases can be underlined and Articles of the Treaty and paragraphs of the cases can be referred to. Other notes are not allowed. Students may answer in English or Finnish in both exams.

139 14.4 DOCTORAL STUDIES (90) 90L56503 BEHAVIORAL DECISION MAKING STATUS OF THE COURSE: Licentiate degree and doctoral degree, common scientific doctoral studies. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Doctoral studies. OBJECTIVES: Behavioural decision research investigates how people make judgments, decisions, and choices, and how decision processes may be improved. The field of behavioural decision research is interdisciplinary, using concepts from psychology, economics, management science, and other disciplines. The importance of the field was highlighted by the awarding of the Economics Nobel Prize to Daniel Kahneman in 2002. The purpose of this course is to provide students with an overview of behavioural decision research. CONTENT: Topics covered in the course will include judgment under uncertainty (including heuristics and biases), risk behaviour, and how to deal with multiple, conflicting objectives and values. The anomalies in classical decision theories are indicated. Tversky-Kahneman Prospect Theory is discussed. The focus will be on the individual decision-maker; although we will also briefly discuss issues related to group and organizational decision making. We also relate the behavioural decision theories to the domain of financial decision making and consumer decision making, making the course appropriate for students of finance and marketing. OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Many articles and book chapters will be made available to students. TEACHER(S): Professor PhD Jyrki Wallenius. There will be an exam, project reports, and mandatory readings. METHODS: Lectures, project reports. TIMING: Class hours are Mondays and Thursdays 9-12 am during the second fall session of 2008. Students are expected to participate. REGISTRATION: Through WebOodi before October 22, 2008. REMARKS: This course is directed to postgraduate students but Master students are welcome to the course as well. However, postgraduate students are given priority to the course in case the course is full.

140 14.5 ECONOMICS (31) 31A00210 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. (Econ), Fundamentals of Business Knowledge LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Core course OBJECTIVES: The objective of the course is to familiarize students with the basic tools and concepts of economics and their applications in economic analysis. Students will learn to interpret key economic indicators and gain an understanding of the functioning of a market economy and the role of economic policy. CONTENT: Analysis of economic phenomena: principles of economics, how economists think supply and demand economics of the public sector functioning of firms and markets productivity and welfare economic growth and structural policy unemployment and inflation open economy macroeconomics economic fluctuations, monetary and fiscal policy LITERATURE: Mankiw, N. G.; Taylor, M.P. (2006) Economics, Chapters 1-11, 13-15, 18-20, 23-26 and 28-37. TEACHER(S): Drs. Economie (Econ. Lic.) Alexander Creutzberg Lectures 42h Exercises 14h (20% of the final grade) Exam (80% of the final grade) METHODS: Lectures, exercises TIMING: Spring 2009, first period PREREQUISITE: Entrance exam economics text book REGISTRATION: Course and exam Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: http://https://cie.hkkk.fi/31a00210 31C00400 INTRODUCTION TO INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS AND FINANCE STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. (Econ), Economics program, elective course LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Intermediate OBJECTIVES: Understanding of international competitiveness in the modern world Understanding of the fundamentals of competitiveness through the classical theories of international trade Understanding of the basic determinants of international capital flows Familiarity with international trade policy and monetary policy

CONTENT: In this course we study the international market as a combination of two parts - the commodity markets and the money and capital markets. In the commodity markets we are mainly interested in the problem of international competitiveness, its origins and measurement. We deal with the purchasing power parity exchange rates and real exchange rates but also with the fundamentals of competitiveness, input productivity, input prices and scale of production. In the capital markets we concentrate on capital allocation and international portfolio investments. The interest rate parity is essential in connecting international capital movements to exchange rates of currencies. A short overview of the role of monetary policy in the context of EMU and the Euro is undertaken. Also, some examples of political tampering with free trade, trade policy, are analyzed. LITERATURE: Husted, S.; Melvin, M. (2007) International Economics, 7. edition, chapters 1-20. TEACHER(S): DSc (Econ) Roy Dahlstedt Lectures and exercises 42 h, Dr.Sc. Econ) Roy Dahlstedt Exam (100% of the final grade) METHODS: Lectures, exercises TIMING: Fall 2008, first period PREREQUISITE: Principles of Economics (31A00110) REGISTRATION: Course and exam Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: http://https://cie.hkkk.fi/31c00400 141 31C00500 INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS AND FINANCE STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. (Econ), Economics program, elective course LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Intermediate OBJECTIVES: A solid understanding of the international trade theories, classical and modern An analytical understanding of international trade policy and monetary policy problems in the context of international politics An ability to apply a macroeconomic model framework to country analysis CONTENT: The multi-commodity comparative advantage model; international trade, specific factors of production and income distribution; the standard foreign trade model; market structure, monopolistic competition and returns to scale; international movement of labour and capital, multinational corporations, and factor allocation; trade policy and income distribution in the context of international politics; production, capital markets and foreign exchange rates as an equilibrium macro model - the alternatives of economic policies in open economies; EMU and Euro in the light of the optimal currency area- approach; the new global financial architecture. LITERATURE: Krugman, Paul R.; Obstfeld, M. (2006) International Economics, Theory and Policy, 7.edition. TEACHER(S): D. Sc. (Econ) Roy Dahlstedt Lectures 28h Obligatory group work compiling a balance-of-payments analysis (40 % of the final

142 grade) An obligatory economic policy analysis rehearsal with the open-economy macro model Exam (60% of the final grade) METHODS: Lectures, exercises, group work TIMING: Fall 2008, second period PREREQUISITE: Introduction to International Economics and Finance (31C00400) REGISTRATION: Lectures and exam Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: http://https://cie.hkkk.fi/31c00500 31C00600 CAPITAL AND MONEY MARKETS IN THE EU STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. (Econ), Economics program, elective course LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Intermediate OBJECTIVES: An understanding of the importance of the European money markets, the products, the interest rates and the interbank liquidity markets An insight into the European Central Bank monetary policy instruments and Euro area monetary policy An understanding of bonds and the pan-european bond markets An understanding of the basics of stock valuation and a familiarity with stock exchanges and capital market integration in Europe An appreciation of the central role of expectations and risks in the financial markets and the price of finance CONTENT: What do we mean by money markets? Money market products, interbank liquidity trading and yield calculation for the money market products Market reference rates, Euribor The monetary policy instruments of the European Central Bank, the central bank s influence on the liquidity markets, its monetary policy operations The bond markets in Europe, market segmentation The capital market bond as a debt product, calculating bond yields Bond issues, marketplaces The crucial role of expectations and risks in the price determination of securities Stock markets in Europe, concentration and competition of stock exchanges, market platforms Diversification of stock portfolios, stock rate of return calculation, the P/E-ratio and the CAP-model LITERATURE: Howells, Peter; Bain, Keith (2005) The Economics of Money, Banking and Finance, a European text, 3.edition, Chapters 1, 7-11, 15-17 and 21-25. OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: European Central Bank (2006), The Implementation of Monetary Policy in the Euro Area. General Documentation on Eurosystem Monetary Policy Instruments and Procedures, ISSN 1725-714x, excluding annexes. TEACHER(S): D. Sc. (Econ) Roy Dahlstedt

143 Lectures 28h Exercises 10h Exam (100% of the final grade) METHODS: Lectures, exercises TIMING: Fall 2008, first period PREREQUISITE: Principles of Economics (31A00110) REGISTRATION: Lectures and exam Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: http://https://cie.hkkk.fi/31c00600/ 31C00700 ECONOMICS OF DEVELOPMENT STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. (Econ), Economics program, elective course LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Intermediate OBJECTIVES: This course acquaints students with the basics of development economics by applying basic economic methods to the problems of developing countries. CONTENT: This course covers selected issues on development and growth. Why some countries rich and some poor? How can we apply economics to the problems of the developing countries? Potential topics included are: economic growth and inequality, role of population, debt and finance issues, role of institutions and social infrastructure, development of Africa, foreign aid. OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Reading list specified by lecturer TEACHER(S): PhD Anne Mikkola Lectures 20h Exam (100% of the final grade) METHODS: Lectures TIMING: Fall 2008, second period PREREQUISITE: Intermediate Micro- and Macroeconomics (31C00100 and 31C00200) REGISTRATION: Please see the website of the Department of Economics for instructions on how to register for economics courses at the University of Helsinki. REMARKS: This (Development Economics) course will be lectured at the University of Helsinki. 31C01000 TOPICS IN ECONOMICS THEORY AND POLICY STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. (Econ), Economics program, optional course LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Intermediate OBJECTIVES: The objective of the course is to acquaint students with topical themes in economics. CONTENT: The content of the course varies from year to year. TIMING: Not lectured in 2008-2009 PREREQUISITE: Intermediate Micro- and Macroeconomics (31C00100 and 31C00200). Prerequisite may vary according to topic.

144 REMARKS: Topic varies from year to year. If a student has already taken the course and wishes to take it again (different topic), they should contact the administrator at the Department of Economics. 31C01300 ENERGY AND ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. (Econ), Economics program, elective course LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Intermediate OBJECTIVES: The objective is to develop understanding of the basic resource use and energy market issues, and of environmental problems using tools from economic theory. CONTENT: Non-renewable and renewable resource use in theory and practice; description and analysis of resource and energy commodity markets; pollution control in theory and practice, with particular emphasis on climate change, energy and environmental policy LITERATURE: To be announced later TEACHER(S): Professor Matti Liski Lectures (36 h) Exam (100% of the final grade) METHODS: Lectures TIMING: Spring 2009, first period PREREQUISITE: Principles of Economics (31A00110) REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi REMARKS: Replaces the course 31C090 Ympäristötaloustiede. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/31c090/ 31C01400 RUSSIAN ECONOMICS TRANSFORMATION STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. (Econ), Economics program, elective course LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Intermediate OBJECTIVES: The aim of the course is to give the students a thorough view of the economic transformation of Russia. Russia s economic development is discussed chronologically giving the students a proper framework for understanding today s Russia. A deeper insight into modern Russia and its economic structure of operation is obtained through lectures given by specialists of the Russian economy. CONTENT: Russia s economic development is discussed chronologically from the Soviet Union economy to today including topics like functioning and breaking down of the Soviet economy, Russia s privatization, stabilization and economic crisis of 1998, Putin s era. A deeper insight to the economy of modern Russia is given by guest lecturers with various themes including Russia s economic policy, enterprise sector and financial markets. LITERATURE: Sutela, P. (2004) The Russian market economy OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Additional material provided by the lecturers TEACHER(S): M.Sc. Simo Leppänen, HSE Center for Markets in Transition (CEMAT) and guest specialists

Lectures 28h Three short essays (30% of grade) Exam (70% of grade) METHODS: Lectures, essays TIMING: Spring 2009, first period PREREQUISITE: Principles of Economics recommended REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi REMARKS: The course is organized by CEMAT in cooperation with the Master s Program in Russian and East European Studies, maintained by the network of thirteen Finnish universities. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/26d00800 145 31E00500 INTERNATIONAL TRADE AND INTEGRATION STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. Econ), Economics program, elective course CEMS course LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced OBJECTIVES: The course introduces to students the international trade theory at the level required from applied economist and from doctoral students as a background for Ph.D. level courses. CONTENT: Both traditional theories and new theories based on monopolistic and oligopolistic competition of trade and trade policy are presented and applied rigorously. Among the applications issues related to globalisation are discussed. Special emphasis is given to applications to European integration. LITERATURE: Baldwin R. and C. Wyplosz (2004) Economics of European integration Bhagwati, J.N., T.N. Srinivasan and A. Panagariya (1998) Lectures on international trade OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Other readings assigned during the course TEACHER(S): Person in charge: Professor Pertti Haaparanta Lectures 28h Essay (20% of the final grade) Final exam (80% of the final grade) METHODS: Lectures, essay TIMING: Fall 2008, second period PREREQUISITE: Two of the advanced Microeconomic Theory courses (31E11000, 31E12000 and 31E13000) REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/31e00500

146 31E00600 INTERNATIONAL FINANCE STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. (Econ), Economics program, elective course LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced OBJECTIVES: The objective of the course is to familiarize students with theories of international finance and macroeconomics. CONTENT: The topics covered in this course include intertemporal trade and current account balance, diversification and home bias, exchange rates, and financial crisis. LITERATURE: Obstfeld, Maurice (1997) Foundations of international macroeconomics OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Other readings assigned during the course TEACHER(S): PhD Anne Mikkola To be announced later METHODS: To be announced later TIMING: Spring 2009, second period PREREQUISITE: Intermediate Microeconomics (31C00100) REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi 31E00700 LABOR ECONOMICS STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. (Econ), Economics program, elective course LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced OBJECTIVES: The students understand main theories of labor markets and can use them to analyze new situations. They also understand main empirical approaches in labor market research. CONTENT: The course covers main theories of labor markets and also reviews empirical labor market research. The topics include labor supply, labor demand, wage formation, education, worker turnover, and unemployment. The emphasis is on the microeconomics of labor markets, but also macroeconomic theories of equilibrium unemployment will be reviewed. LITERATURE: Borjas, George J. (2005) Labor economics OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Other readings assigned during the course TEACHER(S): DSc (Econ) Antti Kauhanen, PhD Tuomas Pekkarinen Lectures 28h Exercises 6h (20% of the final grade) Exam (80% of the final grade) METHODS: Lectures, exercises TIMING: Spring 2009, first period PREREQUISITE: Two of the three advanced Microeconomic Theory courses (31E11000, 31E12000 and 31E13000) and Empirical methods for Economists (31C01200) REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/31e00700

147 31E00800 FIXED INCOME SECURITIES STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. (Econ), Economics program, elective course LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced OBJECTIVES: Expertise in questions of the term structure of interest rates Understanding the microeconomic background of interest rate determination Dealing with stochastic processes Knowledge of the term structure models of interest rate processes The Basics of Arch- and Garch-models Yield and price calculation for securities CONTENT: The term structure of interest rates and the Expectations Hypothesis The Forward Rate Agreements and Interest Rate Futures Microeconomic theory of interest rates Interest rates as stochastic processes and the distribution characteristics The Wiener Process and the Term Structure Models of interest rates Arch and Garch models Options, basic concepts Price determination with the help of the binomial model : options Price determination with the help of the non-arbitrage condition : bonds Pricing risk Multiperiod price determination of securities The Efficient Market Hypothesis Structured debt products (CMO, CDO, ABS, ABCP etc. ) LITERATURE: FABOZZI, F. (2007) Bond Markets, Analysis and Strategies, 6.edition. TEACHER(S): D. Sc. (Econ) Roy Dahlstedt Lectures 28h Exam (100% of the final grade) METHODS: Lectures TIMING: Spring 2009, first period PREREQUISITE: Intermediate Microeconomics (31C00100) REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/31e00800 31E00900 APPLIED ECONOMICS STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. (Econ), Economics program, elective course LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced OBJECTIVES: The students learn to use an econometric program, and understand what kind of methods and data to use in specific applications and how to interpret the results. They also learn how to write a report on an empirical project. The course is especially suitable for students who want to use econometric methods in their master s thesis.

148 CONTENT: The course is based on applications of econometrics to specific research problems. At the same time the use of an econometric program in the analysis of data and estimation is illustrated. Basic econometrics is reviewed in the applications and some new methods are introduced. The emphasis is on microeconometrics with applications taken for example from labor economics. LITERATURE: Verbeek, Marno (2004) A guide to modern econometrics Baum, Christopher F. (2006) Introduction to modern econometrics using Stata TEACHER(S): Professor Pekka Ilmakunnas Lectures 28h Exercises 6h (50% of the final grade) Essay (50% of the final grade) METHODS: Lectures, exercises, essay TIMING: Spring 2009, second period PREREQUISITE: Empirical methods for Economists (31C01200) REGISTRATION: Course and exam Via WebOodi REMARKS: Maximum participants: 30 students. HSE students majoring in Economics have priority. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/31e00900/ 31E01000 TOPICS IN ECONOMICS THEORY AND METHODS STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. (Econ), Economics program, elective course LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced OBJECTIVES: The objective of the course is to acquaint students with specific fields in economics. CONTENT: In 2008, the topic of the course is quantitative methods: in development policy analyses. OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Reading list provided by lecturer TEACHER(S): Professor Pertti Haaparanta Seminar 28h The course evaluation is fully based on presentation, essay, and participation activity METHODS: Presentation, essay, seminar participation TIMING: Fall 2008, first period PREREQUISITE: Advanced Micro- and Macroeconomic Theory courses (31E10000 and 31E20000). Prerequisites may vary according to topic. REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi REMARKS: Topic varies from year to year. If a student has already taken the course and wishes to take it again (different topic), they should contact the administrator at the Department of Economics. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/31e01000

149 31E11000 MICROECONOMICS THEORY I STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. (Econ), Economics program, elective as one of the two compulsory Microeconomic Theory courses LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced OBJECTIVES: This course provides students with the necessary analytical tools in microeconomic theory and their application in economic settings. CONTENT: Microeconomic Theory I is an advanced undergraduate course focusing on classical consumer and producer theory, with emphasis on choice under uncertainty. In consumer choice, we start by axiomatically defining rational preferences and developing a tool for analyzing such preferences (utility representation). Using the tool, we consider how the consumer choice responses to changes in the institutional framework and, ultimately, how consumers interact through markets while pursuing their private interests. In equilibrium analysis, the focus is on the relationship between efficiency, equilibrium, and distribution. In choice under uncertainty, we focus on expected utility theory and develop the standard risk theory concepts, useful in analyzing efficient public and private strategies for dealing with risk. The main objective of the course is to develop the common axiomatic language used by academic economists. In this sense, the objective is methodological but applications other than the classical theory will be discussed. LITERATURE: Jehle, Geoffrey A. and Reny, Philip J. (2001) Advanced Microeconomic Theory TEACHER(S): Professor Matti Liski Lectures 24h Exercises 4h (20% of the final grade) Exam (80% of the final grade) METHODS: Lectures, exercises TIMING: Fall 2008, first period PREREQUISITE: Intermediate Microeconomics (31C00100) and Mathematics for Economists (31C01100) REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi REMARKS: This course will be lectured at HSE jointly for HSE and U. of H. students. Exams take place at HSE. Students must take at least two of the three Microeconomic Theory courses (31E11000, 31E12000, 31E13000). This combination of two Microeconomic Theory courses replaces the course 31E10000 or 31E00100 and 31E00200. 31E12000 MICROECONOMICS THEORY II STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. (Econ), Economics program, elective as one of the two compulsory Microeconomic Theory courses LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced

150 OBJECTIVES: This course provides students with the necessary analytical tools for understanding game theory and their application in economic settings. CONTENT: This course covers normal form games, extensive form games and games of incomplete information. In addition, the course covers the basics of mechanism design, repeated games and auctions. LITERATURE: Jehle, Geoffrey A. and Reny, Philip J. (2001) Advanced Microeconomic Theory TEACHER(S): Professor Juuso Välimäki Lectures 24h Exercises 4h (20% of the final grade) Exam (80% of the final grade) METHODS: Lectures, exercises TIMING: Fall 2008, second period PREREQUISITE: Intermediate Microeconomics (31C00100) and Mathematics for Economists (31C01100) REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi REMARKS: This course will be lectured at HSE jointly for HSE and U. of H. students. Exams take place at HSE. Students must take at least two of the three Microeconomic Theory courses (31E11000, 31E12000, 31E13000). This combination of two Microeconomic Theory courses replaces the course 31E10000 or 31E00100 and 31E00200. 31E13000 MICROECONOMICS THEORY III STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. (Econ), Economics program, elective as one of the two compulsory Microeconomic Theory courses LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced OBJECTIVES: This course provides students with an understanding of the central issues in industrial organisation such as the determinants of market structure and the theory of market conduct. CONTENT: This course covers models of monopoly behaviour, oligopolistic markets, firm entry and exit, R&D and advertising in imperfectly competitive markets and models of price dispersion. LITERATURE: Pepall, L.; Richards, Daniel J. and Norman, G. (2004) Industrial Organization: Contemporary Theory and Practice TEACHER(S): Professor Juuso Välimäki Lectures 24h Essay (40% of the final grade) Exam (60% of the final grade) METHODS: Lectures, essay TIMING: Fall 2008, second period

PREREQUISITE: Intermediate Microeconomics (31C00100) and Mathematics for Economists (31C01100) REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi REMARKS: Students must take at least two of the three Microeconomic Theory courses (31E11000, 31E12000, 31E13000). This combination of two Microeconomic Theory courses replaces the course 31E10000 or 31E300 or 31E00100 and 31E00200. In addition, this course replaces the course 31E1100. 151 31E20000 MACROECONOMICS THEORY (12 ECTS) STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. (Econ), Economics program, compulsory course LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced OBJECTIVES: The course introduces to students modern theories of growth, unemployment, short run macroeconomic fluctuations and stabilization policy at a level required from both applied economists and doctoral students as a background for the Ph.D. level macroeconomics course. CONTENT: Modern theories of growth with an introduction to growth empirics are analyzed. The course also introduces basic theories of structural unemployment (efficiency wage and trade union theories) and analyzes modern theories of short run macroeconomic fluctuations and stabilization policy for both closed and open economies. LITERATURE: P.B. Sørensen and H.J. Whitta-Jacobsen (2005) Introducing Advanced Macroeconomics TEACHER(S): Professor Tapio Palokangas (University of Helsinki) Exam (100%) Exercises (+20%) METHODS: Lectures, exercises TIMING: Spring 2009 PREREQUISITE: Intermediate Macro- and Microeconomics (31C00200 and 31C00100) and Mathematics for Economists (31C01100) REGISTRATION: Please see the website of the Department of Economics for instructions on how to register for this course. REMARKS: This course will be lectured at the University of Helsinki jointly for HSE and U. of H. students. Exams take place at the University of Helsinki This course replaces the courses 31E00300 and 31E00400 Macroeconomic Theory I & II. 14.6 ENGLISH BUSINESS COMMUNICATION (61)

152 61A00100 BUSINESS COMMUNICATION STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. language and communication studies. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Core course. OBJECTIVES: Business Communication gives a clear insight into what constitutes effective oral and written business communication. It introduces underlying communication theories and gives students the opportunity to practise and enhance their own business communication skills in English By the end of the course you should be able to Take a strategic approach to business communication, Write effective informational and promotional messages, Prepare and deliver persuasive business presentations, and Use key business and economic terminology. CONTENT: Business communication strategy, writing effective informational and promotional messages, preparation and delivery of business presentations, use of key business and economic terminology. LITERATURE: Munter, Mary (2006) Guide to Managerial Communication OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Course materials provided by the lecturer. TEACHER(S): Lecturers Mike Baker, M.A.; Geoff Hilton, M.A.; Kristian Hursti, MA; Christa Uusirauva, M.Sc..(Econ), part-time teachers David Miller, M.A.; Alona Senishch, MA; Tommi Tikka, MA 42 classroom hours (7 weeks / 6 hours per week) and a substantial amount of preparation outside class in groups, pairs, and individually. Mandatory attendance. Assignments (70%) and exams (30%). TIMING: Fall 2008 PREREQUISITE: Common European Framework minimum starting level: B2. REGISTRATION: During orientation. REMARKS: This course must be completed before taking any of the EBC electives. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/61a00100 61C00100 MANAGERIAL COMMUNICATION STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. language and communication studies. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: EBC elective. OBJECTIVES: The course consolidates and builds on theories and skills dealt with in the Business Communication (61A00100) EBC core course. It introduces alternatives for structuring and delivering messages, analytical tools for assessing message effectiveness, and frameworks that facilitate effective communication. It also aims at developing awareness of the multiple demands of international business communication and the ability to analyse and respond to complex managerial communication challenges. CONTENT: Alternatives for structuring and delivering message, analytical tools for assessing message effectiveness, frameworks to facilitate effective communication. Development of an awareness of the multiple demands of international business communication and the ability to

153 analyse and respond to complex managerial communication challenges. OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Provided by the lecturer. TEACHER(S): Lecturers Geoff Hilton, M.A.; Kristian Hursti MA 42 classroom hours (7 weeks / 6 hours per week) and extensive independent and teamwork outside class Assessment: assignments and examination Mandatory attendance TIMING: Autumn 2008 and Spring 2009. PREREQUISITE: 61A00100 Business Communication REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/61c00100 61C00200 MANAGERIAL WRITING STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. language and communication studies. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: EBC elective. OBJECTIVES: The aim of this online course is to develop the skills that will enable you to write effective business emails, memos, executive summaries, and reports. CONTENT: The course covers key business writing issues: reader-friendly document design, organisational strategies, and choice of style and tone. The written assignments will allow you to practise theories introduced during the course, and you will receive comprehensive feedback on your writing from other participants and the course tutor. OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Provided by the lecturer on the Optima platform. TEACHER(S): Lecturer Michael Baker, M.A., part-time teachers William King, M.A., Gwen Merrill, M.A. 1 hr kick-off session, followed by 12 weeks online (Optima platform). Assessment: assignments (100%). The course requires a substantial amount of work including required reading, written assignments and editing of fellow participants documents. TIMING: Autumn 2008 (whole semester); Spring 2009 (whole semester). PREREQUISITE: 61A00100 Business Communication REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi REMARKS: Students who have completed 61C380 Business Writing in English: Strategy and Tactics (course from the old degree program) are not eligible for this course. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/61c00200 61C00300 ENGLISH FOR COMMUNICATION IN BUSINESS STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. language and communication studies LEVEL OF THE COURSE: EBC elective OBJECTIVES: The main goal of this course is to improve your fluency in a variety of common

154 spoken business English situations. CONTENT: During the course, you will practice giving different kinds of speeches and presentations, participate in discussions and debates on current business topics, and enhance your business writing skills. Some grammar topics will be reviewed based on the group s common needs. OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Provided by the lecturer. TEACHER(S): Lecturer Christa Uusi-Rauva, M.Sc. (Econ.and Bus.Adm.) 42 classroom hours (7 weeks / 6 hours per week) and a substantial amount of preparation outside class in groups, pairs and individually Mandatory attendance Assignments (80%), exams (20%) TIMING: Autumn 2008, first and second period, Spring 2009, first and second period. PREREQUISITE: 61A00100 Business Communication REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi REMARKS: Students who have completed either 61B200 Business Contacts or 61B180 Grammar Brush-up (courses available in the old degree program) are not eligible for this course. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/61c00300 61C00400 ACADEMIC WRITING STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. language and communication studies. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: EBC elective OBJECTIVES: The aim of this online course is to improve your writing skills in English so that during your studies you will be able to cope effectively in English with various academic writing tasks, ranging from answering essay questions in exams to writing research papers. CONTENT: The course covers the basic elements of the writing process including writing an outline, organizing information (use of headings and subheading), documenting information (use of citations) and introducing and developing ideas (e.g. writing effective introductions and conclusions for research papers). Guidance for students in need of practice regarding paragraph formation, style and grammar will also be provided in the form of numerous exercises. OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: All course materials are provided on the Optima online platform. TEACHER(S): Lecturer Maija Tammelin, PhD, part-time teachers William King, MA, Gwen Merrill, MA One mandatory kick-off session at the beginning of the course Online course work including reading and written assignments, revising your individual documents and peer reviewing fellow students written work. Course work 100% METHODS: Online teaching TIMING: Autumn 2008 and Spring 2009 PREREQUISITE: 61A00100 Business Communication

155 REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/61c00400 61C00500 FINANCIAL COMMUNICATION STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. language and communication studies LEVEL OF THE COURSE: EBC elective OBJECTIVES: The purpose of the course is to provide the participants with the skills and terminology that they need when reporting on a company s financial performance. The course is especially targeted at the students specialising in finance and accounting. The students will gain insight into and practice in a company s financial communication activities. CONTENT: The topics covered in the course include: Equity & debt financing (e.g. stock exchange listing, share issues, loan agreements, issues of debt securities ) Financial reporting (e.g. preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS and US practices). OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Provided by the lecturer TEACHER(S): Lecturer Kristian Hursti MA; Ulla Höckerstedt, M.Sc. (Econ.) 42 classroom hours (7 weeks/ 6 hours per week). A substantial amount of preparation outside class in groups and individually. Mandatory class attendance. Assignments (20 %) and exams (80 %). TIMING: Fall 2008, second period and spring 2009, second period PREREQUISITE: 61A00100 Business Communication and Finnish REMARKS: Language of instruction: English and Finnish: contrastive analysis is an integral part of the course. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/61c00500 61C00600 READINGS IN BUSINESS AND INTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATION. STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. language and communication studies LEVEL OF THE COURSE: EBC elective. OBJECTIVES: The aim of the course is to deepen the students knowledge of topics and current research in the versatile and changing field of business and intercultural communication. CONTENT: Indicated on the course website LITERATURE: Indicated on the course website TEACHER(S): Examiners: lecturers Maija Tammelin, PhD and Geoff Hilton, MA Self-study Assessment: Exam 100% TIMING: Exams in autumn 2008 and spring 2009 REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/61c00600

156 61C00700 BUSINESS NEGOTIATIONS (3 ECTS) STATUS OF THE COURSE: MSc skills option ( Maisterin taitosalkku ). LEVEL OF THE COURSE: : MSc skills option ( Maisterin taitosalkku ). OBJECTIVES: The aim of the course is to develop the negotiating skills required in international business. CONTENT: The course links theory with practice by giving students the opportunity to transfer theories studied on the course into practice through negotiation exercises and a negotiation case. The topics covered in the course include: negotiating tactics and strategies, approaches to negotiating, negotiating across cultures, persuasion in negotiation, and the structure of a negotiation. OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Provided by the lecturer TEACHER(S): Lecturer Geoff Hilton, MA. 28 classroom hours Mandatory attendance Assignments 70%, exam 30% TIMING: Spring 2009, second period REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi REMARKS: Students who have completed 61D010 Business Negotiations are not eligible for this course. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/61c00700 61C230 THESIS WRITING WORKSHOP (3 ECTS) STATUS OF THE COURSE: MSc skills option ( Maisterin taitosalkku ). LEVEL OF THE COURSE: : MSc skills option ( Maisterin taitosalkku ). OBJECTIVES: The course provides immediate help for students who are in the process of writing their thesis in English. The aim of the course is to help students produce unambiguous and explicit academic texts. CONTENT: The focus will be on both macro- and micro-level writing issues, including academic introductions and conclusions: use of headings, metatext, and citations; sentence and paragraph structure and style. OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Provided by the lecturer. TEACHER(S): Lecturer Anne Kankaanranta, PhD. 12 classroom hours, tutorials and feedback Mandatory attendance Assignments (100%) TIMING: Spring 2009, first period PREREQUISITE: 61A00100 Business Communication REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/61c230

61C370 COMMUNICATION FOR BUSINESS PROFESSIONALS (3 ECTS) STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. Professional Skills Maisterin taitosalkku skills option and CEMS accredited English language course. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. Maisterin taitosalkku skills option and CEMS accredited English language course. OBJECTIVES: By the end of this course students will be able to write effective informational and promotional messages, take part in informal and formal business meetings, and deliver effective business presentations. CONTENT: The course focuses on key communication strategies and skills that business professionals can employ in their workplace communications. It gives an insight into underlying theories of communication and provides analytical tools that can be used to effectively plan and deliver business messages. OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Provided by the lecturer. TEACHER(S): Lecturer Michael Baker, MA. 28 classroom hours Mandatory attendance Assignments 100% TIMING: 1 group Autumn 2008; 1 group Spring 2009. REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi REMARKS: If you have taken English Business Communication courses as part of your HSE B.Sc. or B.Sc.BA (Mikkeli) degree, you are not eligible for this course. This rule does not apply to CEMS students who are taking this course in place of the CEMS English examination. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/61c370 157

158 14.7 ENTREPRENEURSHIP (25) 25E31000 ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND MANAGING INNOVATIONS STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. specialization courses at Masters program in Entrepreneurship OBJECTIVES: The aim of the course is to develop innovativeness of the students. The course combines strong theory and practice, and can therefore be widely use with the student emphasizing for research and entrepreneurship. CONTENT: The course includes lectures, assignments and literature. LITERATURE: Petrusson Ulf (2004) Intellectual Property & Entrepreneurship, CIP Working Paper Series, Göteborg, Sweden, ISBN 91-975431-0-1 Lintunen Liisa (2000) Who Is the Winner Entrepreneur? An Epistomological Study of the Schumpeterian Entrepreneur, HSE A-180,ISBN 951-791-498-9 Lahti Arto (2007) Globalization, international trade, entrepreneurship and dynamic theory of economics, HSE Working paper I, ISBN 978-952-488-191-3 and Working paper II, ISBN 978-952-488-192-0 TEACHER(S): Professor Arto Lahti Lectures 24 h Assignments Exam TIMING: Fall 2008, 1st period. REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi 25E32000 ENTREPRENEURSHIP AS A FIELD OF SCIENCE STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. specialization courses at Masters program in Entrepreneurship OBJECTIVES: The objective of the course is to advance the level of the knowledge in the theory of entrepreneurship and new venture creation and to introduce the current approaches and issues in entrepreneurship research. CONTENT: Development of the doctrine in entrepreneurship, opportunity development and new venture creation, strategies and growth, connection between entrepreneurship and new venture development, and the most remarkable contributions and current issues in entrepreneurship research and methodology. OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Articles in entrepreneurship and new venture creation TEACHER(S): Professor Markku Virtanen Lectures 18 h Assignments and working papers Participation in class discussions course content and evaluation: The course includes the following major topics:

Introduction, Theories in entrepreneurship, Entrepreneurship, entrepreneur and opportunity, Strategy and resources, Growth, success and performance, Research and methods: of analysis in entrepreneurship The criteria used in the evaluation of the students are: Understanding of the key elements, creative and logical thinking Deepness of the analysis Clarity and consistency of written and oral presentations Participation and activity in class discussions. TIMING: Fall 2008, 2nd period. REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi REMARKS: The acceptance of the course requires the acceptance of all the assignments (working papers) as well as the attendance at 80 % of the lectures. 159 25E42000 GROWTH AND INTERNATIONALIZATION OF SME S STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. specialization courses at Masters program in Entrepreneurship OBJECTIVES: This course is kind of capstone course combining theoretical and practical knowledge and skills learned in previous courses. Solving cases student should be able to plan and manage different practical problems that exist in real life SMEs. CONTENT: Introduction to Growth and Internationalisation of SMEs, Innovation, Creativity and Entrepreneurial Growth, Entrepreneurial Growth and Resources, Financing Growth, Growth from Export, Valuation, Exit and Harvesting, Managing Multinational Start-Up. LITERATURE: Cooney, Thomas M. and Rickie A. Moore (eds.) (2007), European Cases in Entrepreneurship, Blackwell Publishing, ISBN 978-1-84218-144-7 Kuemmerle, Walter (2005), Case Studies in International Entrepreneurship Managing and Financing Ventures in the Global Economy, McGraw-Hill, ISBN 0-07-297784 OTHER COURSE MATERIALS:Articles TEACHER(S): Professor Markku Virtanen Written exercises Every student should prepare in advance individually a case paper and a working paper by answering the questions posed by lecturers. The papers should be submitted by email to the lecturers by due time before the lectures. Submissions of the papers should be sent to the address markku.virtanen@pyk.hkkk.fi. The discussion during the lectures will be based on the answers students have given in their working papers. Evaluation criteria: The criteria used in the evaluation of the students are: Understanding of the key elements, creative and logical thinking Deepness of the analysis Clarity and consistency of written and oral presentations

160 Participation and activity in class discussions TIMING: Spring 2009, 2nd period REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi REMARKS: Student should have completed course 25E61000 and 25E41000 or have equivalent knowledge before participating to this course. The acceptance of the course requires the acceptance of all the exercises as well as attendance at 80 % of the lectures. If some force majeure appears please contact the responsible lecturer. 25E44000 OPPORTUNITY DEVELOPMENT AND BUSINESS PALNNING STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. specialization courses at Masters program in Entrepreneurship OBJECTIVES: The objectives of the course are to introduce students to identify and develop opportunities, recognize the factors that are basis for successful entrepreneurial activity and give them knowledge and skills needed to analyze success potential of new ventures. The students should be able to collect information, and to do feasibility studies of their potential businesses, plan their businesses and develop a business plan. CONTENT: The course includes lectures and writing a business plan. LITERATURE: Timmons, Jeffrey A. and Sephen Spinelli (2007), New Venture Creation: Entrepreneurship for the 21st Century, Irwin/McGraw-Hill, ISBN-13: 9780071254380 TEACHER(S): Lic.Sc. Jorma Pohtola Lectures 24 h Group work: preparation of Business plan Final work: Business plan TIMING: Lectures will be given in the 1st fall period and the return of business plan is in the 2nd fall period. REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi 25E45000 ENTREPRENEURIAL MARKETING STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. specialization courses at Masters Program in Entrepreneurship OBJECTIVES: The aim of the course is to rethink current marketing practices in SME s and take more entrepreneurial view in marketing. The students should be able to collect and analyze information from the market, create entrepreneurial marketing plan with low-cost approaches for effective marketing mix planning and implementation under conditions of rapid change and uncertainty. CONTENT: The course topics include e.g. marketing in the entrepreneurial era; dealing with technological and market uncertainty; marketing and the commercialization process; marketing as co-creation of value with the customer and strategic partnering building relationships to support local and international marketing. LITERATURE: Schindehutte, M., Pitt, L. & Morris, M. (2008), Rethinking Marketing: The

161 Entrepreneurial Imperative, Pearson Prentice Hall, New York. ISBN: 9780132393898 TEACHER(S): Lic.Sc. Jorma Pohtola lectures 24 h group work: preparation of marketing plan for SME exam TIMING: Spring 2009, 1st period REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi 25E46000 ENTREPRENEURIAL EDUCATION AND ENTREPRENEURIAL COMPETENCES STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. specialization courses at Masters program in Entrepreneurship OBJECTIVES: The objectives of the course are threefold: to introduce students to intensively expanding field of entrepreneurship education, its current issues and concepts to increase students awareness of the entrepreneurial processes and learning to experience and reflect how entrepreneurial and enterprising learning would add the value in their own studies. The students should be aware of the potential of entrepreneurship education in their future activities, be able to reflect their own entrepreneurial and enterprising learning and to be able to intentionally develop their entrepreneurial competences. LITERATURE: Chapters from the books to be defined at the beginning of the course: Fayolle A. (Ed.) 2007: Handbook of Research in Entrepreneurship Education, Cheltenham: Edward Elgar. Fayolle A. & Klandt H. (eds.) 2006: International Entrepreneurship Education, Cheltenham: Edward Elgar. ISBN 1-84542-179-5 Kyrö P. & Carrier C. (eds.) 2005: The Dynamics of Learning Entrepreneurship in a Cross- Cultural University Context, Entrepreneurship Education Series, University of Tampere OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Articles to be defined at the beginning of the course TEACHER(S): Professor Paula Kyrö Lectures, exercises and virtual work Concept map examination Group work Learning reflection TIMING: Fall 2008, 2nd period REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi 25E47000 ENTREPRENEURIAL AND SMALL BUSINESS FINANCE STATUS OF THE COURSE: Entrepreneurship M.Sc. specialization courses at Masters program in

162 OBJECTIVES: The objective of the course is to advance the level of the knowledge of innovative financing of new and existing growing ventures, and the use of different sources of small business finance. The advanced level of knowledge will be shown by ability to evaluate different financing solutions as well as capabilities to negotiate proper financial deals for entrepreneurial ventures and small businesses. CONTENT: The focus of the studies is in different ways to finance the growth of a venture during its entrepreneurial phases (entrepreneurial finance) as well as different ways to finance small businesses. The emphasis will be in entrepreneurial finance but alternative sources of small business finance and financial support will also be dealt with. The course includes lectures and case analyses, assignments and working papers OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Articles in entrepreneurial finance, venture capital and small business finance. TEACHER(S): Professor Markku Virtanen Teaching and educational methods: Lectures 24 h Assignments and working papers Participation in class discussions TIMING: Spring 2009 REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi REMARKS: The acceptance of the course requires the acceptance of all the assignments (working papers) as well as the attendance at 80 % of the lectures. 25E99901 MASTER S THESIS (30 ECTS) OBJECTIVES: Master Thesis aims to give the students the skills to explore scientific information and apply it to the research study in the field of entrepreneurship and SME management. 25E99902 MASTER S THESIS SEMINAR (0 ECTS) STATUS OF THE COURSE: Masters degree, specialization courses at Masters program in Entrepreneurship OBJECTIVES: During the first stage of the seminar questions that relate to outlining the research problem, to building the reference frame and to selecting the research method, are dealt with. The work plan for the research is approved based on an outline prepared by the student. During the second stage of the seminar the appropriate progress of the research processes is secured. TEACHER(S): Professor Markku Virtanen Regular participation in the seminars (70%) Preparation of a research report and its presentation in the seminar Acting as an opponent TIMING: Academic year 2008-2009 REGISTRATION: At the beginning of the semester to Professor Markku Virtanen (markku.virtanen@hse.fi)

163 14.8 FINANCE 28 28A00210 INTRODUCTION TO FINANCE STATUS OF THE COURSE: Fundamentals of Business Knowledge. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Fundamental studies. OBJECTIVES: The aim is to give students a good understanding of the most fundamental tools and concepts in finance. CONTENT: The topics include financial markets and institutions, investment criteria, risk and return, market efficiency, capital structure, dividend policy, options and risk management, and financial analysis. LITERATURE: BREALEY, R., MYERS, S. & MARCUS, A. (2004) Fundamentals of corporate finance TEACHER(S): M.Sc. Joni Kokkonen Lectures 28 h, Joni Kokkonen. Exercise sessions 28 h, Joni Kokkonen. Returnable exercises (25%). Exam (75%). METHODS: Lectures and exercises. TIMING: Spring 2009, second period REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: http://https://cie.hkkk.fi/28a00210 28C00100 CORPORATE FINANCE STATUS OF THE COURSE: Bachelor s program in Accounting, Finance and Business law, students specializing in Finance, common studies of the program. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Intermediate studies. OBJECTIVES: To familiarize the student with different aspects of corporate finance. CONTENT: Corporate financing; dividend policy; capital structure; international finance; leasing; financial planning; credit and cash management; mergers, acquisitions and corporate control. The assignments require fluency in the use of a spreadsheet program. LITERATURE: BREALEY, R. & MYERS, S. & ALLEN, F. (2008) Principles of Corporate Finance, Alternatively the 6th, 7th or 8th editions of the course book can be used. TEACHER(S): Prof. Matti Keloharju and N.N. Lectures 28 h, prof. Matti Keloharju. Exercises and cases (50%) 28 h, N.N. Final exam (50%), which is based on the lectures, exercises, the textbook and other readings handed out in class. METHODS: Lectures, exercises and cases. TIMING: Fall 2008.

164 REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi REMARKS: This course replaces the course Corporate Finance (28C060). HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/28c00100 28C00300 INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT STATUS OF THE COURSE: Bachelor s program in Accounting, Finance and Business law, compulsory course in the finance specialization area. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Intermediate studies. OBJECTIVES: To introduce the key theories and observations in the area of financial markets. CONTENT: Portfolio theory, asset pricing models, market efficiency, valuation of stocks and bonds, derivative instruments, portfolio management and investor behaviour. LITERATURE: BODIE, KANE & MARCUS (2005) Investments TEACHER(S): Markku Kaustia and Petri Jylhä. Lectures 28h, Markku Kaustia. Exercises 28h (25%), Petri Jylhä. Investment game (25%). Exam (50%, based on all course material). METHODS: Lectures, exercises, investment game. TIMING: Spring 2009, first period PREREQUISITE: Introduction to Finance and Applied Quantitative methods REGISTRATION: On the class web page, instructions are given on the information session 12.1.2009. Also to the course and to exams Via WebOodi REMARKS: This course replaces the course Investments (28C080). Prior knowledge of introductory level Finance and applied quantitative methods: required. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/28c00300 28C00400 DERIVATIVES AND RISK MANAGEMENT STATUS OF THE COURSE: Bachelor s program in Accounting, Finance and Business law, compulsory course in the finance specialization area. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Intermediate studies. OBJECTIVES: To introduce the students to the derivatives markets and the instruments. The course reflects both theory and practice and it covers diverse areas such as equity, index, foreign currency, commodity and fixed income derivatives. CONTENT: Main topics are Arbitrage, Binomial models, Black & Scholes model, Extensions to Black & Scholes model, Interest rate derivatives, and Exotic options. LITERATURE: HULL, J.C. (2000) Options, futures & other derivatives OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Material distributed by the lecturer. TEACHER(S): Prof. Matti Suominen and N.N. Lectures, 28 h, prof. Matti Suominen. Exercises and cases (30%), 28 h, N.N.

Written examination (70%). The examination will be based on the lectures, handouts and the course literature METHODS: Lectures, exercises and cases. TIMING: Spring 2009, second period REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi REMARKS: This course replaces the course Derivatives (28D240). HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/28c00400 165 28C99901 BACHELOR S THESIS (10 ECTS) STATUS OF THE COURSE: Bachelor s program in Accounting, Finance and Business law, compulsory course in the finance specialization area. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Intermediate studies. OBJECTIVES: The main objective of the course is to engage the student in individual research work in finance. This includes getting familiar with research methods, getting to know the sources for research information, analyzing the research data, and expressing the research results fluently and credibly. The course also prepares the students for the Master s Thesis. OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: KAUSTIA, M., KNÜPFER, S. & RANTAPUSKA, E.: Preparing a research report in finance studies. (A handout available at the KY bookstore.) TEACHER(S): Matti Keloharju, Joni Kokkonen. Submitting a bachelor s thesis. Acting as opponent and taking minutes in the seminar. Active participation in the seminar. The submitted bachelor s theses will be presented to the group in seminar sessions held towards the end of term. TIMING: Fall 2008 and spring 2009. REGISTRATION: To register for seminar groups, please fill out an electronic form available at the web site https://cie.hkkk.fi/28c99901/. Registration for groups in the fall term ends on April 30 and for the groups in the spring term on November 30. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/28c99901 28C99902 BACHELOR S THESIS SEMINAR (2 ECTS) STATUS OF THE COURSE: Bachelor s program in Accounting, Finance and Business law, compulsory course in the finance specialization area. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Intermediate studies. OBJECTIVES: The main objective of the course is to engage the student in individual research work in finance. This includes getting familiar with research methods, getting to know the sources for research information, analyzing the research data, and expressing the research results fluently and credibly. The course also prepares the students for the Master s Thesis. OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: KAUSTIA, M., KNÜPFER, S. & RANTAPUSKA, E.: Preparing a research report in finance studies. (A handout available at the KY bookstore.)

166 TEACHER(S): Matti Keloharju, Joni Kokkonen. Submitting a bachelor s thesis. Acting as opponent and taking minutes in the seminar. Active participation in the seminar. The submitted bachelor s theses will be presented to the group in seminar sessions held towards the end of term. METHODS: Seminar work. TIMING: Fall 2008 and spring 2009. REGISTRATION: To register for seminar groups, please fill out an electronic form available at the web site https://cie.hkkk.fi/28c99901/. Registration for groups in the fall term ends on April 30 and for the groups in the spring term on November 30. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/28c99901 28C99903 MATURITY TEST (0 ECTS) STATUS OF THE COURSE: Bachelor s program in Accounting, Finance and Business law, compulsory course in the finance specialization area. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Intermediate studies. CONTENT: Maturity tests for the bachelor s degree will be arranged in connection with the seminar. Additional instructions can be found at https://cie.hkkk.fi/28c99901 28E00100 BEHAVIORAL FINANCE AND DECISION MAKING STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. Finance master s program, advanced specialization studies, elective LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies. OBJECTIVES: Understanding the influence of key behavioural factors in decision-making in business domains, especially the securities markets. Develop readiness to apply the ideas in practice. CONTENT: Central theories and observations in the psychology of decision-making, especially the heuristics and biases discipline. Behavioural aspects of securities markets, investor behaviour, and product design. LITERATURE: Bazerman, Max H. (2006) Judgment in managerial decision making OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Articles that will be announced later. TEACHER(S): Markku Kaustia. o Lectures 28 h, Markku Kaustia. Active participation required. o Exercises and term papers (50%). o Final exam (50%). METHODS: Lectures, exercises, term papers. TIMING: Spring 2009, first period. PREREQUISITE: Corporate Finance, Investment Management.

REGISTRATION: To the course one week before the beginning of the period Via WebOodi Regular registration to exam Via WebOodi REMARKS: A maximum of 50 students can be accepted to the course. If the course is fully booked, priority will be given to students of the Masters program in Finance. An initial assignment is due at the first lecture. Further instructions: https://cie.hkkk.fi/28e00100 HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/28e00100 167 28E00300 ADVANCED INVESTMENT THEORY STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. Finance master s program, advanced specialization studies, elective. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies. OBJECTIVES: To deepen students understanding of asset pricing models and the theory of financial markets under perfect and under imperfect information. CONTENT: Financial markets under perfect information: Risk aversion and portfolio choice. Dynamic hedging and pricing of redundant assets. Financial markets under imperfect information: supply and demand for risky assets under imperfect information. Liquidity provision in financial markets. The course looks at the modern theory of financial markets and the empirical evidence related to the phenomena discussed. OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Material provided by the lecturer. TIMING: The course will not be lectured in 2008-2009. REMARKS: This course replaces the former course 28E00300 Financial Markets Theory. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/28e00300 28E00400 MARKETING FINANCIAL SERVICES STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. Finance master s program, advanced specialization studies, elective. CEMS course LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies. OBJECTIVES: How to manage the marketing of financial services. The course penetrates into the relationship between the financial service providers and customers using the viewpoint of finance theory, on one hand, and the viewpoint of marketing, on the other. CONTENT: The aim is to combine finance theory and marketing theory, more specifically marketing of professional services. Marketing of financial services is regarded as a challenge in today s rapidly changing finance markets. LITERATURE: HARRISON, T. (2000) Financial Services Marketing TEACHER(S): Prof. Vesa Puttonen. o Lectures, 28h, prof. Vesa Puttonen. o Mandatory research papers (50%). o Written exam (50%) on the last lecture, based on all course material. METHODS: Lectures and research papers. TIMING: Fall 2008, intensive course.

168 REGISTRATION: To the course latest one week before the beginning of the period via WebOodi and to the exam via WebOodi A maximum of 60 students can be accepted to the course. If the course is fully booked, priority will be given to CEMS students REMARKS: This course replaces the course Marketing Financial Services (28D130). HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/28e00400 28E00500 PROJECT AND TRADE FINANCE STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. Finance master s program, advanced specialization studies, elective. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies. OBJECTIVES: Project and trade finance are applied fields of finance, which are especially important in financing foreign trade with emerging market countries. The aim of the course is to introduce basic principles of the project and trade finance area and to further develop analytic and teamwork skills by solving and presenting cases. CONTENT: Basic concepts of trade finance, theories of trade credit, assessing corporate creditworthiness, basic concepts of project finance, analysis of political risk, allocating project risks, role of development finance corporations and export credit agencies in foreign trade, legal aspects of project finance, analysis of project viability. LITERATURE: FINNERTY, J.D. (1996) Project financing, asset-based financial engineering, Pages 1-203 and 315-320. OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: A package of readings distributed by the lecturer. TEACHER(S): Joni Kokkonen and visitors. o Lectures 28 h, Joni Kokkonen and visitors. o Four case assignments (60%) 4h. o Final exam (40%). The exam is based on course literature, lectures, case assignments, and other material distributed during the course. o Students need a passing grade on all cases and the exam to pass the course. The course is arranged in co-operation with the Helsinki University of Technology. METHODS: Lectures and cases. TIMING: Teaching of the course is uncertain. If it will be lectured, it will be spring 2009. REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi, one week before the beginning of the period. The maximum number of HSE students accepted to the course is 30. In case of overbooking, priority will be given to students majoring in Finance and more advanced in their studies. REMARKS: This course replaces the course Project Finance (28D230). HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/28e00500 28E00600 VENTURE CAPITAL STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. Finance master s program, advanced specialization studies, elective LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies.

OBJECTIVES: To introduce students to the main concepts of venture capital activities, analysing venture investments, valuation of companies and the exit process. CONTENT: The operating principles of a venture capital fund, the process of choosing target companies, valuation and capital structure, various methods of selling the target companies. TEACHER(S): Peter Kelly o Lectures and cases 30 h. N.N. Active attendance and participation in the classes will be required. o Four case assignments and a final assignment (100%). METHODS: Lectures and cases. TIMING: Teaching of the course is uncertain. If it will be lectured, it will be in spring 2009. REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi, one week before the beginning of the period. REMARKS: This course replaces the course Venture Capital (28D211). HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/28e00600 169 28E00700 CORPORATE RISK MANAGEMENT STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. Finance master s program, advanced specialization studies, elective LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies. OBJECTIVES: To expand and deepen the students knowledge in corporate risk management. CONTENT: Risk concepts, risk matrix, measurement risk in corporate environment, risk policy, currency derivatives, interest rate derivatives, commodity derivatives, derivatives in corporate practice. As part of the course requirements, students write a risk management analysis of a Finnish company. LITERATURE: STULZ, R. (2003) Risk management and derivatives OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Material provided by the lecturers. TEACHER(S): Visiting lecturers. o Lectures 24 h, visiting lecturers. o Risk analysis project (26%). o Problem sets (24%). o Final exam (50%) on the last lecture. The exam is based on the lectures, projects, and other readings handed out in class. METHODS: Lectures and projects. TIMING: Fall 2008, second period. PREREQUISITE: Corporate Finance. REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi REMARKS: The course replaces the course Corporate Risk Management (28D150). HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/28e00700

170 28E00800 FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS STATUS OF THE COURSE: Master s program in Finance, common compulsory course. CEMS course LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies. OBJECTIVES: To provide a comprehensive view of the major financing and capital market institutions both internationally and in Finland. After taking the course, the student should be familiar with the main participants and concepts of commercial banking and securities markets. CONTENT: The course discusses commercial banking, investment banking, central banking, mutual funds, and insurance companies. LITERATURE: Casu, Girardone & Molyneux (2006) Introduction to Banking OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Material distributed in lectures. TEACHER(S): Prof. Sami Torstila. o Lectures, Sami Torstila and visitors. o Final exam (80%), based on the books, lectures, and material distributed in lectures. o 20% case/term paper. METHODS: Lectures, cases/term paper. TIMING: Fall 2008, first period REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi REMARKS: This course replaces the course Rahoitusinstituutiot (Financial Institutions 28C070). HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/28e00800 28E00900 FIXED INCOME STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. Finance master s program, advanced specialization studies, elective LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies. OBJECTIVES: To provide coverage of the products, analytical techniques for valuing fixed income instruments and quantifying their exposure to changes in interest rates, and portfolio strategies for achieving client s objectives. CONTENT: The course includes up-to-date information on both analytical and practical aspects of fixed income markets and instruments. The focus is on successful management of a client portfolio, but because of the nature of the instruments analytical aspects will be covered extensively. The course will be useful to students interested in careers in investment management, insurance and corporate management. LITERATURE: FABOZZI, F. (2007) Bond Markets, Analysis and Strategies OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Material distributed in lectures. TEACHER(S): M.Sc. (applied mathematics) Heli Huhtala o Lectures. o Cases and exercises (50%). o Final exam (50%), based on the book and material distributed in lectures. METHODS: Lectures, cases and exercises, trading game. TIMING: Fall 2008, second period.

REGISTRATION: To the course one week before the beginning of the period via WebOodi Regular registration to exam via WebOodi REMARKS: Please reserve plenty of time for case work during the course. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/28e00900 171 28E29000 ADVANCED CORPORATE FINANCE STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. Finance master s program, advanced specialization studies, elective. CEMS course LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies. OBJECTIVES: To expand and deepen the students knowledge in corporate finance. CONTENT: Equity offerings; bankruptcy costs and debt holder - equity holder conflicts; capital structure and corporate strategy; incentive problems and corporate governance; executive compensation; the information conveyed by financial decisions; share repurchases; and banking relationships. OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: A package of readings. TEACHER(S): Prof. Matti Keloharju. o Lectures 28 h, prof. Matti Keloharju. o Exercises and cases (50%) 6 h, N.N. o Final exam (50%), which is based on the lectures, exercises, the package of readings and other readings handed out in class. METHODS: Lectures, exercises and cases. TIMING: Spring 2009. PREREQUISITE: Corporate Finance (28C00100). REGISTRATION: To the course latest one week before the beginning of the period Via WebOodi Regular registration to exam Via WebOodi REMARKS: The package of readings will be distributed only to those students registered to the course. This course replaces the course Advanced Corporate Finance (28E290). HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/28e29000 28E33000 MERGERS AND ACQUISITION STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. Finance master s program, advanced specialization studies, elective. CEMS course LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies. OBJECTIVES: To provide the students the necessary theoretical and practical background to successfully work with mergers and acquisitions. CONTENT: The course includes up-to-date information on both academic research and corporate practice relating to mergers and acquisitions. The focus is on financial aspects, but strategic, legal, and other considerations are covered in specific lectures. The course will be useful to students interested in investment banking or management consulting careers.

172 LITERATURE: WESTON, J., MITCHELL, M. & MULHERIN, J. (2004) Takeovers, restructuring, and corporate governance OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Material distributed in lectures. TEACHER(S): Prof. Sami Torstila. o Lectures, Sami Torstila. o Cases and exercises (50%). o Final exam (50%), based on the book and material distributed in lectures. METHODS: Lectures, cases and exercises. TIMING: Fall 2008, second period REGISTRATION: To the course one week before the beginning of the period Via WebOodi Regular registration to exam Via WebOodi REMARKS: A maximum of 50 students can be accepted to the course. If the course is fully booked, priority will be given to students of the Masters program in Finance. Please reserve plenty of time for case work during the course. This course replaces the course Mergers and Acquisitions (28E330). HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/28e33000 28E34100 PROJECT WORK STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. Finance master s program, advanced specialization studies, elective LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies. OBJECTIVES: The objective is to apply the theory to a practical problem in Finance. Projects can be sponsored by a company and it is recommended that the project will be discussed in advance with Prof. Puttonen. TEACHER(S): Prof. Vesa Puttonen. An extensive, high quality report on the project. The subject and requirements must be approved in advance. METHODS: Report on a project. TIMING: Fall 2008, spring 2009. REMARKS: This course replaces the course Project (28E341). HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/28e34100 28E99901 MASTER S THESIS (30 ECTS) STATUS OF THE COURSE: Compulsory advanced course. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies. TEACHER(S): Markku Kaustia, Vesa Puttonen, Matti Suominen and Sami Torstila. Active participation in the seminar during two terms, submission of a master s thesis and an examination in Maturity Test. TIMING: Fall 2008, Spring 2009.

REGISTRATION: To register for seminar groups, please fill out a form available at the web site and return it personally to one of the teachers. Registration for groups in the fall term ends on April 30 and for the groups in the spring term on November 30. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/28e99901 173 28E99902 MASTER S THESIS SEMINAR (0 ECTS) STATUS OF THE COURSE: Compulsory advanced course. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies. CONTENT: Active participation in the seminar during two terms, submission of a master s thesis and an examination in Maturity Test. TEACHER(S): Markku Kaustia, Vesa Puttonen, Matti Suominen and Sami Torstila. TIMING: Fall 2008, Spring 2009. PREREQUISITE: Econometrics (30C00200); Statistical Analysis (30C00100) REGISTRATION: To register for seminar groups, please fill out a form available at the web site and return it personally to one of the teachers. Registration for groups in the fall term ends on April 30 and for the groups in the spring term on November 30. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/28e99901 28E99903 MATURITY TEST STATUS OF THE COURSE: Compulsory advanced course. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies. CONTENT: An essay based on the Master s Thesis. REGISTRATION: To the Administrative Officer Johanna Glader. (0 ECTS)

174 14.9 FINNISH FOR FOREIGNERS (71) 710000 INTRODUCTION TO FINNISH LANGUAGE AND CULTURE (3 ECTS) STATUS OF THE COURSE: For exchange students only. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: None. OBJECTIVES: The aim of the course is to give the visiting students a general overview of Finnish language and culture. CONTENT: The focus is on three main areas: 1) the structure, variation, and history of Finnish 2) everyday Finnish and 3) central aspects of Finnish culture and lifestyle OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Indicated by the lecturers. TEACHER(S): Part-time teachers Merja Hietaharju-Tuuri and Christina Snellman. Assignments o Spoken and written exercises throughout the course o Exam o Oral presentation in English 40h. Active participation in the course; attending at least 15 classes Participation in at least two excursions TIMING: Autumn 2008 and spring 2009. PREREQUISITE: No previous knowledge of Finnish required. REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi 71000100 FINNISH BUSINESS COMMUNICATION (3 ECTS) STATUS OF THE COURSE: Finnish Business Communication elective for non-native speakers of Finnish. The course can be included either in the required language and communication studies for the B.Sc. Programme or in the Common Core courses for the M.Sc. Programme. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Finnish Business Communication elective for non-native speakers of Finnish. OBJECTIVES: The student will be able to write e-mails in Finnish. He will know the basics of meeting techniques. He can give a brief presentation of a company. His business vocabulary will be increased. CONTENT: The course introduces the fundamentals of oral and written business communication in Finnish. It provides training in spoken and written communication fluency, grammatical accuracy, and business terminology (e-mail, informative business presentations, and meetings, memos, advanced Finnish grammar). The grammar will be determined by the needs of the students. OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Course materials provided by the lecturer. TEACHER(S): Part-time teacher MA Kaarina Mononen Contact hours 28 h, mandatory attendance. Independent studies 40 h: homework, assignments and preparation for lessons and exams. Assignments 30 %

Exams 40 % Class contribution 30 % TIMING: Autumn 2008 and spring 2009. PREREQUISITE: Common European Framework of Reference (CEF), minimum starting level: A2 (or Helia s course Finnish 6 with good marks). The student should master all basic structures of the Finnish language. TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: Finnish REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi 175 71000200 FINNISH BUSINESS COMMUNICATION 2 (3 ECTS) STATUS OF THE COURSE: Finnish Business Communication elective for non-native speakers of Finnish. The course can be included either in the required language and communication studies for the B.Sc. Programme or in the Common Core courses for the M.Sc. Programme. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Finnish Business Communication elective for non-native speakers of Finnish. OBJECTIVES: The student can participate in a negotiation or argumentation discussion and can express his/her opinion. He can write a memo and a report. He knows the characteristics of persuasive language. CONTENT: The course focuses on the fundamentals of oral and written business communication in Finnish. It provides training in spoken and written communication fluency, grammatical accuracy, and business terminology (product demonstrations, negotiations, memos, reporting, and advanced Finnish grammar). The grammar will be determined by the needs of the students. OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Course materials provided by the lecturer. TEACHER(S): Part-time teacher MA Kaarina Mononen Contact hours 28 h, mandatory attendance. Independent studies 40 h: homework, assignments and preparation for lessons and exams. Assignments 30 % Exams 40 % Class contribution 30 % TIMING: Autumn 2008 and spring 2009. PREREQUISITE: Common European Framework of Reference (CEF), minimum starting level: B1 (or Finnish 7 = Finnish Business Communication 1 at HSE) TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: Finnish REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi

176 14.10 GENERAL STUDIES (20, 37 AND 51) 20A00211 PROFESSIONAL SKILLS PORTFOLIO; ORIENTATION TO STUDENTS AT HSE (3 ECTS) STATUS OF THE COURSE: Bachelor s degree, Fundamentals of Business Studies, Compulsory study module of 3 ECTS of the Professional Skills Portfolio. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Basic Studies OBJECTIVES: During this course students get all the necessary skills and information they need to begin their studies at HSE and to complete their studies successfully. They also learn to know HSE, the study possibilities available, the personnel of HSE, other students at HSE, and HSE as a scientific community. Students will also be given information on Student Union of HSE. During this course students will also learn how to evaluate their learning skills and get tools for improving them. Students will also learn how to plan their studies and organize their time better. CONTENT: The Orientation Week, student and teacher tutoring, personal study plans (PSP), study and learning skills, group learning skills, choosing the B.Sc. program and minor studies, and planning of the language studies of the B.Sc. degree LITERATURE: The Information Guide for International B.Sc. and M.Sc. Degree Students 2008-2009 Other material handed out during the Orientation week and during lectures TEACHER(S): Melanie Lotz, Minna Nevala, Leena Brander, Office of Studies and Registrar Orientation Week Information sessions during 2008-09 Personal Study Plan 1 (20A00214), Orientation Task (20A00215), Essay on learning skills (20A00216) and Personal Study Plan 2 (20A00216) METHODS: Information sessions and lectures and exercises, group work, individual work, student and teacher tutoring TIMING: Three first semesters REGISTRATION: Registration for the course Via WebOodi by September 7, 2008 (code 20A00211). REMARKS: The course will be graded Pass/Fail. All modules of the course have the code of their own. The course must be completed at HSE (no credit transfer). The course is only for students who are non-finnish-speaking. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/20a00210 20A00212 PROFESSIONAL SKILLS PORTFOLIO; COMPUTING SKILLS (2 ECTS) STATUS OF THE COURSE: Bachelor s degree, Fundamentals of Business Studies, Compulsory study module of 2 ECTS of the Professional Skills Portfolio. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Fundamentals of Business Studies OBJECTIVES: The objective of the course is to demonstrate the skills to use basic office applications effectively and understand the basic concepts of ICT (Information and

Communication Technology) and pass the A-level Computer Driving Licence examinations at the same time with HSE examinations. The HSE course follows the requirements of Computer Driving Licence, A-level, defined by TIEKE Finnish Information Technology Development Centre. A person who has performed A-level in the Computer Driving Licence System can independently use a computer, handles the basics of office applications, is familiarized with the basic concepts of IT and recognizes the applying fields. CONTENT: There are altogether 7 different compulsory modules in the Computing Skills course (as in the Computer Driving Licence) which need to be passed. The modules are: Using the Computer and File Management (Windows) (HSE code 37A051), Word Processing (MS-Word) (HSE code 37A052), The Internet (Internet Explorer and Outlook WebAccess) (HSE code 37A053), Spreadsheets (MS-Excel) (HSE code 37A054), Graphics (MS-PowerPoint) (HSE code 37A055), Databases (MS-Access) (HSE code 37A056) and Basic Concepts of Information Technology (Theory)(HSE code 37A057) LITERATURE: Steve Johnson: Brilliant Office 2003 What You Need to Know and How to Do It, Pearson Education, 2005, ISBN 0 132 00 133 0 Other Office 2003 related material TEACHER(S): Bertta Sokura, Lecturer, Information System Science Independent study and tests on 7 modules of the course METHODS: Teacher s counselling when needed TIMING: Fall 2008 TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: Study material and examinations are in English REGISTRATION: The students register for the tests of the course modules by using the HSE codes 37A051 and so on. No registration for the code 20A00212 but it will appear automatically once the student has completed successfully all 7 modules. REMARKS: The course can be passed in three different ways: 1.If you have already completed computer application courses which are equivalent to the requirements of the course, please, make the credit transfer application. 2. Participate in the tests which are held for students who already have the sufficient skills in using the computer applications. It is recommended that the student would complete the 7 modules at least in two parts unless the student has excellent basic knowledge of all topics of the modules. 3Study the relevant course material and participate in the tests after reading the material. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/20a00212 177 20A00213 PROFESSIONAL SKILLS PORTFOLIO; SCIENTIFIC WRITING (1 ECTS) STATUS OF THE COURSE: Bachelor s degree, Fundamentals of Business Studies, Compulsory study module of 1 ECTS of the Professional Skills Portfolio. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Fundamentals of Business Studies OBJECTIVES: The purpose of the course is to deepen the student s understanding of the elements of scientific writing and give practice in improving the scientific writing skills. CONTENT: Exercises concerning the style and cohesion in academic writing, article reading and essay

178 LITERATURE: Given article as a base for the essay OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Given internet pages TEACHER(S): Maija Tammelin, Lecturer, English Business Communication, Department of Languages and Communication Self-study and communication with the teacher via e-mail TIMING: Fall 2008 and spring 2009 REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/20a00213 20D00220 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY OF LEADERSHIP: CONTEXTS AND SKILLS (3 ECTS) STATUS OF THE COURSE: Compulsory course in the master s degree. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Intermediate studies OBJECTIVES: The aim of the course is to help the student in developing an understanding of organizations, groups, and individuals from a social psychological point of view, and to provide a basis for building social and self-knowledge skills needed in working life and leadership positions. CONTENT: Organizations and leadership from the perspective of social interaction (major leadership theories, psychology of leadership, hierarchies and role structures in organizations, group processes, social skills), and the social psychological base of requisite interactional skills, (conflict management, motivation, psychology of decision making, social perception, personality in the workplace). LITERATURE: PENNINGTON, D. (2005) Pienryhmän sosiaalipsykologia Schein, Edgar H. (2004) Organizational culture and leadership Pennington, Donald C. (2002) Social psychology of behaviour in small groups OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Provided during the lectures. TEACHER(S): LSc Marja Ahokas, M.Sc. Nelli Hankonen Lectures (24 h, Ahokas and Hankonen), individual and group work Or book exam METHODS: Lectures, group work & discussion, individual work (learning diary) TIMING: Fall 2008, 2nd period PREREQUISITE: Bachelor s degree or 150 ECTS credits in the Bachelor s degree REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi REMARKS: It is preferable to participate in the lectures. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/20d00220 37D65020 INTRODUCTION TO PROJECT MANAGEMENT (3 ECTS) STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. (Econ), compulsory course OBJECTIVES: Project work is important part of business nowadays. The aim of the course is to offer a comprehensive view on project work as well as management of projects. The lectures

will be carried out in separate modules with exercises integrated to them. The topics covered in the course include: basic concepts of project work, the planning of projects, scheduling, and project risk management. LITERATURE: Kathy Schwalbe (2005) Introduction to Project Management, or newer edition. TEACHER(S): Pentti Marttiin, Johanna Bragge, Risto Rajala, Antti Nurmi Lectures 14 h Exercises (40 %) Exam or Essay (60 %) TIMING: Spring 2009, 1st period REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi REMARKS: This course is optional with Projektinhallinnan peruskurssi (37D60020). Only one of them can be included in the degree. The topics covered in both courses are the same. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/37d65020 179 51D00220 ARGUMENTATION IN RESEARCH (3 ECTS) STATUS OF THE COURSE: Compulsory course in the masters program CONTENT: We approach research knowledge from the perspective of argument, debate and rhetoric, since research knowledge consists of knowledge claims supported by well-founded arguments, debated against competing positions, and formulated with the help of appropriate rhetorical tools. Thus the course helps to read and write scientific research reports, and to distinguish arguments both pro and con choices concerning the contribution of the study, the chosen topic and methods. The course also offers a neat introduction to philosophy of science and various research methods. TEACHER(S): FM Jaakko Kuorikoski (jaakko.kuorikoski@helsinki.fi) Lectures 28 h and the final exam (100%) about the lectures, homework, and the literature to be announced later. Or Exam on the following literature: o Chalmers, A. F. What is this thing called science? : an assessment of the nature and status of science and its methods Milton Keynes: Open University Press, 1982 Chapters 1-8 o Fisher, Alec (2001): Critical Thinking an introduction. Cambridge University Press. ISBN 0-521-00984-7 o Rottenberg, A.T. Elements of Argument: A text and a reader, cop. 1997. Ch. 9 Writing and Argumentative Paper. In earlier versions, this Ch. is in the Appendix. METHODS: Lectures, exam and homework, Or Exam TIMING: Spring 2009, second period. REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi REMARKS: Exam on the last lecture. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/51d00220

180 14.11 INFORMATION SYSTEM SCIENCE 37 (AND 57) 37C00100 MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. (Econ), Business Technology program. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Common program course (or specialization course) OBJECTIVES: Fundamental concepts of information and supporting technologies Different strategic approaches organizations use to manage information Building information management solutions and introducing them into organizations. Holistic view on electronic business: opportunities, benefits and problems for companies and customers, both in business-to-consumers and business-to-business electronic commerce Understanding of the importance of Information Systems in different kinds of businesses. Critical analysis of the current Electronic Business models and practices. Ability to identify and evaluate new kinds of business opportunities using Information Systems as an enabler. CONTENT: Software for information management; Technology for information management; Information management strategy; Knowledge management strategy; Information systems strategy; Managing systems development; Managing change; Building an information architecture; Managing information quality; Managing information services quality; Managing ethical and legal issues LITERATURE: Chaffey, Dave (2004) Business information management improving performance using information systems TEACHER(S): Professor Virpi Tuunainen Lectures 28 h METHODS: Lectures and exercises TIMING: Fall 2008, 1st period REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/37c00100 37C00200 INFORMATION SYSTEMS DEVELOPMENT STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. (Econ), Business Technology program. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Specialization course OBJECTIVES: This course introduces the information system development process. It emphasizes effective communication and integration with users and user systems. It encourages interpersonal skill development with clients, users, team members, and others associated with development, operation, and maintenance of the system. Databases and their fundamental concepts are connected to the system development process. Modern systems development and design techniques, use of modelling tools, adherence to methodological life cycle and project management standards are applied. The course consists of lectures and group exercises, where a system is build using these tools and techniques. CONTENT: Information systems development life-cycle; Identifying and selecting systems

development projects; Determining systems requirements; Process and logic modelling; Data modelling; Developer issues; Object oriented analysis; From analysis to design; Relational model; Refining the relational model; Data manipulation and retrieval; Physical design; Usability design LITERATURE: Hoffer, Jeffrey A. (2008) Modern systems analysis and design TEACHER(S): Professor Matti Rossi and Assistant Professor Anssi Öörni Lectures 32 h, Matti Rossi and Anssi Öörni Exercises 20 h and small development assignment TIMING: Spring 2009, 1st period REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi PREREQUISITES: 37C00100 Management Information Systems REMARKS: Mandatory exercises HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/37c00200 181 37C00300 ENTERPRISE APPLICATIONS STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. (Econ), Business Technology program. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Specialization course OBJECTIVES: The main objectives of the course are to create understanding about the most typical enterprise applications including enterprise resource planning (ERP) systems, and to explain how such systems are acquired, developed, maintained and operated from IT/IS development and service production perspectives. Enterprise applications are addressed both from functional and IT/IS solution perspectives. The course explains applications basic functionalities, links to business processes, and their IT/IS architectural characteristics. Main application areas covered are production, logistics and supply chain management, HR, sales and marketing, ledgers, and accounting. SAP and other software products will be used for demonstrations. The life cycles of enterprise applications and ERP systems from their acquisition to the decision to their ramp-down will also be covered. The role of various stakeholder groups (users, developers, decision makers) will be explained. Upon completing the course the students should understand what are the most typical enterprise applications and enterprise resource planning systems, what are their core functions, and how are such systems related to each other. The students should also understand how applications and ERP systems are acquired, implemented, maintained and operated in organizations. CONTENT: Foundations for understanding ERP; Re-engineering and ERP systems; Planning and implementation of ERP; Managing ERP projects; Supply chain management; ERP and CRM; ERP and HR; Production and materials management; Financial management LITERATURE: Sumner, Mary (2005) Enterprise resource planning TEACHER(S): Assistant Professor Petri Hallikainen Lectures and exercises TIMING: Spring 2009, 2nd period REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi

182 HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/37c00300 37C00400 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. (Econ), Business Technology program. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Specialization course OBJECTIVES: Computer programs are central tools in information society. Knowledge on development and programming methods is imperative for those involved in development of computer programs but also useful for most end-users. This course focuses in learning the basics of software development and programming methods. Students will also be exposed to modern software development tools including the Java programming language. CONTENT: Objects and primitive types; Working classes; More classes; Conditionals; Design; Testing; Multiple objects; Maintaining collection; Extending class; Recursion and recap LITERATURE: Sedgewick, Robert (2008) Introduction to programming in Java an interdisciplinary approach OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Material distributed in the class and other material provided by the lecturer. TEACHER(S): Assistant Professor Anssi Öörni The course comprises 30 h lectures and 30 h exercises. Furthermore, there are 10 optional individual assignments, which contribute 40% towards the course grade. TIMING: Fall 2008, 2nd period REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/37c00400 37D65020 INTRODUCTION TO PROJECT MANAGEMENT (3 ECTS) STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. (Econ), compulsory course OBJECTIVES: Project work is important part of business nowadays. The aim of the course is to offer a comprehensive view on project work as well as management of projects. The lectures will be carried out in separate modules with exercises integrated to them. The topics covered in the course include: basic concepts of project work, the planning of projects, scheduling, and project risk management. LITERATURE: Kathy Schwalbe (2005) Introduction to Project Management, or newer edition. TEACHER(S): Pentti Marttiin, Johanna Bragge, Risto Rajala, Antti Nurmi Lectures 14 h Exercises (40 %) Exam or Essay (60 %) TIMING: Spring 2009, 1st period REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi REMARKS: This course is optional with Projektinhallinnan peruskurssi (37D60020). Only one of them can be included in the degree. The topics covered in both courses are the same. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/37d65020

37E00100 INFORMATION ECONOMY STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. (Econ), Information and Service Management program, common advanced course. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced OBJECTIVES: This course is designed so that students will understand the issues related to economical impacts of production and utilization of information and value of information in managing businesses. The students will familiarize with most central economic theories used to understand the impacts of information systems in business. This will be achieved through topical articles where these theories are applied. This integrating advanced level course is accomplished through readings and discussion, and independent studying is of great importance. CONTENT: Business Value of IT; IT & Organizational Efficiency; Diffusion of Innovations; Platform-mediated Networks; Digital Economy LITERATURE: Reading list is published in the course web site. TEACHER(S): Prof. Virpi Tuunainen Lectures and discussion 28 h (10%), Virpi Tuunainen Written assignments (50%) Final exam (40%) METHODS: Lectures, exercises TIMING: Spring 2009, 1st period REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi PREREQUISITES:37A025 Johdanto tietojärjestelmiin/37a021 Management Information Systems or 37C00100 Management Information Systems and Electronic Business HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/37e00100 183 37E00200 STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. (Econ), Information and Service Management program, elective course LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced OBJECTIVES: To learn key concepts, structures, processes, and cooperative mechanisms relevant for effective alignment of business and IT as well as corporate governance and IT governance, at both strategic and operative levels. To learn to understand the tasks of business and IT management in key IT decisions and processes such as in organizing the IT function, IT sourcing and outsourcing, architecture management, portfolio management, risk management, business value, and IT performance management. To learn how IT enabled innovations and emerging technologies are managed as a part of enterprise strategic management. To learn the basics of CobiT and other key IT governance methods. CONTENT: Contemporary strategy concepts applied to IT; corporate and IT governance; alignment of

184 business and IT; organization principles for the IT function; IT risk management; IT performance management; evaluation of business value delivered from IT; IT decision making rights; the role of the CIO in an enterprise, IT portfolio management; management of firm-wide IT infrastructure, IT Contemporary strategy concepts applied to IT; corporate and IT governance; alignment of business and IT; organization principles for the IT function; IT risk management; IT performance management; evaluation of business value delivered from IT; decision making rights; the role of the CIO in an enterprise; IT portfolio management; management of firm-wide infrastructure; IT architecture management; outsourcing of IT services; management of IT enabled innovations and emerging technologies. An exam based on pre-reading package is organized before the course starts to support discussions during the lectures. Architecture management; outsourcing of IT services, management of IT enabled innovations and emerging technologies. An exam based on prereading package is organized before the course starts to support discussions during the lectures. OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Article packages provided by lecturer, pre-reading and articles covered during the lectures. CobiT 4.0. or later version. Available at www.isaca.org. TEACHER(S): Professor Tomi Dahlberg Lectures and discussion 28 h, Tomi Dahlberg Pre-reading and Final exams (60%), Article evaluations and IT governance exercises (40%) METHODS: Lectures, exercises TIMING: Fall 2008, 2nd period. Pre-reading exam is organized during 1st period. REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/37e00200 37E00300 ICT ENABLED BUSINESS PROCESS DEVELOPMENT STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. (Econ), Information and Service Management program, elective course LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced OBJECTIVES: The main objectives of the course are to understand the possibilities of IT to support and enhance the business processes of enterprises and other organizations and to acquire basic skills needed in IT enabled business process development projects. CONTENT: Strategy and process centric development approaches to business process development; Development frameworks applied to core business process development; The enabling role of ICT for business process improvement and renewal; E-Business from process improvement perspective; The management of IT enabled business process improvement projects. OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Topic related articles, will be informed later TEACHER(S): Adjunct Professor Jari Talvinen Lectures 28 h, Jari Talvinen

185 Exercises 14 h METHODS: Lectures, exercises TIMING: Fall 2008, 1st period REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/37e00300 37E00800 SOFTWARE BUSINESS STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. (Econ), Information and Service Management program, elective course. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced OBJECTIVES: The objective of this course is to familiarize with issues of managing software businesses. CONTENT: The lifecycle of a software venture, including product idea, founding a company, acquiring risk financing, and developing the business and its products; The special characteristics of digital goods and co-ordination of software and business development. LITERATURE: Cusumano, M (2004). The Business of Software: What every Manager, Programmer, and Entrepreneur must know to thrive and survive in good times and bad. Free Press. ISBN 074321580X Hyvönen E. (2003) Ohjelmistoliiketoiminta. WSOY. ISBN 9510269964 TEACHER(S): Professor Matti Rossi Lectures 28 h, Matti Rossi Exercises 12 h and one case assignment METHODS: The course is highly interactive, consisting of lectures, case studies and student projects. TIMING: Spring 2009, 1st period REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi PREREQUISITES:37E00100 Information Economy HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/37e00800 37E00900 PROJECT MANAGEMENT STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. (Econ), Information and Service Management program, elective course. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced OBJECTIVES: The objective of this course is to achieve an understanding of organizing work successfully as a form of projects. CONTENT: The course explains projects from three perspectives: managing, leading and working in projects. The course gives theoretical background and creates understanding by presenting frameworks, techniques and tools. The course provides a possibility to test and learn theories in practice. During the course a special interest is on distributed and virtual teams (with time, space, and cultural challenges).

186 LITERATURE: Fisher, Kimball (2001) Distance manager a hands-on guide to managing off-site employees and virtual teams. OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Additional reading will be informed later. TEACHER(S): Adjunct Professor Pentti Marttiin Seminar type of sessions Essay (40%) Coordinated team exercise (50%), includes meetings and team work METHODS: The course will be arranged as coordinated project exercise. TIMING: Spring 2009, 2nd period REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi REMARKS: Max 30 students will be accepted to this course. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/37e00900 37E01000 CURRENT TOPICS IN INFORMATION SYSTEMS SCIENCE STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. (Econ), Information and Service Management program, elective course. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced OBJECTIVES: The topic and the objectives can vary semester by semester. CONTENT: This intensive course consists of lectures, articles and/or seminar presentations on current and emerging topics in information systems science. The course is usually lectured by a visiting lecturer. The topic can vary semester by semester. TEACHER(S): Instructor in Charge: Professor Virpi Tuunainen Will be announced later. TIMING: Will be announced later. TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: English REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi REMARKS: More information is available at course website. PREREQUISITES:37A025 Johdanto tietojärjestelmiin / 37A021 Management Information Systems (or 37C00100 Management Information Systems and Electronic Business) HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/37e01000 37E01400 ESSENTIAL LITERATURE IN INFORMATION SYSTEMS SCIENCE STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. (Econ), Information and Service Management program, elective course. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced OBJECTIVES: To achieve a better understanding on the key areas in Information Systems Science. CONTENT: The book exam provides a package of essential literature on a defined Information Systems Science area, such as user interface design. LITERATURE: To be agreed on with the responsible teacher.

187 TEACHER(S): Professor Hannu Kivijärvi Book exam HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/37e01400 57C99901 BACHELOR S THESIS (10 ECTS) STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. (Econ.), Business Technology program. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Compulsory course OBJECTIVES: The objective is to learn and practice independent scientific thinking by setting up research questions and studying a specific topic. Students learn to get to know references, to find literature, and to apply it for resolving a research question. The thesis will be a structured, scientific report. The Bachelor s Thesis is carried out together with the Bachelor s Thesis Seminar (57C99902). TIMING: Fall 2008, Spring 2009. REGISTRATION: Register to 57C99902 Bachelor s Thesis Seminar via WebOodi 57C99902 BACHELOR S THESIS SEMINAR (2 ECTS) STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. (Econ.), Business Technology program. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Compulsory course OBJECTIVES: The objective is to learn and practice independent scientific work. CONTENT: In the seminar, students get guidance in their research for Bachelor s Thesis. During the seminar, students will report the progress of their Thesis, present and defence the research results, act as an opponent, and participate actively. TEACHER(S): Assistant Professor Johanna Bragge coordinates. Lectures 28 h Presentation of the research report Acting as an opponent and secretary. TIMING: Fall 2008, Spring 2009. REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/57c99902 57C99903 MATURITY TEST (0 ECTS) STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. (Econ.), Business Technology program. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Compulsory course OBJECTIVES: After finalizing the Bachelor s Thesis, students carry out a proficiency test in Mother Tongue. The objective is to show that a student can write an essay in her or his Mother Tongue and that she or he knows the basic concepts in her or his Thesis.

188 57E99901 MASTER S THESIS (30 ECTS) STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. (Econ), Information and Service Management program, compulsory course. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced OBJECTIVES: The objective is to practice independent scientific thinking by setting up research questions and studying a specific research topic. The thesis will be a structured, scientific report. REMARKS: The Master s Thesis needs to be carried out together with the Master s Thesis Seminar (57E99902). 57E99902 MASTER S THESIS SEMINAR (0 ECTS) STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. (Econ), Information and Service Management program, compulsory course. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced OBJECTIVES: The objective is to practice independent scientific work. CONTENT: In the seminar, students get guidance in their research for Master s Thesis. TEACHER(S): Professor Matti Rossi coordinates. METHODS: Seminar TIMING: Academic year 2008-2009 REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/57e99902 57E99903 MATURITY TEST (0 ECTS) STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. (Econ), Information and Service Management program, compulsory course. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced OBJECTIVES: After finalizing the Master s Thesis, students carry out a proficiency test in Mother Tongue. The objective is to show a student can write an essay in her or his mother tongue and that she or he knows the basic concepts in her or his Thesis.

189 14.12 INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS (26) 26C00100 GLOBAL BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT STATUS OF THE COURSE: Bachelor s students in the Marketing and Management Programs: departmental studies, compulsory course LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Intermediate studies OBJECTIVES: The course aims to provide an understanding of the global environmental context of the firm, as the global and the dynamic features of the environment pose challenges for firms when they select and operate in various countries. Upon completion of the course students should know, in depth, the various components of the global business environment and be able to identify critical challenges faced by internationalizing firms. Students also gain knowledge of tools to analyze the relevant elements of the global business environment. CONTENT: The course addresses: the environmental context of the firm; conceptual and practical tools to analyze the relevant elements of the global business environment; the impact of different spatial aspects from local to global on company operations; special emphasis on regional opportunities and risk analysis, locational attractiveness of regions. The course provides analytical tools for approaching the spatial dimension of international business in market and investment operations. LITERATURE: Morrison, J. (2006) The International Business Environment. Global and Local Marketplaces in a Changing World OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: To be announced later TEACHER(S): Prof. Peter Zettinig To be announced later METHODS: Lectured course TIMING: Fall 2008 REGISTRATION: Course and exams via WebOodi latest one week before the course starts HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/26c00100 26D00300 COMPARATIVE REGIONAL ANALYSIS STATUS OF THE COURSE: International Business M.Sc. program: Elective International Business minor: Elective. Area Studies minor: Compulsory LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced specialization studies OBJECTIVES: The aim of the course is to demonstrate how market potential can be identified based on country level and sub-national level data. Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to identify how regions can be studied in terms of 1) the elements and levels of a region 2) according to the principles of thematic cartography. CONTENT: The course provides tools for analyzing nation states and sub-national territories based on demographic and economic key indicators. The students are acquainted with country

190 and sub-national levels of analysis as units vs. territories. The software for Geographic Information Systems is used. LITERATURE: Heywood, Ian & S. Cornelius & S. Carver (-1) Introduction to geographical information systems, 2nd ed. or later, OR Longley, P.A. & M.F. Goodchild & D.J. Maguire & D.W. Rhind (2001) Geographic information systems and science TEACHER(S):Jaani Lahtinen To be announced later METHODS: To be announced later TIMING: Fall 2008 REGISTRATION: Course and exams via WebOodi latest one week before the course starts REMARKS: 2 Open University students will be accepted to this course. Since the course uses computer-based teaching, the amount of participants might have to be limited. More information will be posted on course website. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/26d00300 26D00400 DOING BUSINESS IN ASIA STATUS OF THE COURSE: International Business M.Sc. program: Elective International Business minor: Elective. Area Studies minor: Elective LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced specialization studies OBJECTIVES: Upon completion of the course, students should have a general understanding of the business systems and country-specific features of major Asian economies, including Japan, China, South Korea, ASEAN countries and India. CONTENT: This course introduces and compares the business systems and country-specific features of the major Asian economies. In addition to providing an understanding of the important general issues that business managers face in the region, this course provides students with knowledge about how business is conducted and how foreign companies operate in this environment. OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Course material provided by the lecturer TEACHER(S): Dr. Kristiina Korhonen Lectures & course readings Case study & exercises METHODS: Lectured course TIMING: Open University, summer 2009 REGISTRATION: Information available through the Helsinki Summer School website www.helsinkisummerschool.fi in March 2009. Subsidized price for HSE students through Open University. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/26d00400

26D00800 RUSSIAN ECONOMIC TRANSFORMATION STATUS OF THE COURSE: International Business M.Sc. program: Elective International Business minor: Elective. Area Studies minor: Elective LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced specialization studies OBJECTIVES: The aim of the course is to give the students a thorough, multidisciplinary view of the economic transformation of Russia. Russia s economic development is discussed chronologically giving the students a proper framework for understanding today s Russia. A deeper insight into modern Russia and its economic structure of operation is obtained through lectures given by specialists of the Russian economy. Students will learn about one of the most significant economic regions of Russia, Northwest Russia, by writing a short essay on it. CONTENT: Russia s economic development is discussed chronologically from the Soviet Union economy to today including topics like functioning and breaking down of the Soviet economy, Russia s privatization, stabilization and economic crisis of 1998. A deeper insight to the economy of modern Russia is given by guest lecturers with various themes including Russia s economic policy, enterprise sector and financial markets. More detailed information on Northwest Russia is provided through the internet. LITERATURE: Sutela, Pekka (2003) Russian market economy OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Additional material provided by the lecturers TEACHER(S): M.Sc. Simo Leppänen, HSE Center for Markets in Transition (CEMAT) and guest specialists Lectures Three short assignments (30% of grade) Exam (70% of grade) METHODS: Lectures and Web-based education TIMING: Spring 2009, first period REGISTRATION: Course and exams Via WebOodi latest one week before the course starts REMARKS: 6 Open University students will be accepted to this course. The course is organized in cooperation with the Master s Program in Russian and East European Studies, maintained by the network of thirteen Finnish universities. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/26d00800 191 26D23000 DOING BUSINESS IN THE EU STATUS OF THE COURSE: International Business M.Sc. Program: Elective. International Business minor: Elective Area Studies minor: Elective. CEMS course LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced specialization studies OBJECTIVES: To describe and analyze the impact of the European Union on the strategies and management of internationally operating firms. On completion of this course students should have an understanding of dynamics of competition and current structural changes in the key industries in Europe. CONTENT: Topics covered in the course include:

192 EU enlargement EU legal framework for business Regulatory issues in various industries EU competition policy Structural changes in European industries Features of EU countries as operating environments Strategies for European industries and companies. Attention is paid also to the competitiveness of European industries and companies, both within Europe and in competition against North American and Asian companies. Case studies are used to illustrate business dynamics and company operations. LITERATURE: Suder, Gabriele (2008) Doing business in Europe OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Cases and set of readings provided by the lecturer TEACHER(S): Prof. Hannu Seristö Lectures Project work (40%) Cases (35%) Exam (25%) METHODS: Lectured course TIMING: Spring 2009 REGISTRATION: Course and exams Via WebOodi latest one week before the course starts. Max. 80 students, CEMS students and IB students have priority, others in registration order REMARKS: 2 Open University students will be accepted to this course HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/26d23000 26E00300 INTERNATIONAL MARKETING STATUS OF THE COURSE: International Business M.Sc. program: Compulsory (if similar course not completed at Bachelor s level) International Business minor: prerequisite course Master s programs in Marketing and Management: Common departmental studies LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Common advanced studies OBJECTIVES: Upon completion of the course students should 1) understand the planning and implementation of international marketing strategies and 2) be equipped with skills to formulate, analyze and critically evaluate alternative international marketing strategies and their consequences. CONTENT: Internationalization and the consequent changes in firm s operating environments, as well as the needs for adjustment in the firm s (e.g. exporter or a firm with local presence) marketing strategies due to these changes. Special focus on how to plan and manage the marketing efforts as a dynamic process when entering and penetrating into foreign markets. This requires from the management various skills

for conducting marketing analysis, developing international marketing mix strategies, performing several procedures, and organizing the firm for successful implementation. LITERATURE: To be announced later OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Set of readings provided by the lecturer TEACHER(S): Olli Kuivalainen Final exam Class contribution Course assignment METHODS: Lectured course TIMING: Fall 2008 PREREQUISITE: Prior marketing courses are a requirement. REGISTRATION: Course and exams, via WebOodi latest one week before the course starts REMARKS: 10 exchange students will be allowed to participate on a first come, first served basis in terms of the registration: Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/26e00300 193 26E00400 INTERNATIONALIZATION OF THE FIRM STATUS OF THE COURSE: International Business M.Sc. program: Compulsory International Business minor: Compulsory. CEMS course LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Common advanced studies OBJECTIVES: This course takes a strategic perspective to firm-level internationalization. Upon completion of the course students should know 1) relevant internationalization theories and frameworks, 2) internationalization strategy design and implementation frameworks, and 3) international business operations and foreign market entry strategies. CONTENT: During the course, the following questions will be examined: Why firms internationalize? Theories and explanatory frameworks for firm internationalization; How firms internationalize? Review of entry strategies, entry modes, and cross-border business operations; How to strategize for internationalization? Introduction of strategic planning frameworks that can be applied for firm internationalization; Current trends in internationalization and globalization. LITERATURE: Welch, Lawrence S. (2007) Foreign operation methods: theory, analysis, strategy OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Set of readings provided by the lecturer TEACHER(S): Professor Mika Gabrielsson To be announced METHODS: Lectured course TIMING: Fall 2008 PREREQUISITE: 26E00300 International Marketing or equivalent prior to this course REGISTRATION: Course and exams via WebOodi latest one week before the course starts

194 REMARKS: Max 60 students. CEMS students and IB students have first priority, then students in the Marketing and Management M.Sc. programs. Others in registration order. 5 exchange students (in addition to CEMS students) will be allowed to participate in the WebOodi registration order. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/26e00400 26E00500 MULTINATIONAL MANAGEMENT STATUS OF THE COURSE: International Business M.Sc. program: Compulsory International Business minor: Elective. CEMS course LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced specialization studies OBJECTIVES: This course examines the theories relating to the management of the multinational corporation. The aim of the course is to introduce key concepts and practices of international and multinational management and develop students ability to apply these to company situations. Upon completion of the course the student must know the central models and theoretical concepts in strategic management of MNCs. The student should know how various contextual factors such as headquarters and subsidiary characteristics, industry and national traits affect functional areas of MNC management. CONTENT: This course addresses the specific challenges associated with managing large and geographically dispersed multinational corporations (MNCs) which are in mature stages of internationalization. It focuses on the variety of international strategies and structural forms, as well as control, communication and coordination issues. Particular emphasis is given to the traditional, knowledge and network-based views of the MNC. OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: To be announced TEACHER(S): Dr. Joanna Scott-Kennel Exercises Class contribution and attendance (mandatory) Group assignment Final Exam METHODS: Lectured course TIMING: Fall 2008 PREREQUISITE: 26E00300 International Marketing or equivalent prior to this course REGISTRATION: Course and exams via WebOodi at least one week before the course starts. Max. 80 students. CEMS students and IB students have priority. REMARKS: Attendance in lectures is mandatory, maximum 2 absences allowed. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/26e00500 26E00600 CAPSTONE STATUS OF THE COURSE: International Business M.Sc. program: compulsory (either this course or 26E01200 Special Topics in International Business)

LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced specialization studies OBJECTIVES: This course provides an opportunity for students to apply international business concepts and theories to real-life situations in international companies, with the idea that the most effective learning comes from tight integration between business practice and theory. Upon completion of the course, students should know how to analyze and articulate company problems, how to make a project plan and how to implement and monitor it. CONTENT: Project teams of 4-6 students will tackle broad and comprehensive (combining for instance marketing, legal, and financial aspects) company challenges related to e.g. internationalization, foreign market entry, new product launch, corporate communication and international marketing planning. The course consists of project work and supporting seminars and will last approximately one academic semester. The course is conducted in collaboration with International Business Communication as well as other faculties and partners. OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Materials provided by the lecturer. TEACHER(S): Prof. Peter Gabrielsson Final project report and its presentation 100% METHODS: Lectures, group project work. TIMING: Spring 2009 REGISTRATION: Through application procedure in fall 2008. Max. 24 students (quota may be adjusted based on project details). HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/26e00600 195 26E00700 INTERNATIONAL HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT STATUS OF THE COURSE: IB major students: Compulsory. IB minor students: Elective Area Studies minor students: Compulsory. CEMS course LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced specialization studies OBJECTIVES: This course examines the theories and practices of international human resource management (IHRM). Upon completion of the course students should understand the role of IHRM in multinational corporations, know the rationale behind staffing decisions, appreciate the challenges associated with managing the people in a cross-cultural context, and comprehend issues related to knowledge transfer and competence development. Moreover, students will be able to evaluate different institutional, cultural and organisational contexts in which IHRM activities take place. CONTENT: The course addresses the core issues in IHRM. They can be divided into three broad themes: (1) traditional approaches to IHRM (eg. expatriate management) (2) new perspectives on IHRM (eg. managing people in cross-border mergers and acquisitions, knowledge transfer, international careers, alternatives to expatriate assignments), and (3) workplace diversity. LITERATURE: Dowling, Peter J. (2008) International human resource management managing people in a multinational context OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Package of readings will be announced later TEACHER(S): Professor Rebecca Piekkari and Professor Janne Tienari Lectures, participation, research reviews, group project, final exam METHODS: Lectures, student-led discussions, case studies, weekly readings and exercises, a

196 group assignment and a final exam. TIMING: Spring 2009 REGISTRATION: Course and exams via WebOodi latest one week before the course starts REMARKS: Max. 60 students. EMS students and IB students have priority, others in registration order. 2 Open University students will be accepted to this course. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/26e00700 26E00800 GLOBAL MARKETING MANAGEMENT STATUS OF THE COURSE: International Business M.Sc. program: Compulsory International Business minor: Elective. CEMS course LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced specialization studies OBJECTIVES: The course provides an advanced overview of developing and managing global marketing strategies. Upon completion of the course students should have skills to formulate, analyze and critically evaluate alternative global marketing strategies and their consequences. CONTENT: The course covers fundamental concepts, principles and theories of innovative marketing (e.g. Born Globals) in a global environment. Special focus is on global marketing program development and management as a dynamic process when engaging into the global stage (e.g. Globalising Internationals). Globalization and the consequent changes in firm s operating environments will be analyzed, as well as the needs for adjustment in firms marketing strategies due to these changes. This requires from the management various critical skills for identifying the global market potential, managing the transfer within the mix strategies, and coordinating the managerial efforts for successful implementation. LITERATURE: Hollensen, Svend (2004) Global marketing a decision-oriented approach OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Set of readings provided by the lecturer TEACHER(S): Prof. Mika Gabrielsson Final exam Class contribution Course assignment METHODS: Lectured course TIMING: Spring 2009 PREREQUISITE: 26E00300 International Marketing or equivalent prior to this course REGISTRATION: Course and exams via WebOodi latest one week before the course starts REMARKS: Max 50 students. CEMS students and IB students have first priority, then students in the Marketing and Management M.Sc. programs. Others in registration order. 5 exchange students (in addition to the CEMS students) will be allowed to participate in the WebOodi registration order. Prior marketing courses are a requirement. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/26e00800

26E01000 INTERNATIONAL DESIGN BUSINESS MANAGEMENT STATUS OF THE COURSE: International Business M.Sc. program: Elective. CEMS course LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced specialization studies OBJECTIVES: Upon completion of the course students should have an understanding of the core competitive elements of profitable international design business. CONTENT: The course focuses on the following areas: design and high-tech as competitive edge, the role of new product development, marketing communication and brands, design and technology management, global logistics and distribution channels, production systems, internationalization process, and managing international design business. The aim is to give students theoretical background and practical industry cases for each area of interest. The lecturers represent the best academic or practical knowledge of their field in Finland. The working language is English LITERATURE: Tuulenmäki, A. (2006) How to Invent and Develop Superior New Value Offerings OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Set of readings provided by the lecturer / lecture notes by lecturers TEACHER(S): Dr. Markku Salimäki Active participation in lectures Team project Other exercises Exam METHODS: Lectured course including numerous visiting lecturers TIMING: Fall 2008 REGISTRATION: Course and exams via WebOodi latest one week before the course starts REMARKS: The number of course participants may have to be limited. In this case, participants are selected based on their program status, according to the following priority order: 1) IDBM students, 2) CEMS students, 3) Other HSE students, 4) Other non-hse students HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/26e01000 197 26E01200 SPEICAL TOPICS IN INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS STATUS OF THE COURSE: International Business M.Sc. program: compulsory (either this course or 26E00600 Capstone) LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced specialization studies OBJECTIVES: The course seeks to illustrate the underlying drivers of global competition, including prosperity, productivity and innovation. The framework of the course serves as the foundation of the Business Competitiveness Index by the World Economic Forum. The microeconomic foundations of competitiveness are less understood than the broader macroeconomic, political, legal and social issues in development. The course seeks to highlight the microeconomic forces of development, which ultimately depends on a shared understanding of competitiveness among business, government, and university leaders. CONTENT: The course probes the ultimate determinants of a nation s or region s productivity, rooted in

198 the strategies and operating practices of locally-based firms, the vitality of clusters, and the quality of the business environment in which competition takes place. The course is based on materials initially developed by Professor Michael E. Porter (ISC, Harvard Business School). Tailored for the Finnish context and taught by Visiting Professor Dan Steinbock, it highlights issues of wealth creation as a function of economic development, sophistication of companies, and attractiveness of business environments. Particular attention is paid to issues of firms, innovation and globalization. The basic modules focus on industry competition, strategy, and location; competing across borders; diamond model; clusters and competitiveness; internationalization of firms; and economic strategy. The course provides a sufficient foundation in industry competition and competitive strategy to allow students without management training to grasp course concepts, although advanced training in economics or management is recommended. The course is taught with the Harvard Business School case method, together with readings and lectures. It involves a major team project on the competitive assessment of a particular country and cluster, with basic resources provided by the course platform. LITERATURE: Porter, M.E. (1998) On Competition OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Selection of HBS case studies Set of course materials provided by the lecturer. TEACHER(S): Dr. Dan Steinbock Compulsory preliminary exam Class contribution: preparation for and participation in case discussions Group project: country and cluster assessment METHODS: Lectured course with intensive schedule TIMING: Fall 2008 REGISTRATION: To the preliminary exam one week prior Via WebOodi Participants for the course are selected based on the preliminary exam. Max 40 students. REMARKS: The theme of the course is Clusters and Competition: Globalization and Innovation. Mandatory attendance in lectures (maximum 2 absences possible for compelling reasons. All absences must be cleared in advance.) The course includes a compulsory introductory session prior to the lectures. HOMEPAGE: Harvard Business School website (only for participants during the course) 26E01300 IDBM INDUSTRY PROJECT STATUS OF THE COURSE: IDBM students only: Compulsory LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced specialization studies OBJECTIVES: The Industry Project/Seminar is meant to be the common arena for mutual discussions and learning for all students participating in the IDBM Program. CONTENT: An essential part of the IDBM studies is the industry project in which a group of students (HSE, TKK and TaiK) solves problems related to, for instance, product development, marketing

and/or design for the client company. The Industry Project gives students a possibility to deepen their knowledge of the subjects of interest in the field of design industry. During the Industry Project students are conducting a project work given by a company. The project plan and the main results of the project are presented and discussed in the IDBM Seminar. The work of the multidisciplinary student team is supervised by a project leader and an experienced expert selected from among the participating universities. The duration of the industry project is 6-8 months. The project seminars will be arranged according to a schedule, which will be announced to the selected students in August. The lectures and the seminar presentations last altogether 30 hours. The credits for the course are given according to the actual, reported workload of the group. The industry projects are supervised by senior experts chosen for each project. Markku Salimäki supervises the seminar presentations. Possible changes in the time schedule will be announced on the IDBM website. TEACHER(S): Dr. Markku Salimäki Active participation in seminar lectures (10%) Activity in group (20%) Project (supervisor and company evaluation) (50%) Project report and final presentation (20%) METHODS: Industry project and seminars TIMING: Fall 2008 and spring 2009 REGISTRATION: Time and place for registration will be agreed in the introduction session of the IDBM Program in September. REMARKS: Course offered only as part of IDBM program and only possible for IDBM students. HOMEPAGE: http://www.hse.fi/idbm 199 26E01500 INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS NETWORKS STATUS OF THE COURSE: Master s program: elective course, relevant for International Business, Marketing, Logistics and Management. International Business M.Sc. program: Elective International Business minor: Elective. CEMS course Marketing students: this course replaces the Business Networks: Analysis and Management (23E44000) LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced specialization course OBJECTIVES: In the global economy business is increasingly carried out through different networks and other collaborative forms. Some even argue that networks are replacing traditional markets and vertically integrated corporations. The broad goal of the course is to provide fundamental understanding of the role of business networks and networking in the emergence of new business fields and in the transformation of current industries in global competition. Companies are utilizing business networks for developing efficient supplier nets, for creating more competitive customer offerings and customer service, for getting access to new

200 developing/foreign markets, and for creating new business innovations. These different goals involve different types of networks and strategic nets. Special interest is given to the roles of companies in these nets, and how companies try to create and manage strategic nets. The course offers two types of tools concerning business networks. First, basic conceptualizations of the types of networks and the management capabilities and organizational solutions they call for. Second, tools to tackle the international dimensions of business networks (e.g. intercultural interaction, different national, political and cultural contexts that may require particular type of networking, extension of business networks across national borders). In brief, the state-of-the-art course provides the participants conceptual tools for understanding and analyzing the emergence and dynamics of business networks in the global economy, the strategic behaviour of firms in this environment; and the managerial capabilities involved. The course provides the basis for designing and managing a company network strategy, as well as doing scientific research in the business networks domain. CONTENT: Discussion on business networks and different types of strategic nets, their drivers, structure and development, and on management in (international) networks and nets. Examination of company network roles, network portfolios and strategies in a global economy. These issues are related to network theories, the resource and capabilities based view of the firm, and on knowledge management. Discussion on the linkages between social and business networks, as well as management of business relationships in cross-border situations and various cultural contexts The strong theoretical basis is combined with current network management material and implications. OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: An article-based readings package to be announced. TEACHER(S): Prof. Asta Salmi and Prof. Kristian Möller To be announced METHODS: Lectured course, with intensive discussions and student assignments. TIMING: Spring 2009, second period REGISTRATION: Course and exams Via WebOodi latest one week before the course starts. Max 30 students. CEMS students, IB and marketing students have priority, others in registration order HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/26e01500 26E01700 BUSINESS STRATEGIES AND ECONOMIC COOPERATION IN ASIA STATUS OF THE COURSE: International Business M.Sc. program: Elective. International Business minor: Elective Area Studies minor: Elective. CEMS course LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced specialization course OBJECTIVES: The students will familiarize themselves with the multiple challenges that foreign businesses face when operating in the Asian turbulent markets, including changing legislation, various entry modes, relations with authorities, intense competition, partner company challenges, HRM issues, cross-cultural communication, IPR issues, and challenges of SMEs. The students will tackle these issues related e.g. to the rapidly growing Chinese economy, the

potential of FTAs, the difficulties in entering the markets of Japan and South Korea, and the regional disparities of India. CONTENT: Enterprise strategies are discussed in relation to the institutional constraints of Asian rapidly growing economies, such as changes in the legal framework, problems with dealing with the public sector and challenges in local business practices. Students will conduct assignments, project work, and real life business cases about companies doing business in the region. Invited company representatives and specialists will provide practical business view to the issues discussed. LITERATURE: Andreosso-O Callaghan, Bernadette, Jean-Bascal Bassino, Sam Dzever and Jacques Jaussaud (2007) Economic relations between Asia and Europe organisations, trade and investment, Selected chapters. OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Set of readings provided by the lecturer. TEACHER(S): Dr. Erja Kettunen-Matilainen, Dr. Kristiina Korhonen and visiting lecturers. Lectures Case exercises Assignments Project work Final Exam METHODS: Lectured course TIMING: Fall 2008 REGISTRATION: Course and exams via WebOodi latest one week before the course starts HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/26e01700 201 26E01800 INTERNATIONAL MANAGEMENT LEADERSHIP STATUS OF THE COURSE: International Business M.Sc. program: Elective. International Business minor: Elective. CEMS course LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced specialization course OBJECTIVES: Enable students to gain an appreciation for the following regarding successful International Management Leadership: (1) It is a process, not a position; (2) It depends upon the interaction between the managerial leader, his/her followers, and the situation(s); (3) It is affected by the managerial leader s values, power, influence, skills, and behaviour; (4) It affects the motivation, satisfaction, and performance of followers; and (5) It is influenced by the situation(s) within which it occurs. CONTENT: The course investigates the subject of International Management Leadership: strategic issues and perspectives that are currently of major importance for successful management leadership of global business operations; the similarities and differences between management and leadership; management leadership principles that are applicable across cultural boundaries. LITERATURE: Richard L. Hughes, Robert C. Ginnett and Gordon J. Curphy (2006) Leadership, Fifth Edition

202 OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Student Study Guide, authored by the professor. (Required) TEACHER(S): Distinguished Visiting Professor John Darling Each student will determine the weighting of his/her own personal final grade in the course on the basis of the following: Five of Eleven Team Video/Lecture Case Analyses (20-30%); Study and Analysis of a Particular Successful Managerial Leader (20-30%); Course Examination (30-50%); and Class Participation and Discussion (0-20%). Most of the course work is based upon efforts of teams composed of 3-4 students. METHODS: Lectured course with required individual team-scheduled meetings in addition to the lectures. TIMING: Fall 2008 REGISTRATION: Course and exams latest one week before the course starts. REMARKS: Class periods will consist of discussions on assigned topics as well as other issues of current interest. Class topics will follow the course schedule, and textbook and special readings, but additional material may be presented during class lectures. The professor reserves the right to make announced changes in the class assignments and procedures. Active involvement and discussion in class are strongly recommended, and regular class attendance and participation in team meetings are expected. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/26e01800 26E01900 INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS AND INSTITUTIONAL CHANGE IN RUSSIA. STATUS OF THE COURSE: International Business M.Sc. Program: Elective International Business minor: Elective. Area Studies minor: Elective LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced specialization studies OBJECTIVES: The aim of the course is to enable students to develop an understanding of various issues and perspectives that are of major importance for successful international business operations in Russia; particularly changes that have taken place in the Russian business environment during the post-transition period (since the 1998 economic crisis), and their implications to foreign businesses. CONTENT: The course covers three thematic areas: The development of business environment in Russia from a foreign firm s viewpoint from the early 1990s to the present day, Foreign entry strategies to Russia Managing foreign business operations in Russia (human resource management, marketing, relations to the public sector). Lectures include concrete examples related to the topic, such as case descriptions of foreign enterprises operations in Russia. OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Set of course material provided by the lecturer Publication list for homework

TEACHER(S): Dr. Päivi Karhunen, HSE Center for Markets in Transition Internet-based course, consisting of Lectures: A lecture text and related material (articles, company cases) Discussion: The students comment lectures on the discussion forum of the course website. Essay: An essay of 15-20 pages on a topic closely related to the theme of the course Acting as an opponent: Each student is assigned a fellow student s essay to be commented. METHODS: Internet-based course TIMING: Spring 2009 REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi latest one week before the course starts REMARKS: 6 Open University students will be accepted to this course. The course is organized in cooperation with the Finnish Master s Program in Russian and East European Studies HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/26e01900 203 26E02000 DOING BUSINESS IN RAPIDLY GROWING MARKETS STATUS OF THE COURSE: International Business M.Sc. program: Elective International Business minor: Elective. Area Studies minor: Elective LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced specialization studies OBJECTIVES: To describe and analyze the impact of globalization and rapidly growing markets (RGM) on the strategies and management of internationally operating firms in the turbulent markets of Russia, China, the Baltic states, Brazil, India, and other RGMs. Students learn to tackle the multiple business challenges that foreign businesses face when operating in emerging markets in Asia, Eastern Europe, and Latin America. On completion of the course students have an understanding of the dynamics of globalization (including prospects for the future) and the diverse roles and specific business features of the various RGM in Asia, Russia, East Europe and Latin America. CONTENT: Topics covered in the course include the modernization of e.g. the Russian and Chinese economies, changes in the legal environment, increasing local and international competition, challenges in partner relations, and questions in human resource management. The students receive analytical tools to understand the institutional changes taking place in RGMs. Enterprise strategies are discussed in relation to changes in the formal business environment as well as business practices. Students will conduct real life business cases about companies doing business in a RGM. In addition, invited company representatives will give visiting lectures on their operations and strategies in turbulent markets, thus offering the practical business view to the issues discussed. OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Set of readings and cases provided by the lecturer. TEACHER(S): Professor Riitta Kosonen and visiting lecturers. Lectures

204 Cases Project work Final exam METHODS: Lectured course TIMING: Spring 2009, Second period PREREQUISITE: Introduction to International Business or Global Business Environment or equivalent knowledge of business studies REGISTRATION: Course and exams via WebOodi latest one week before the course starts HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/26e02000 26E03000 INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS ESSAY STATUS OF THE COURSE: International Business M.Sc. program: Elective LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced specialization studies OBJECTIVES: The objective of the international business essay is to develop in-depth understanding of theory development in international business studies and to develop skills in scientific writing. CONTENT: The students and the supervisor work together during the process, which starts with the choice of the topic and proceeds through revisions of the essay draft based on the feedback from the supervisor. TEACHER(S): Please contact the IB faculty Instruction and deadlines for handing in the essay by agreement METHODS: Independent work TIMING: Fall 2008 and spring 2009 REGISTRATION: Contact the IB faculty for more information 26E99901 MASTER S THESIS (30 ECTS) STATUS OF THE COURSE: International Business M.Sc. program: Compulsory. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced specialization studies OBJECTIVES: The aim of the course is to learn all the stages of a research process: research gap, research problem, research objectives and limitations; theoretical framework; methodology; empirical analysis; summaries, conclusions and implications. CONTENT: The International Business Master s thesis will be completed during two seminars during which students will meet weekly. They will present and defend ideas by the principles of written academic English as well as give and receive constructive critique. In addition, students will solve the problem presented in the thesis on their own initiative by going through the stages of a research process: research gap, research problem, research objectives and limitations; theoretical frame of reference; methodology; empirical analysis; summaries, conclusions and implications. The thesis work will be independent. OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Set of material provided by the lecturer TEACHER(S): Prof. Rebecca Piekkari & Prof. Mika Gabrielsson

Master s Thesis Participation in the seminar sessions, including presenting and acting as an opponent METHODS: Seminars TIMING: Fall 2008 and spring 2009 PREREQUISITE: Strongly recommended for second year students REGISTRATION: Compulsory via IB homepage (www.hse.fi/ib): registration deadlines during the previous term. REMARKS: The thesis includes compulsory seminar(s) (26E99902 Seminar(s) 0 ECTS) and the 26E99903 Proficiency in Mother Tongue (0 ECTS) examination. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/26e99900 205 26E99902 MASTER S THESIS SEMINAR (0 ECTS) STATUS OF THE COURSE: International Business M.Sc. program: Compulsory. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced specialization studies OBJECTIVES: The aim of the course is to learn all the stages of a research process: research gap, research problem, research objectives and limitations; theoretical framework; methodology; empirical analysis; summaries, conclusions and implications. CONTENT: Two seminars during which students will meet weekly. They will present and defend ideas by the principles of written academic English as well as give and receive constructive critique. In addition, students will solve the problem presented in the thesis on their own initiative by going through the stages of a research process: research gap, research problem, research objectives and limitations; theoretical frame of reference; methodology; empirical analysis; summaries, conclusions and implications. The thesis work will be independent. OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Set of material provided by the lecturer TEACHER(S): Prof. Rebecca Piekkari & Prof. Mika Gabrielsson Master s Thesis Participation in the seminar sessions, including presenting and acting as an opponent METHODS: Seminars TIMING: Fall 2008 and spring 2009 PREREQUISITE: Strongly recommended for second year students REGISTRATION: Compulsory via IB homepage (www.hse.fi/ib): registration deadlines during the previous term. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/26e99900

206 14.13 INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS COMMUNICATION (75) 75C00500 INTRODUCTION TO INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS COMMUNICATION STATUS OF THE COURSE: A mandatory course in the IBC Minor at B.Sc. or M.Sc. level LEVEL OF THE COURSE: A mandatory course in the IBC Minor at B.Sc. or M.Sc. level OBJECTIVES: This course is intended as an introduction to International Business Communication and should be taken at the start of the IBC minor program. On completion of the course, you should be able to take cultural issues into account when communicating globally. In particular, you should be able to analyse communicative events from a cultural and managerial perspective and modify your own communication accordingly. CONTENT: The course deals with how cultural dimensions affect communication and its significance to effective international business communication. LITERATURE: Indicated on the course home page TEACHER(S): Lecturer Anne Kankaanranta, PhD 42 classroom hours (7 weeks/ 6 hours per week) Mandatory attendance. Assessment: Assignments 75%, Exam 25%. TIMING: Fall 2008, second period REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/75c00500 75C00600 IBC MINOR PROJECT STATUS OF THE COURSE: A mandatory course in the IBC Minor at B.Sc. or M.Sc. level LEVEL OF THE COURSE: A mandatory course in the IBC Minor at B.Sc. or M.Sc. level OBJECTIVES: The aim of the course is to develop the ability to analyse a real complex communication situation in business and deliver a professional written report and a persuasive presentation based on this analysis CONTENT: Successful completion of the project will include; defining the project scope for the real-world problem/situation addressed, providing analytical insight into the problem and relating analysis to communication theory readings, justifying recommendations made and explaining how recommendations will be implemented, and showing evidence of having interviewed or consulted business professionals or experts in the field. During the project students will need to draw on both previous business communication courses and knowledge gained from studies in other areas of business at HSE. The working language of the project is English However; in the report other languages (French, German, Italian, Japanese, Russian, Spanish, and Swedish) can also be used. OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Provided by the lecturer TEACHER(S): Lecturer Geoff Hilton, MA 14 weeks Assessment: Evaluation for the IBC minor project will be based on the quality of the

analysis and recommendations, and the two project deliverables (the report and the presentation). METHODS: Classroom teaching and guided research and preparation outside class TIMING: Spring 2009 PREREQUISITE: 61A00100 Business Communication REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi REMARKS: The course should be taken during the final term of your IBC minor studies. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/75c00600 207 75E00100 MANAGING CORPORATE COMMUNICATION STATUS OF THE COURSE: Mandatory course in the IBC Master s Program; CEMS course LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced Studies OBJECTIVES: On completion of the course, students should be able to draft a framework for a corporate communication strategy, and use appropriate tools to critically manage communication challenges in a multinational company. CONTENT: This course introduces the corporate communications function, and focuses on the basic concepts, terminology, and models of corporate communication in multinational corporations. It gives insight into the way corporate strategy is implemented through communication, and examines communication issues, structures, policies, and processes in companies, with specific focus on corporate identity and stakeholder dialogue in a global environment. LITERATURE: ARGENTI, Paul (2007) Corporate Communication OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Materials provided by the lecturer. TEACHER(S): Professor Mirjaliisa Charles, PhD 7 weeks Lectures (total 36) twice a week, Evaluation: Assignments 60%, end-of-course exam 40% TIMING: Fall 2008, first period. REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/75e00100 75E00300 BUSINESS COMMUNICATION RESEARCH STATUS OF THE COURSE: Mandatory course in the IBC Master s Program LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced Studies OBJECTIVES: On completion of the course, you should be able to critically read and understand academic studies on business communication, identify communication issues that can be studied, and have the necessary tools for doing research of your own. You will also learn how to write a Research Proposal for further development. CONTENT: This course gives you a toolkit for conducting independent research into business communication. It introduces you to the principles of doing research in business

208 communication, and the main methodologies used - questionnaires and interviews, communication audits, and pragmatic analysis of business discourse. The course will also help you with the initial planning stage of your Master s Thesis, and the writing up of the Thesis. OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Materials provided by the lecturer. TEACHER(S): Lecturer Leena Louhiala-Salminen, PhD, M.Sc. (Econ) 36 classroom hours and tutorials over 7 weeks, and final exam Mandatory attendance Assignments (75 %), exam (25 %) TIMING: Spring 2009, second period PREREQUISITE: 75E00100 Managing Corporate Communication REGISTRATION: WebOodi HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/75e00300 75E00530 ORGANIZATIONAL COMMUNICATION STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. elective LEVEL OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. elective, advanced studies OBJECTIVES: The aim is to give students in-depth knowledge of the main issues involved in organizational communication. CONTENT: Main theories, concepts and issues related to organisational communication. LITERATURE: Indicated on the course home page TEACHER(S): Lecturer Anne Kankaanranta, PhD A book test, which will be organised twice each term. For details, see course homepage: https://cie.hkkk.fi/75e00530. PREREQUISITE: 75E00100 Managing Corporate Communication REGISTRATION: Email to Anne.Kankaanranta@hse.fi HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/75e00530 75E00540 ADVANCED MANAGERIAL WRITING STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. elective LEVEL OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. elective, advanced studies OBJECTIVES: The aim of this online course is to focus on skills and strategies that will enable you to produce effective managerial emails, memos, executive summaries, PowerPoint slides and recommendation reports. CONTENT: The course focuses on key managerial writing issues: writing with a reader-focus, high impact document design, persuasive strategies, and choice of style and tone. The written assignments will give you ample opportunity to practise theories introduced during the course. Comprehensive feedback from fellow students and the course tutor will allow you to enhance your own writing skills. OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Provided by the lecturer on the Optima platform TEACHER(S): Michael Baker, MA, lecturer

1 hr kick-off session, 8 weeks online (Optima platform), individual report consultation sessions, and final PowerPoint presentations. The course requires a substantial amount of work: readings, written assignments including a long recommendation report, and peer reviewing. Written assignments (90%) and final presentation (10%). TIMING: Spring 2009, first and second period PREREQUISITE: 75E00100 Managing Corporate Communication REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi REMARKS: Students who have completed 61C380 Business Writing in English: Strategy and Tactics (course from the old degree program) or 61C00200 Managerial Writing is not eligible for this course. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/75e00540 209 75E00560 COMMUNICATION FOR CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. elective LEVEL OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. elective, advanced studies OBJECTIVES: The aim of this online course is to give you a deepened understanding of the concept of corporate social responsibility (CSR) and the CSR reporting practices. CONTENT: The course covers the definitions of corporate social responsibility and the application of Global Reporting Initiative guidelines in CSR reporting. You will learn to see communication as part of a company s environmental strategy and to assess companies CSR reports. OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Provided by the lecturer on the Optima platform. TEACHER(S): Lecturer Maija Tammelin, PhD One mandatory classroom session: Introduction to the course. Online course work requiring a substantial amount required reading, written assignments, collaborative work in online teams and peer reviewing of fellow participants documents. Assignments (100%) TIMING: Spring 2009 (12 weeks). PREREQUISITE: 75E00100 Managing Corporate Communication REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi REMARKS: Students who have completed 61C340 Environmental Communication are not eligible for this course. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/75e00560 75E00570 COMPANY PERFORMANCE AND INVESTOR RELATIONS STATUS OF THE COURSE: M. Sc. elective. In 2008-2009, this module comprises 61C00500, supplemented by extra readings. For details, see course 61C00500 Financial Communication

210 LEVEL OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. elective, advanced studies OBJECTIVES: See 61C00500 Financial Communication CONTENT: See 61C00500 Financial Communication OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Provided by the lecturer. TEACHER(S): Lecturer Ulla Höckerstedt, M.Sc. (Econ.) See 61C00500 Financial Communication TIMING: See 61C00500 Financial Communication PREREQUISITE: 75E00100 Managing Corporate Communication and Finnish REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi REMARKS: Language of instruction: English and Finnish: contrastive analysis is an integral part of the course. 75E00580 CRISIS COMMUNICATION STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. elective LEVEL OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. elective, advanced studies OBJECTIVES: The purpose of this course is to develop a theoretical conceptualization of the process of crisis communication and an understanding of crisis communication practices, and then to focus on the implementation of crisis communication programs for businesses and organizations. CONTENT: Topics covered during the course include: the role of communication in crisis management, crisis communication theories and strategies, differences between effective and ineffective crisis communication, the role of the media, and ethical accountability in crisis situations. A variety of case studies will be analysed and discussed in class, and exercises will be used to give participants the experience of communicating in crisis situations. OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Books designated by the lecturer. Materials provided by the lecturer. TEACHER(S): Lecturer Michael Baker, M.A., and lecturer Geoffrey Hilton, M.A. 42 classroom hours (7 weeks / 6 hours per week) and extensive reading and preparation outside class. Mandatory attendance. Assessment by assignments, final examination and attendance. TIMING: Spring 2009, 1st period. PREREQUISITE: 75E00100 Managing Corporate Communication REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/75e00580 75E00600 CROSS-CULTURAL ISSUES IN MANAGERIAL COMMUNICATION STATUS OF THE COURSE: Mandatory course in the IBC Master s Program. Elective course in the IB Master s Program.

LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced Studies OBJECTIVES: On completion of the course, you should be able to take cultural issues into account when communicating globally. In particular, you should be able to analyse communicative events from a cultural and managerial perspective and modify your own communication accordingly. CONTENT: The course focuses on the cultural dimension in managerial communication and introduces the major theories that explain specific aspects of communication across cultures. In it, you will learn how to compare and analyse communication across cultures and how to exploit and manage cultural similarities and differences in your own writing and speaking. The role of English as a lingua franca in global business encounters will also be discussed. LITERATURE: Indicated on the course home page OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Provided by the lecturer. TEACHER(S): Lecturer Anne Kankaanranta, PhD 42 classroom hours (7 weeks/ 6 hours per week) Mandatory attendance. Assessment: Assignments 75%, Exam 25%. TIMING: Fall 2008, second period. REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/75e00600 211 75E00700 FINNISH FOR INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS STATUS OF THE COURSE: IBC Master s Program LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies OBJECTIVES: The purpose of this course is to offer international IBC Program students knowledge of and proficiency in the Finnish language and Finnish culture. The course is offered as one option in the Advanced Business Language and Communication Studies of the IBC Master s Program, and it is aimed at students who do not have Finnish as their native language and have no basic foreign language skills in any of the other languages that can be chosen for Advanced Business Language and Communication Studies. CONTENT: The course consists of two Finnish for foreigners courses offered by Haaga-Helia and an essay on a topic related to Finnish culture. OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Provided by the lecturers. TEACHER(S): Finnish for foreigners courses offered by Haaga-Helia. Essay submitted to Leena Louhiala-Salminen. Two courses at Helia (3 ECTS each) + an essay TIMING: Academic year 2008-2009 PREREQUISITE: None REGISTRATION: Contact Leena Brander (Office of Studies and Registrar) to find out about the Finnish for foreigners courses. After completing the two courses, contact Leena Louhiala- Salminen to agree on the essay topic.

212 75E99902 MASTER S THESIS SEMINAR (0 ECTS) STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. advanced specialization, compulsory LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies OBJECTIVES: The aim of the Thesis Seminar is to provide you with a support group for your Master s Thesis research, and feedback both from faculty and peers. The seminar also functions as a discussion group for problems encountered during the research process, and it gives help in the actual writing-up process. You will be expected to present your work in progress to the group several times during the year. CONTENT: The Master s Thesis is an independent piece of research on some aspect of communication in internationally operating companies. The thesis should demonstrate ability to formulate relevant research questions, and/or identify problems, in international business communication; use appropriate research methods to get answers to the questions formulated, or approach the problems identified; write up a readable, clear research report in an appropriate style. OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Provided by the lecturer TEACHER(S): Lecturer Leena Louhiala-Salminen, PhD, M.Sc. (Econ) and lecturer Anne Kankaaranta, PhD, M.Sc. (Econ) Whole academic year 2008-2009 Seminar meetings once every 2 weeks TIMING: Academic year 2008-2009 PREREQUISITE: 75E00100 Managing Corporate Communication REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi

213 14.14 JOINT COURSES (80) 80E20100 DATABASE MARKETING STATUS OF THE COURSE: Master s program in Business Technology (Management Technology field of specialization) and in Marketing, an elective course of advanced specialization studies. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies. OBJECTIVES: The student is able to utilize the customer oriented business potential as well customer databases. He/she knows approaches to support decision making with customer data analyses and can identify the correct tools to aid in different situations. The student will him/herself be able to do some analyses of the data and use the results. CONTENT: Database development in the marketing process, the essential tools for analysis, (e.g. segmentation, database scoring, lifetime value of customer). SAS Enterprise Guide and Enterprise Miner is used as a tool in the assignments. LITERATURE: Drozdenko, Ronald G. and Drake, Perry D. (2002) Optimal Database Marketing - Strategy, Development and Data Mining TEACHER(S): Professor PhD Merja Halme and Director, Lic.Sc. Mika Raulas. Lectures and exercises 42 h, Professor Merja Halme and Director Mika Raulas. Compulsory homework assignments (40 %). To pass the course, one should get at least 20/100 points of the course from the homework assignments. Final exam (60%). To pass the course, one should get at least 40% of the maximum points of the exam. The first exam will be on the last lecture. METHODS: Lectures and homework assignments. TIMING: Fall 2008, first period. REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/80e20100 80E80100 BUSINESS RESEARCH METHODS STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. degree, compulsory course for all students in the Department of Marketing and Management. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies. OBJECTIVES: Upon completion of the course students will be able to carry out empirical research for their Masters Thesis project. More specifically, they will be able to define appropriate research problems and research designs understand the role of theory and concepts in empirical research choose appropriate samples and empirical material for particular research problems analyze empirical material report empirical research for Master s thesis define appropriate evaluative criteria for empirical research CONTENT: The course consists of an introductory lecture and four alternative tracks. There is one quantitative track and three different qualitative tracks to choose from. Three tracks will be

214 given each semester: Survey-tutkimus (fall 2008, 2nd period and spring 2009, 2nd period) Cultural Research (fall 2008, 2nd period and spring 2009, 2nd period) Case research (spring 2009, 2nd period) Laadullinen tutkimus (fall 2008, 2nd period) LITERATURE: Malhotra, Naresh K. (2007) Marketing research an applied approach, (Track 1). Moisander Johanna & Valtonen Anu (2006) Qualitative Marketing Research: A Cultural Approach, (Track 2). Marschan-Piekkari, Rebecca & Welch, Catherine (eds) (2004) Handbook of qualitative research METHODS: for international business, (Track 3). Eriksson, Päivi & Kovalainen, Anne (2008) Qualitative Methods in business research, (Track 4). OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Readings delivered in class or through the course website. TEACHER(S): M.Sc. Elina Henttonen, D.Sc. Sami Kajalo, prof. Johanna Moisander, D.Sc. Tiina Ritvala. Introductory lecture (2 h), and a track chosen by the student (26h). Obligatory learning exercises (50%). Term paper or exam (50%). METHODS: Lectures, exercises, and term paper / exam. TIMING: Fall 2008, 2nd period; and spring 2009, 2nd period. TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: Finnish (Tracks 1, 4); English (Tracks 2, 3 and the introductory lecture) REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi one week before the period starts at latest. REMARKS: Students are advised to take this course in conjunction with participating in their Masters Thesis seminars. It is strongly recommended that students have a topic for their thesis upon registration. For students in M.Sc. Programme in Marketing, the course is a substitute for the course Research methods in Marketing (23E22000). For students enrolled in M.Sc. Programme in Management in 2007 and after that, the course is compulsory. For students enrolled in M.Sc. Programme in Management in 2005-2006, the course is a substitute for the course Tutkimuskurssi (21E00500). HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/80e80100

215 14.15 LOGISTICS (35) 35A00210 OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT STATUS OF THE COURSE: Fundamentals of Business Knowledge. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Core courses OBJECTIVES: The course is designed to provide an overview of one of the most challenging areas in business - operations management. Operations management focuses on the systematic planning, design, and operation of the processes which deliver goods and services. The objective of the course is familiarize students with the decisions made in the management of operations and help to understand and analyze operational issues in practice. The course also helps to master the basic quantitative techniques of operations management which can be used to support the management function in such environments. CONTENT: The subject spans almost all of the value-added and supporting activities of an organization including forecasting, product and process design, capacity and location decisions, quality management, inventory management, aggregate planning, materials requirement planning and operational scheduling. LITERATURE: KRAJEWSKI, RITZMAN & MALHOTRA (2007) Operations Management (8e) OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Course material TEACHER(S): N.N. Lectures and exercises 42 h. Mandatory assignments. Exam. METHODS: Lectures and exercises TIMING: Spring 2009, 2nd period REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/35a00210 35C00100 DISTRIBUTION AND LOGISTICS SERVICES STATUS OF THE COURSE: Part of the Bachelor s program in Business Technology; common program studies. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Intermediate studies OBJECTIVES: The course takes a managerial approach to distribution systems and logistics services used in international operations. The objective is to learn to think strategically about the distribution of goods and services as a part of corporate operations. CONTENT: Modal choices and routing problems of transportation as well as the markets for and organization of logistics activities are discussed. Various distribution solutions and services are discussed and evaluated such as intermodalism, overnight deliveries, time-based distribution and green logistics. Other topics include value-adding logistics services, transportation telematics and information systems, and international trade documents. LITERATURE: Rushton, Alan (2006) Handbook of logistics and distribution management OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Lecture material and course reading package.

216 TEACHER(S): N.N. Lectures and exercises 28 h., Obligatory cases and assignments (50%). Exam (50%). METHODS: Lectures and assignments TIMING: Fall 2008, 2nd period REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/35c00100 35C00200 PURCHASING AND SUPPLY MANAGEMENT STATUS OF THE COURSE: Part of the Bachelor s program in Business Technology; specialization studies. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Intermediate studies OBJECTIVES: In globalizing business environment the supply management has become a fundamental tool for managers in the quest of competitive advantage. This course examines the goals, tools, procedures, and trade-offs of purchasing and supply management. CONTENT: Topics include sourcing strategy, purchasing operations and structures, supplier management, and purchasing services. After the course students are able to select, develop, and execute appropriate sourcing strategies and processes. LITERATURE: Leenders, M., Johnson, F., Flynn, A. & Fearon, H. (2006) Purchasing and supply management - with 50 supply chain cases OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Lecture material and course reading package. TEACHER(S): N.N. Lectures and exercises 28 h., Obligatory cases and assignments (55%). Exam (45%). METHODS: Lectures and assignments TIMING: Fall 2008, 1st period REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/35c00200 35E00100 SERVICE OPERATIONS AND STRATEGY STATUS OF THE COURSE: Part of the Master s programs in Business Technology and Logistics and Service Management; common advanced studies. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies OBJECTIVES: The objectives of the course include the development of a systems-based understanding of service systems, and the understanding of process analysis and productivity as they apply to both for-profit and non-profit organizations and to virtually any functional area or

industry. The student learns how to match the needs of customer with appropriate service process and delivery channel, and how variability may reduce productivity and what are the ways to minimize its adverse effects. CONTENT: This course opens up the operations and business structures of the emerging service economy via quantitative and qualitative models. It provides students with the tools, techniques and strategies necessary to improve operations performance in the service industries and the service departments in manufacturing environments. The topics addressed will cut across the entire service sector although specific industries will be used to illustrate the important concepts. The topics covered include: role of customers in service processes, design of sustainable service models, service delivery channels and service classifications, matching demand and supply in services, service process improvement and quality management, service supply chains. LITERATURE: Metters, King-Metters, Pullman & Walton (2006) Successful service operations management OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Lecture material and course reading package. TEACHER(S): N.N. Lectures and exercises 42 h. Cases and assignments (50%). Exam (50%). METHODS: Lectures, exercises and assignments TIMING: Fall 2008, 2nd period REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/35e00100 217 35E00200 BUSINESS MODELS AND TECHNOLOGY STATUS OF THE COURSE: Part of the Master s program in Business Technology and Logistics and Service Management; common advanced studies. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies OBJECTIVES: The objective of the course is to find and synthesize the economic, organizational and technological foundations of customer services, distribution channels, supply networks and inventive cooperation CONTENT: The problems and cases discussed in class range from the development of strategic capabilities of corporations and quality of customer relationships to the evaluation of opportunities offered by the communication infrastructures to the service markets. LITERATURE: Afuah, Allan (2004) Business models a strategic management approach OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Reading package and lecture notes. TEACHER(S): N.N. Lectures and exercises 42 h Cases and assignments (50%).

218 Exam (50%). METHODS: Lectures, assignments, business game TIMING: Spring 2009, 2nd period REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/35e00200 35E00300 PRODUCT AND INVENTORY MANAGEMENT STATUS OF THE COURSE: Part of the Master s program in Logistics and Service Management; advanced specialization studies. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies OBJECTIVES: The course provides an integrated methodology for strategy based inventory and product management in supply chains. CONTENT: Students learn to analytically solve problems and make decision considering forecasting, inventory planning and service levels, profitability, product range, supply chain dynamics, facility location, distribution, and routing. LITERATURE: Silver, Edward A. (1998) Inventory management and production planning and scheduling OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Lecture material and course reading package. TEACHER(S): N.N. Lectures and exercises 42 h., Obligatory cases and assignments (60%) Exam (40%). METHODS: Lectures, exercises, assignments TIMING: Spring 2009, 1st period REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi REMARKS: The course replaces 35C090 Logistiikan johtaminen. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/35e00300 35E00400 COORDINATION OF SUPPLY CHAINS STATUS OF THE COURSE: Part of the Master s program in Logistics and Service Management; advanced specialization studies LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies OBJECTIVES: The course aims at understanding the concepts of supply chain management (SCM) and supply chain coordination. The objective is to build skills in analyzing the behaviour of large and complex supply chain systems using both quantitative and qualitative models. Each student is expected to form a personal view of the theory of SCM, and critically assess the methods and models developed for coordinating demand and supply networks. Journal articles are used heavily in support of the learning objective. OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Lecture material and course reading package. TEACHER(S): N.N.

219 Lectures 28 h Group and individual assignments, class contribution (60%). Exam (40%). METHODS: Lectures, assignments, class participation TIMING: Fall 2008, 1st period REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/35e00400 35E00500 QUALITY LEADERSHIP STATUS OF THE COURSE: Part of the Master s program in Logistics and Service Management; advanced specialization studies. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies OBJECTIVES: The course aims to develop the students understanding of the concept of quality and its significance as a competitive and cost factor. CONTENT: The course focuses on process improvement and examines classic ideas in quality management as well as recent ideas about restructuring processes to reach world-class quality. LITERATURE: Evans, James R. (2002) Management and control of quality, (5th, 4th and 3rd ed. can also be used, but it is students responsibility to track the minor changes between editions.). ISBN 0-324-06680-5 (6th) or ISBN 0-324-22503-2 (5th). OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Lecture material and course reading package. TEACHER(S): N.N. Lectures and exercises 28 h, N.N. Obligatory cases and assignments (70%) Exam (30%). METHODS: Lectures, assignments TIMING: Fall 2008, 1st period REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/35e00500 35E00600 OPERATIONS CONTROL STATUS OF THE COURSE: Part of the Master s program in Logistics and Service Management; advanced specialization studies. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies OBJECTIVES: The course provides a methodological treatment of the conceptual frameworks and analytical models in the area of operations. TEACHER(S): N.N. This course is usually lectured by a visiting lecturer. The topic can vary. TIMING: Will be announced later

220 35E00700 PACKAGING ANF WAREHOUSING TECHNOLOGIES STATUS OF THE COURSE: Part of the Master s program in Logistics and Service Management; advanced specialization studies. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies OBJECTIVES: The goal of this course is to provide the student a comprehensive and state-of-art view on the handling and packaging technologies applicable to various materials and products. The second area of interest is the technological and organizational solutions related to modern and effective warehouse management. LITERATURE: Frazelle, Edward (2001) World-class warehousing and material handling.. ISBN 0-07- 137600-3. Robertson, Gordon L. (1993) Food packaging principles and practice, Chapters 1, 11-19. ISBN 0-82-470175-5. or newer versions JÄRVI-KÄÄRIÄINEN & LEPPÄNEN-TURKULA (toim.) (2002) Pakkaaminen perustiedot pakkauksista ja pakkaamisesta. ISBN 951-8988-29-3. or newer versions OR GUSTAFSSON, JÖNSON, SMITH & SPARKS (2006) Retailing Logistics & Fresh Food Packaging, Kogan Page, ISBN 0-7494-4645-5 OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: 3-5 assignments and/or cases (available from assistants). TEACHER(S): N.N. Obligatory cases and assignments (50%) have to be completed before the exam. Book exam (50%). METHODS: Individual study TIMING: This course is a book exam with obligatory assignments. REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/35e00700 35E99901 MASTER S THESIS REMARKS: Master s thesis can be written and presented in English (30 ECTS) 35E99902 MASTER S THESIS SEMINAR (0 ECTS) OBJECTIVES: Seminar work prepares a student to independently gather and evaluate scientific material from the logistics field. Students choose a significant management problem as their thesis topic, and define specific research objectives: and find the appropriate methods: to solve the problem. LITERATURE: Course handout TIMING: Continuous TEACHING AND EXAM LANGUAGE: Finnish and English REGISTRATION: Via e-mail to logistics assistant

57C99901 BACHELOR S THESIS (10 ECTS) STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. (Econ.), Business Technology program. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Compulsory course OBJECTIVES: The objective is to learn and practice independent scientific thinking by setting up research questions and studying a specific topic. Students learn to get to know references, to find literature, and to apply it for resolving a research question. The thesis will be a structured, scientific report. The Bachelor s Thesis is carried out together with the Bachelor s Thesis Seminar (57C99902). TIMING: Fall 2008, Spring 2009. REGISTRATION: Register to 57C99902 Bachelor s Thesis Seminar via WebOodi 221 57C99902 BACHELOR S THESIS SEMINAR (2 ECTS) STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. (Econ.), Business Technology program. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Compulsory course OBJECTIVES: The objective is to learn and practice independent scientific work. CONTENT: In the seminar, students get guidance in their research for Bachelor s Thesis. During the seminar, students will report the progress of their Thesis, present and defence the research results, act as an opponent, and participate actively. TEACHER(S): Assistant Professor Johanna Bragge coordinates. Lectures 28 h Presentation of the research report Acting as an opponent and secretary. TIMING: Fall 2008, Spring 2009. REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/57c99902 57C99903 MATURITY TEST (0 ECTS) STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. (Econ.), Business Technology program. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Compulsory course OBJECTIVES: After finalizing the Bachelor s Thesis, students carry out a proficiency test in Mother Tongue. The objective is to show that a student can write an essay in her or his Mother Tongue and that she or he knows the basic concepts in her or his Thesis. 57E99901 MASTER S THESIS (30 ECTS) STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. (Econ), Information and Service Management program, compulsory course. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced

222 OBJECTIVES: The objective is to practice independent scientific thinking by setting up research questions and studying a specific research topic. The thesis will be a structured, scientific report. REMARKS: The Master s Thesis needs to be carried out together with the Master s Thesis Seminar (57E99902). 57E99902 MASTER S THESIS SEMINAR (0 ECTS) STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. (Econ), Information and Service Management program, compulsory course. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced OBJECTIVES: The objective is to practice independent scientific work. CONTENT: In the seminar, students get guidance in their research for Master s Thesis. TEACHER(S): Professor Matti Rossi coordinates. METHODS: Seminar TIMING: Academic year 2008-2009 REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/57e99902 57E99903 MATURITY TEST (0 ECTS) STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. (Econ), Information and Service Management program, compulsory course. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced OBJECTIVES: After finalizing the Master s Thesis, students carry out a proficiency test in Mother Tongue. The objective is to show a student can write an essay in her or his mother tongue and that she or he knows the basic concepts in her or his Thesis.

223 14.16 MANAGEMENT SCIENCE (27) 27C01000 TOOLS FOR BUSINESS DECISION STATUS OF THE COURSE: Bachelor s program in Business Technology, common program studies LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Intermediate studies. OBJECTIVES: To familiarize the students with useful analytical tools applied to practical business decisions. CONTENT: Linear programming, integer programming, goal programming, nonlinear programming, decision analysis, and simulations with cases. Modeling with spreadsheets and add-inns. LITERATURE: Moore, Jeffrey H. & Weatherford, Larry R. (2001) Decision modelling with Microsoft Excel TEACHER(S): Professor, PhD Jyrki Wallenius. Lectures and demonstrations 42h, Professor Jyrki Wallenius. Exercises 12h, N.N. Homework assignments (20%). Cases (20%). Midterm exam and final exam (60%). METHODS: Lectures, demonstrations, exercises, homework assignments, cases. TIMING: Spring 2009, second period. REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/27c01000 27C02000 NEGOTIATION PROCESSES STATUS OF THE COURSE: Bachelor s program in Business Technology, specialization studies. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Intermediate studies. OBJECTIVES: To improve student s negotiation skills. CONTENT: Theories of negotiation, preparing for and strategies of negotiation. Single and multiple issue negotiation. Single and multiple party negotiations. Negotiation styles. Mediators. LITERATURE: Raiffa, Howard with Richardson, John & Metcalfe, David (2003) Negotiation analysis: the science and art of collaborative decision making TEACHER(S): Lecturer, Jukka Koskenkanto and Lecturer, Sirpa Pietikäinen Lectures 42h. Homework assignments (60%). Final exam (40%), the first exam will be on the last lecture. The final exam and the homework assignments will be based on the lectures; material handed out in class and the course literature METHODS: Lectures, homework assignments. TIMING: Fall 2008, second period.

224 REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi REMARKS: The number of students participates the course will be restricted. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/27c02000 27C03000 APPLIED OPTIMIZATION STATUS OF THE COURSE: Bachelor s program in Business Technology, specialization studies. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Intermediate studies. OBJECTIVES: The purpose of this course is to give the students experience in large scale optimization and its applications. CONTENT: Model formulation and solution interpretation will be emphasized. Specific applications cover topics from logistics and finance, including both deterministic and stochastic optimization. LITERATURE: Fourer, Robert, Gay, David M. & Kernighan, Brian W. (2003) AMPL: a modelling language for mathematical programming OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Material provided by the lecturer. TEACHER(S): PhD Petri Hilli Lectures and computer exercises 42h, PhD Petri Hilli Compulsory homework and assignments (60%). Final exam (40%), the first exam will be on the last lecture. METHODS: Lectures, computer exercises, homework assignments. TIMING: Spring 2009, first period. PREREQUISITE: 27C01000 Tools for Business Decisions recommended. REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/27c03000 27E01000 DECISION MAKING AND CHOICE BEHAVIOR STATUS OF THE COURSE: Master s program in Business Technology, common advanced studies. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies. OBJECTIVES: To familiarize the students with the central topics of decision theory. CONTENT: Rational decision making under uncertainty, utility theory, behavioural decision theory, Bayesian theory, quantification of uncertainty, preference estimation, non-cooperative game theory, fair division in cooperative games, economic applications. LITERATURE: Baird, Bruce F. (1989) Managerial decisions under uncertainty: an introduction to the analysis of decision making OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Material handed out in class. TEACHER(S): Professor, PhD Markku Kallio. Lectures 42h, Professor Markku Kallio. Homework assignments (20%). Final exam (80%).

225 The final exam and the homework assignments will be based on the lectures; material handed out in class and the course literature: METHODS: Lectures, homework assignments. TIMING: Fall 2008, first period. REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/27e01000 27E02000 MODELS IN MARKETING STATUS OF THE COURSE: Master s program in Business Technology (Management Technology field of specialization), advanced specialization studies. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies. OBJECTIVES: To familiarize the students with decision models in marketing. CONTENT: A working course in decision models in marketing including theoretical background studies. The students apply primarily positioning, conjoint and segmentation methods: in marketing decision making cases. A brief introduction to Data Mining. LITERATURE: Lilien, Gary L. & Rangaswamy, Arvind (2003) Marketing engineering: computerassisted marketing analysis and planning OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Lecture notes. TEACHER(S): Professor, PhD Merja Halme. Lectures 42h, Professor Merja Halme. Compulsory homework assignments (40%). To pass the course, one should get at least 20/100 points of the course from the homework assignments. Final exam (60%). To pass the course, one should get at least 40% of the maximum points of the exam. The first exam will be on the last lecture. METHODS: Lectures, homework assignments. TIMING: Spring 2009, first period. REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/27e02000 27E03000 ADVANCED NEGOTIATION PRACTICES STATUS OF THE COURSE: Master s program in Business Technology (Management Technology field of specialization), advanced specialization studies. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies. OBJECTIVES: To familiarize the students with the negotiation theory by intensive exercises. CONTENT: Putting the central topics of negotiation theory into practice. E.g. how to deal with multiple parties, multiple issues, escalation, or lock situations. Each student will choose a LITERATURE: package of 1 book and article to be summarized and delivered to other participants before the beginning of the intensive section. This enables students to broaden their perspectives on different fields of negotiation theories.

226 On the first orientation session groups are formed for the shadow negotiation exercise. A real life exercise is given to students and they are expected to prepare the negotiation case for themselves before the beginning of the intensive section with the actual negotiation partners they represent. This is why it is compulsory to assign to the course by latest on the first orientated session. The maximum size of the group is 26 and minimum 10. OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Course literature will be announced and materials to be summarized are chosen in the opening session. TEACHER(S): Lecturer, M.Sc. (Econ.) Sirpa Pietikäinen and N.N. Opening session 4h, Lecturer Sirpa Pietikäinen and N.N. Lectures 32h, Lecturer Sirpa Pietikäinen Homework assignments (100%) METHODS: Opening session, intensive interactive 3 hours/day negotiation exercises followed by debriefing and daily journals. Case preparation and description and debriefing analyses. TIMING: The course will not be lectured this year. REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi one week before the opening session, or directly to sirpa.pietikainen@hse.fi. REMARKS: Intensive course. The participation to 27C02000 Negotiation Processes in advance is advisable. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/27e03000 27E07000 INVESTMENT SCIENCE STATUS OF THE COURSE: Master s program in Business Technology (Management Technology field of specialization), advanced specialization studies. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies. OBJECTIVES: To familiarize the students with the central topics of investment science. CONTENT: Mean-variance theory, arbitrage pricing theory, price processes, derivative instrument pricing, interest rate derivatives, multiperiod portfolio optimization, real options. LITERATURE: Luenberger, David G. (1998) Investment science TEACHER(S): Professor, PhD Markku Kallio. Lectures 42h, Professor Markku Kallio. Final exam (100%). The final exam will be based on the lectures; material handed out in class and the course LITERATURE: METHODS: Lectures, homework assignments. TIMING: Spring 2009, second period. PREREQUISITE: 30C020 Linear Algebra and 30C021 Mathematical Analysis or 30C00300 Mathematical methods for Economists or comparable skills. REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/27e07000

227 14.17 MARKETING (23) 23A00210 INTRODUCTION TO MARKETING STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. Fundamentals of Business Knowledge. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Basic studies OBJECTIVES: The purpose of this course is to provide students with an overview of marketing and its basic concepts. Having studied this course the student understands the importance of customer-oriented marketing, knows the basic marketing terminology of the course area and is able to apply them in practice. CONTENT: The course covers the customer-oriented marketing process and its phases. The central themes of the course include the role of strategic marketing as the focal process of business, the marketing environment and its analysis, and the planning and execution of marketing activities in business-to-business and business-to-consumer settings. LITERATURE: Kotler, P. & Armstrong, G. (2006) Principles of marketing TEACHER(S): M.Sc. Erik Pöntiskoski; PhD Petri Parvinen Lectures (28h) Exercises (5 exercises, count for 50% of course grade) Final exam (50% of course grade) METHODS: Lectures, exercises, final exam. TIMING: Fall 2008, second period. REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi at the latest one week before the course starts. REMARKS: The student must pass both the exercises and the final exam. This course replaces the course 23A010. The course can be taken in Finnish at the Helsinki School of Economics Open University or the Helsinki University of Technology s Department of Industrial Engineering and Management. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/23a00210 23C570 BUSINESS-TO-BUSINESS MARKETING STATUS OF THE COURSE: Bachelor s Program, an elective course of specialization studies in Marketing. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Specialization course OBJECTIVES: The student understands the special characteristics of business to business marketing and organizational buying behaviour and is knowledgeable on their basic conceptual tools and frameworks. The student can apply the knowledge to analysing and solving practical management problems of industrial marketing. CONTENT: The course provides the basic concepts, frameworks and special characteristics of business to business marketing and organizational buying behaviour. Also, the competitive realities of the global marketplace, customer relationship management, cross functional decision making, and supply chain management will be focused on. The course will also provide basic understanding of the unique marketing features of high technology products and services, and the use of the Internet (e-commerce) as a business marketing tool.

228 LITERATURE: Hutt, M. D. & Speh, T. W. (2006) Business Marketing Management Anderson, J. C. & Narus, J. A. (2004) Business market management understanding, creating, and delivering value. 2nd ed. Michel, D., Naude, P., Salle, R. & Valla, J-P. (2003) Business-to-business marketing strategies and implementation OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Assigned by the lecturer TEACHER(S): Assistant Professor Arto Rajala Lectures 28 h Compulsory exercises (50%) Examination (50%): Lectures, LITERATURE: and other materials METHODS: Exercises will be done in Optima. TIMING: Spring 2009, second period REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi at the latest one week before course start. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/23c570 23C581 CONSUMER BEHAVIOUR STATUS OF THE COURSE: Bachelor s degree, a compulsory course of specialization studies in Marketing. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Specialization studies OBJECTIVES: Consumer Behaviour- online is a web-based independent learning course on Consumer Behaviour. Upon completion of the course students should have a general understanding of the psychological, social, and cultural processes involved when consumers, individuals or groups, select, purchase, use, or dispose of products, services, ideas, or experiences. CONTENT: Basic theories, ideas, concepts, and methods of consumer research and consumer marketing. Marketing ethics. LITERATURE: Peter, J. P. & Olson, J. (2005) Consumer behaviour and marketing strategy. 7 th e TEACHER(S): M.Sc. (Econ.) Ilona Mikkonen Obligatory opening lecture (the date will be announced in the course web page). Obligatory learning assignments, including peer evaluation and group discussion in the web-based learning environment of the course (60 %), final exam (40 %). METHODS: Online course with an opening lecture. TIMING: The course is organized first during Fall 2008, and again during Spring 2009. REGISTRATION: All students must register for the course via WebOodi ten (10) days before the course is scheduled to start. Enrolment cannot be done by phone, fax or e-mail, nor by directly contacting the instructor. Maximum number of participants is 40. REMARKS: This course replaces 23C580 Kuluttajan käyttäytyminen. No late enrolment! HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/23c580

23C76000 CASE STUDIES IN STRATEGIC MARKETING STATUS OF THE COURSE: Bachelor s degree, an elective course of specialization studies in Marketing LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Specialization course OBJECTIVES: The course will give students an advanced understanding of strategic marketing both theoretically and in practice. Latest academic research will expand on strategic marketing processes and tasks as presented in the introduction to marketing course. This learning is put into practice through challenging real life business cases. CONTENT: The course covers strategic marketing as the focal business process. Readings for the course consists of seminal and recent journal articles on key topics. Advanced understanding both from a research and practice perspective is gained through case studies. These perspectives include creating, delivering, and communicating customer value; services and relationship marketing; new product development and commercialization; distribution management and international marketing. LITERATURE: Journal articles specified by lecturers TEACHER(S): M.Sc. Erik Pöntiskoski, Prof. Henrikki Tikkanen preliminary exam (20 %) lectures (24 h, Erik Pöntiskoski) learning diary (20 %) 5 exercises (60 %) METHODS: Preliminary exam, lectures, exercises, presentations, learning diary TIMING: Spring 2009, second period. PREREQUISITE: Satisfactory performance in the preliminary exam is a prerequisite for the course. The exam will be held two weeks before the course (more information to be announced on the course webpage), and it is based on the following book: Kumar, N. (2004) Marketing as strategy: understanding CEO s agenda for driving growth and innovation, Harvard Business School Press. REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi, one week before the course start. REMARKS: To pass the course, students are required to pass the pre-exam, participate actively during lectures and exercises, and prepare an acceptable personal learning assignment. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/23c76000 229 23E21000 MARKETING PRINCIPLES: MARKETS, RELATIONSHIPS AND NETWORKS. STATUS OF THE COURSE: Master s Program, a compulsory course for all students in the Department of Marketing and Management, and in the minor studies of Marketing. CEMS core course. CEMS students have the priority. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies OBJECTIVES: The student forms conceptual frameworks to understand marketing modes in different market and firm contexts. The student is able to apply the achieved conceptual tools for making sense of key marketing issues in different market and firm contexts. CONTENT: Major modes of marketing (markets, relationships and networks) and their role in

230 the business strategy and the performance of the firm. Marketing and strategic management research traditions. Metatheoretical understanding of the development of marketing thought. Marketing capability as a key source of competitive advantage. OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Collection of articles on the topic TEACHER(S): Prof. Henrikki Tikkanen, M. Sc. Joel Hietanen, M.Sc. Erik Pöntiskoski, prof. Kristian Möller Lectures (28 h), Prof. Henrikki Tikkanen, M.Sc. Joel Hietanen, M.Sc. Erik Pöntiskoski, prof. Kristian Möller Exam METHODS: Lectures TIMING: Fall 2008, first period. REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi, latest one week before the course. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/23e21000 23E28000 ADVANCED CONSUMER BEHAVIOR STATUS OF THE COURSE: Master s degree, an elective course of the advanced specialization studies and a compulsory course of the minor studies in Marketing. CEMS course LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies OBJECTIVES: To familiarize students with recent theoretical and methodological advancements in the field of consumer research, and to provide conceptual and methodological tools for understanding and analyzing the cultural and experiential dynamics of consumer behaviour. CONTENT: Contemporary theoretical and methodological approaches to consumer research and consumer marketing, their theoretical legacies, main applications and critique. Different streams of interpretive and cultural consumer research. Contemporary research methods for consumer inquiry (e.g., online research, market oriented ethnography). Global markets and the changing consumer culture. LITERATURE: Solomon, M. R. (2003) Conquering consumerspace marketing strategies for a branded world Holt, Douglas B. (2004) How brands become icons the principles of cultural branding OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: A set of articles that will be distributed during the course. TEACHER(S): D.Sc. (Econ.) Johanna Moisander. Lectures and learning assignments 28 h, D.Sc. (Econ) Johanna Moisander. Final term paper. METHODS: Lectures, assignments, and term paper. TIMING: Spring 2009, second period. REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi, 7 days before the course and confirmation of REGISTRATION: by attending the first lecture. REGISTRATION: cannot be done by phone, fax or e-mail, nor by directly contacting the instructors. No late enrolment! HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/23e28000

231 23E31000 MARKETING OF CULTURE STATUS OF THE COURSE: Master s degree, an elective course of the advanced specialization studies LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Specialization studies OBJECTIVES: In 2008, the course will concentrate on issues of Arts Management. It provides students with an understanding of the issues facing non-profit arts organizations in today s complex, competitive, and financially constrained environment and presents strategies and tactics for effective management. CONTENT: A broad range of arts disciplines will be studied, including museums, theaters, orchestras, and opera and dance companies. The class addresses such issues as current conditions of the non-profit arts world, the economics of arts organizations, corporate sponsorships, and strategic alliances. Functional areas including management, marketing and audience development, fundraising, budgeting, and control will be explored, as will the roles, responsibilities, and perspectives of various stakeholders such as key managers, the board of directors, artists, funders, volunteers, critics, and audience members. LITERATURE: Kotler, P. & Scheff, J. (1997) Standing room only - Strategies for marketing the performing arts Scheff-Bernstein, J. (2007) Arts marketing insights OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: A collection of readings as defined by the instructor TEACHER(S): Fulbright Senior Specialist Joanne Scheff-Bernstein, Northwestern University, USA (in cooperation with Professor Liisa Uusitalo, HSE) Class assignments and a Final essay, all based on the course readings. Full class participation required. METHODS: Lectures, presentation of assignments, and class discussions TIMING: Intensive course between September 5th and 21st, 2008 PREREQUISITE: B.Sc. in Marketing or Management REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi, one week before course start REMARKS: Maximum intake is 50 students. The course replaces the Finnish course 23D460 Kulttuurin markkinointi. This special course is given biannually. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/23e31000 23E37000 PRODUCT AND SERVICE MANAGEMENT STATUS OF THE COURSE: Master s Program, an elective course of advanced specialization studies in Marketing. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies OBJECTIVES: To provide students with a deeper understanding of the concepts, process models and frameworks of innovation management especially from the perspective of marketing management. The role of design management creating competitive advantage for the company. Customer-focused management of service firms. CONTENT: Balancing market orientation and technology orientation in management of the company. Management of product planning process, Stage-Gate Model and commercialization.

232 Success and failure factors of innovation management. Marketing research methods applied at different stages of product planning process. Design management. Service development. LITERATURE: Urban, G. & Hauser, J. R. (1993) Design and Marketing of New Products. 2nd edition Cooper, R. G. (1998) Product leadership creating and launching superior new products GORB, P. (1990) Design management papers from the London Business School Bateson, J. & Hoffman, K. D. (1999) Managing services marketing text and readings TEACHER(S): Professor Mai Anttila Independent learning course: Orientation lecture (2 hours) in autumn term and the same lecture (2 hours) in spring term. Read the course literature Write two essays mainly on the basis of course literature: using possibly also some other material: Two possible topics: Choose an industry area (e.g. metal industry, electronics industry, food industry or a service field etc.) and analyze on the basis of the literature the success and failure factors or drivers of the management of the chosen industry area. Choose a service field and create a plan for the development of it keeping customer focus and growth as the main goals in mind. No traditional examination METHODS: Independent learning course TIMING: Academic year 2008-2009 or Finnish, opening lecture will be in English REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi REMARKS: Replaces course 23D260. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/23e37000 23E38000 COMPETITIVE STRATEGY AND COMPETITIVE ADVANTAGE STATUS OF THE COURSE: Master s Program, an elective course of advanced specialization studies in Marketing. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies OBJECTIVES: To provide students with a deeper understanding of the core concepts, frameworks and techniques of strategic management that will allow them to analyze competitive strategy and competitive advantage both at business and corporate levels. CONTENT: To familiarize students with resource-based view on corporate strategy, industry analysis, managing knowledge and value creation, and the development of distinctive competencies. Also, insights and approaches how to make competition irrelevant by creating value innovations and establishing new markets to achieve rapid and profitable growth will be focused on. LITERATURE: Robert M. Grant (2008) Contemporary Strategy Analysis Kim, W. Chan & Renée Mauborgne (2005) Blue ocean strategy how to create uncontested market space and make the competition irrelevant

Wikström, S. & Normann, R. & Forslin, P-H. (1994) Knowledge and value a new perspective on corporate transformation TEACHER(S): Assistant professor Arto Rajala. Introductory lectures (2 h, Arto Rajala), reflective paper (100 %). METHODS: Contact teaching 2 h, independent learning, writing a reflective paper. TIMING: Academic year 2008-2009 or Finnish, opening lecture will be in English REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi REMARKS: Replaces course 23D840. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/23e38000 233 23E41000 DISTRIBUTION AND PRICING MANAGEMENT STATUS OF THE COURSE: Master s Program, an elective course of advanced specialization studies in Marketing LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies OBJECTIVES: To provide students a deeper understanding of the theoretical foundations in pricing and distribution management, and to familiarize students with recent developments in research of competition in retailing. The students know the emergence and development of the retailing industry and the key success factors relevant for value delivery in this context. It addresses the environmental context of the marketing channel, as the local/global and the dynamic features of the channel environment pose challenges for manufacturing and multichain retailing firms when selecting supply chain and channel partners. CONTENT: Course work is based on introductory lectures, independent learning of relevant textbooks, and writing a reflective paper. LITERATURE: Stern, L. W. & El-Ansary, A. I. & Coughlan, A. T. (1996) Marketing channels. 5th edition Nagle, T. & Holden, R. K. (2002) Strategy and tactics of pricing a guide to profitable decision making. 3rd edition Clarke, R. & Davies, S. & Dobson, P. & Waterson, M. (2002) Buyer power and competition in European food retailing TEACHER(S): Ph. D Matti Tuominen A 2 hours introductory lecture to the course twice a year (autumn/spring terms). The purpose of these lectures is to give students guidelines for the independent work with the required material (books). Also, basic vocabulary and concepts related to competition in retailing, strategies of pricing, and distribution and channel management will be addressed. Students will be evaluated based on a reflective, individual learning assignment/paper (100%). METHODS: Independent learning course TIMING: Academic year 2008-09 or Finnish, opening lecture will be in English REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/23e41000

234 23E42000 PROJECT MARKETING STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. degree, an elective course of the advanced specialization studies in Marketing. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies OBJECTIVES: Project sales and marketing is a developing knowledge area in many industries that increase their project orientation in customer deliveries. The project sales and marketing discipline is essential for success within business where knowledge intensive, tailored customer-specific technical or other systems/services are sold and produced. The objectives of the course are to give the student: Understanding about knowledge areas of project sales and marketing Insight on the procedures and practices of project sales and marketing. CONTENT: The course discusses the project sales and marketing process. The concepts of project business model, market as milieus, customer relationship management, value networks, project marketing logic, project negotiations and contracts are included. Creating and managing project networks, relationship management and buying and selling in different industries with regard to cultural contexts are discussed. Empirical cases highlight current practices related to these areas. LITERATURE: Cova Bernard, Pervez Ghauri and Robert Salle (2002) Project Marketing: Beyond Competitive Bidding OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Assigned by the lecturer TEACHER(S): Dr. Tech Jaakko Kujala, HUT Exam or learning diary and group case assignment. The final exam will be based on the course material and on the lecture content. The exam dates will be given later. Passing the course requires the analysis and documentation of a sales and marketing related problem. The cases will be solved in groups. The work will include approx. 2-4 interviews, documenting the results and linking them to course material. The results will be delivered via a presentation session and a written case report. METHODS: Lectures and group case assignment TIMING: Fall 2008, first and second period REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi at the latest one week before course start. REMARKS: The course will be lectured at the Helsinki University of Technology. The course can be completed with or without (3 ECTS) the group case assignment. The number of students accepted on the course can be restricted by the lecturer. HOMEPAGE: http://www.tuta.hut.fi/studies/courses_and_schedules/teta/tu-22.1441/tu-22.1441.php 23E50000 PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT PROJECT (12 ECTS) STATUS OF THE COURSE: Master s program, an elective course of advanced specialization studies in Marketing. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies OBJECTIVES: To familiarize students in multidisciplinary product development teams and their

practices. CONTENT: Project work in team settings of roughly 10 students. The development ideas are mostly offered and sponsored by industrial companies. The projects include all phases from project planning to introduce of a fully functional prototype or demonstrator. LITERATURE: Ulrich, Karl T. & Eppinger, Steven. D. (2003) Product design and development TEACHER(S): Professor Kalevi Ekman The course starts (period I) with introductory lessons and by working out the project plans. Students read selected chapters from the course book and prepare student presentations. The development project continues (periods II, III-IV) for the whole winter and the final results are introduced at the end of April. The grade is composed of practical results, project management, applying of proper methods and tools, and of mastering communication and documentation during the project. There is no final exam. METHODS: Project work TIMING: Fall 2008 and spring 2009 PREREQUISITE: The course is aimed at students of technology, marketing, or industrial design who are interested in product development of investment or consumer products. Also, students from other disciplines are welcomed to the appropriate extent. The course is intended for the final stage of studies. REMARKS: The course will be lectured at the Helsinki University of Technology (TKK). For practical reasons, the number of students must be limited to roughly 120. 235 23E51000 HIGH-TECH MARKETING AND INNOVATION MANAGEMENT STATUS OF THE COURSE: Master s Program, an elective course of advanced specialization studies in Marketing LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies OBJECTIVES: The student understands the mechanisms underlying the emergence and development of high-tech industries and the factors relevant for the commercial success of innovations. The student knows theories, main results, and research methods used in marketdriven innovation management. The student is able to apply the tools necessary for the development and commercialisation of high-tech innovations CONTENT: The characteristics, dynamics and drivers of high-tech and knowledge-intensive industries. Theories and models describing and explaining the adoption and diffusion of hightech innovations. Balancing marketing and technology-orientations in high-tech businesses. Innovation strategies, stage-gate mode, and the commercialization of high-tech innovations. Examples of successful business models in high-tech markets. Marketing strategy planning and implementation in global markets. LITERATURE: Mohr, J. & Sengupta, S. & Slater, S. (2005) Marketing of high-technology products and innovations Cooper, Robert G. (2005) Product leadership pathways to profitable innovation Chesbrough, H., W. (2003) Open Innovation: The New Imperative for Creating and Profiting from Technology

236 OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Additional readings (e.g. articles) provided by lecturers TEACHER(S): Professor Mai Anttila, Assistant Professor Arto Rajala, Researcher Paavo Järvensivu Lectures (28 h, Mai Anttila/Arto Rajala/Paavo Järvensivu/Visiting lectures), exercises (30 %), exam (70 %). METHODS: Contact teaching, case analyses, reflective papers TIMING: Spring 2009, First period REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/23e51000 23E52000 SALES MANAGEMENT STATUS OF THE COURSE: Master s degree, an elective course of the advanced specialization studies. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies. OBJECTIVES: The principal objective of this course is to give students a general but thorough understanding of the area of sales management for both professional and academic purposes. This includes developing an interest in the area of sales, understanding the dynamics and challenges in organizing sales work and the ability to analytically evaluate and solve salesrelated issues. You will learn to apply your knowledge to a number of industries, but the emphasis is heavily on business-to-business situations. One of the primary goals is to raise the appreciation of the topic and area of sales among students, and create a positive outlook on doing sales for a living. CONTENT: This course is designed as a general overview to the area of sales management. Ideally designed for students with some exposure to the area and topic of sales, this course gives you the necessary skills and knowledge to start executing sales management actions in various types of organizations. With topics ranging from grassroot level management of sales staff to the role of sales thinking in corporate strategy, this course is ideal for candidates aiming any position that needs to deal with the sales function. This course has a heavy emphasis on business-to-business contexts. This implies that the course discusses not only sales issues, but the relationship of sales with R&D, marketing, corporate management, IT and even public affairs. This ideology is supported by running the course as a joint course between HSE and TKK, mixing students with different ideas and backgrounds together. Basic sales techniques and skills are not covered, as they are covered in a separate course. OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Assigned by the lecturer. TEACHER(S): Ph. D Petri Parvinen This course is primarily a lecture course, presented in module form, supplemented with informal out-of-class discussion and guest speakers. There will be 10 lectures, approximately 5 of which will be run by external, top-level business executives. The grading is entirely based on the final exam. METHODS: Lectures, computer-enhanced learning and assignments, exam. TIMING: Spring 2009, second period. PREREQUISITE: Students aiming at professional business work as their primary employment should attend the course. It is recommended that the students have been exposed to the area of

business, marketing and sales in some form before attending the course. Basic marketing and sales courses taught at HSE and TKK should preferably be taken before this course. Also students that have worked in sales positions and have an interest in sales management, regardless of the courses they have attended, are warmly welcomed to this course. Students, who plan no primary work in sales or business and have not been exposed to the area, should consider taking an introductory course to marketing or sales instead. REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi REMARKS: The course will be lectured at TKK. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/23e52000 237 23E53000 BRANDS IN STRATEGIC MARKETING STATUS OF THE COURSE: Master s program, an elective course of advanced specialization studies in Marketing. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies OBJECTIVES: The purpose of this course is to provide students with a deeper understanding of the core concepts, analytic frameworks and methods of strategic thinking about the role of brands in business and management. Upon completion of the course, students are expected to obtain understanding of key brand-related concepts and analytical tools develop analytical managerial thinking about brands, based on the role of brands in customer behaviour and as strategic company resources develop appreciation of the branding challenges in complex environments and global markets build a personal view of the theory and models, and obtain ability to critically assess and apply them in managerial problem solving CONTENT: Through lectures, course readings, and assignments, the course aims to cover important areas of brand-related topics both in consumer behaviour and strategic marketing/management. The topics include: role of brands in consumer behaviour (brand awareness, image, positioning and decision making in consumer behaviour; brand as cultural/identity resource, consumer-brand relationships, brand communities and social networks); role of brands in business/organizational buying behaviour; strategic brand management process, brand identity/positioning (visionary) planning, managing brand over time; product/offering development and brand extensions; developing brand with communication campaigns; leveraging secondary associations (co-branding, ingredientbranding, licensing); and corporate brand challenges. LITERATURE: Holt, Douglas B. (2004) How brands become icons the principles of cultural branding Keller, Kevin Lane (2003) Strategic brand management building, measuring and managing brand equity OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Assigned by the lecturers. TEACHER(S): Ass. Prof. Jaakko Aspara; M.Sc. Joonas Rokka Lectures (28 h) Individual assignments:article summaries/ reflections (25%)

238 Group assignment: case analysis and presentation (25 %) Examination (50%) METHODS: Lectures, individual reading and assignments, group work, exam. TIMING: Spring 2009, second period. PREREQUISITE: The course assumes the basic skills and knowledge attained according to the C-level brand management course (23C630 Merkkituotejohtaminen /Brand Management) requirements. REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi latest one week before the course. (Limit 40 students) REMARKS: Replaces the course 23E24000 Brand Management (and 23D320 Brand Management). HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/23e53000

239 14.18 ORGANISATION AND MANAGEMENT (21) 21A00310 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. Fundamentals of Business Knowledge LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Basic studies OBJECTIVES: The main objective of the course is to make students understand what self, people and business management are and what is their role in organizations and management. The students are introduced to the basic concepts of management and they get practice in academic crafts like reading and writing. CONTENT: Companies attempt to manage their businesses by controlling their activities, managers and personnel and by reducing external uncertainty. Too tight control does, however, easily arrest creativity and one can never have full control over contingencies. A business cannot solely adapt to external changes either, rather it should actively try to influence its business environment. Management and managing are needed to balance these tensions. The course offers conceptual tools to understand and to put managerial work into practice. LITERATURE: Hamel, Gary (2007) Future of management Watson, Tony J. (2002) Organising and Managing Work OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Material provided by the lecturer. TEACHER(S): PhD Anne Herbert Lectures 28 h, Fall term 2008, 1st period. Essay (25 %). Exam (75 %) according to the exam schedule. Lectures and course literature. There will be three optional dates to take the exam. If you do not pass any of these exams you will loose your marks from the essay. METHODS: Lectures, exam, and essay. TIMING: Fall 2008, 1st period. REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi one week before the 1st period starts. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/21a00310 21E00600 HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. an elective course of the advanced specialization studies in Management. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies. OBJECTIVES: The course provides an understanding of the field of human resource development from the perspective of 1) multidisciplinary academic research, 2) learning and development practices and interventions in organizations and 3) the work of HRD professionals. Students will learn to understand key HRD issues and debates, to critically evaluate various research approaches and practices, and to develop skills in facilitating learning

240 as reflexive HRD practitioners. CONTENT: Human resource development issues are explored at individual and organizational levels of analysis in different contexts. A variety of purposes and stakeholders in HRD are examined focusing on the perspectives of capabilities/performance, employability and learning. A range of theoretical approaches will be used combining current HRD research with an examination of management and employee development issues in practice. The nature of HRD as professional work will also be considered in terms of its roles, areas of expertise and ethics. LITERATURE: Mabey, Christopher & Finch-Lees, Tim (2008) Management and leadership development OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Articles and other course materials will be provided by the instructor. TEACHER(S): PhD Anne Herbert. Lectures 28 h. Exercises and active participation (70%). Final exam (30%) according to the exam schedule, registration via WebOodi latest one week before the exam. There will be one additional possibility to take the exam. METHODS: Lectures, exercises and exam. TIMING: May 2009. REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi one week before the summer term starts. REMARKS: Max. 40 students are taken to the course in registration: order. Students taking Master s Program in Management have priority. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/21e00600 21E00700 STRATEGY WORK IN GLOBAL CONTEXT STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. degree, elective course in the advanced specialization studies in Management. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies OBJECTIVES: The objective of the course is to present students with a research-based and practically grounded understanding of how strategy work is carried out in firms that operate across national borders. The course pays particular attention to questions related to balancing global strategizing and local adaptation / translation. Case examples on strategy work in transnational firms are presented. The course enables students to form a substantiated view of strategy work in global context, and to critically scrutinize notions of strategy and strategic management. CONTENT: Thematic sessions include (1) the transnational firm and its functioning; working across borders; communicating globally and locally; overview and organization of course work, (2) strategy as practice and work, (3) strategy tools, management consultants and local translations of best practices, (4) strategy work in mergers and acquisitions, (5) strategy work in industrial shutdowns, (6) diversity and multiculturalism as strategic opportunities, (7) students presentations and preparation for the exam, (8) course exam. OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Links to required readings and other material (session handouts etc.) will be made available at the course website.

TEACHER(S): Prof., D.Sc. Janne Tienari Thematic course sessions 8 x 3 hours (including exam). Intensive format, which requires active participation in all sessions. Group work (oral presentation and written report; 30% of course grade). Exam (essays; 70% of course grade), completed in the last course session. There is one additional possibility to take the exam. METHODS: Thematic course sessions, group work and exam TIMING: Fall 2008, 2nd period. REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi, 30 September 2008 at latest REMARKS: The course group is restricted to 30 students. Information on the selection of course participants will be made available by e-mail (to all those registered) by 6.10.2008. 241 21E01050 MANAGEMENT AND STRATEGY MAKING STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. degree programme, an elective course of the advanced specialization studies in Management. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies. OBJECTIVES: The books give an overview of strategy making and renewal in the corporate context, with an emphasis on the competence and knowledge based approaches. CONTENT: The books expose the reader to the dynamics of strategic change in modern corporations, in industrial force fields and in the contexts of communities of practice. The first book in the list sketches the nature of the paradigm change from the closed to open innovation thinking and acting. The second book takes up the issue of disruption in a competitive arena and elaborates ways in which companies craft strategies to accomplish growth and innovation. The third book elaborates the framework of communities of practice. Such a perspective is needed because all formalistic organizational designs for managing innovations have to be complemented with self-organizing efforts and experimental learning due to the changing situational contingencies. LITERATURE: Chesbrough, Henry W. (2003) Open innovation the new imperative for creating and profiting from technology Christensen, Clayton M. et al. (2003) The Innovator s Solution Wenger, Etienne (1999) Communities of Practice TEACHER(S): M. Sc. Sari Yli-Kauhaluoma Exam according to the exam schedule. Passing of each book required. You may answer the essay questions either in English or in Finnish. METHODS: Book exam. TIMING: Fall 2008 & Spring 2009, according to exam schedule. REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi, one week in advance. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/21e01050

242 21E02050 STRATEGIC HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. an elective course of the advanced specialization studies in Management. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies. OBJECTIVES: The objective is to provide students with a deeper understanding of S/HRM, increase knowledge of the major debates on S/HRM, and train students in critical thinking and the adoption of scientific knowledge. CONTENT: The literature provides an understanding of S/HRM as a research field. The main topics are related to critical evaluation of the basic concepts of HRM and SHRM, the link between S/HRM and company performance, the increasingly important role of economic and social context, the theory and practice of career management, new organizational forms and the contextual nature of industrial relations systems. The literature offers the main theoretical tools to approach and evaluate the field of S/HRM. LITERATURE: Baruch,Yehuda (2004) Managing careers theory and practice Legge, Karen (2005) Human Resource Management. Rhetorics and Realities Salaman, Graeme, Storey, John & Billsberry, Jon (eds.) (2005) Strategic human resource management theory and practice. A reader. TEACHER(S): M.Sc. Kirsi LaPointe. Exam according to exam schedule. METHODS: Book exam. TIMING: Fall 2008 & Spring 2009, according to exam schedule. REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi, one week in advance. REMARKS: As this course is targeted for advanced level students and focuses on theoretical debates in HRM, the completion of Henkilöstöjohtamisen tutkimuksen ajankohtaisteemoja, lukemisseminaari/ Discussions on Human Resource Management, Reading Seminar (21E02000) or Human Resource Development (21E00600) is recommended prior to the book exam. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/21e02050 21E03050 ORGANIZATIONAL CULTURE STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. degree programme, an elective course of the advanced specialization studies in Management. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies. OBJECTIVES: To possess the knowledge of various theories on organizational concept of culture. To understand the differences, strengths and limitations of reading different organizational situations through various culture theories. CONTENT: The literature generates an understanding of organisational culture as a research field and what is meant by culture as a concept in organizational context, to possess the knowledge of various theories on organizational concept of culture. LITERATURE: Kunda, Gideon (1992) Engineering Culture: Control and Commitment in a High Tech Corporation Alvesson, Mats et al. (1992) Corporate Culture and Organizational Symbolism

Frost, Peter J. et al. (Eds.) (1991) Reframing Organizational Culture TEACHER(S): D.Sc. Sinikka Pesonen. Exam according to exam schedule. D.Sc. Sinikka Pesonen examines. Passing of each book required. You may answer either in English or in Finnish. METHODS: Book exam TIMING: Fall 2008 & Spring 2009, according to the exam schedule. REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi, one week in advance. REMARKS: The book exam can be accepted as one of the courses in the minor of Organizational Psychology. 243 21E90000 MANAGING CHANGE STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. compulsory course for all students in the M.Sc. programme in Management. Recommended timing: not earlier than the second year of Master s studies CEMS core course. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies. OBJECTIVES: Students will Learn to discuss and appreciate some of the ongoing trends in the global business world and their potential impact on (Finnish) corporations; Gain conceptual understanding of major theories of organizational change and innovation; Learn about how to be both a grassroots activist and a senior leader/executive in ongoing change. CONTENT: In this course, we consider the context of a multinational corporation amidst constant pressures for strategic renewal and resilience. We discuss the role of strategy, innovation and grassroots activism. We also consider the levers that senior executives have at their disposal for driving change. During the course, the students will seek to reflect on their capacity to be leaders and consider strategic challenges for corporate renewal and resilience in the changing global business environment. Real-life case examples provide guidance and particular theories of change and innovation inform the reflections. Beyond a conceptualization and execution of a single (for a time successful) strategy, we will emphasize the need for developing organizational capabilities while appreciating the potential of individual agency for change. The two course books further detail the multinational context and the role of a tempered radical in change. LITERATURE: Kristensen, Peer Hull et al. (2005) Local Players in Global Games Meyerson, Debra E. (2001) Tempered Radicals OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Articles, pointed out in the course material and in the web.

244 Current issues of The Economist magazine. TEACHER(S): Prof. Liisa Välikangas. Lectures 28 h. Prof. Liisa Välikangas and visiting lecturers, on spring term, 2nd period. Position paper (30 %). Final exam (70 %) according to exam schedule. There will be two additional possibilities to take the exam. METHODS: Lectures & discussions, pre-reading materials, group work, preparations to the exam, essay writing. TIMING: Spring 2009, 2nd period. REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi one week before the period starts at latest; and one week before the final exam at latest. REMARKS: The course is congruent with Managing Change, book exam (21E90050, 6 ECTS). HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/21e90000 14.19 PHILOSOPHY (51) 51D00220 ARGUMENTATION IN RESEARCH (3 ECTS) STATUS OF THE COURSE: Compulsory course in the masters program CONTENT: We approach research knowledge from the perspective of argument, debate and rhetoric, since research knowledge consists of knowledge claims supported by well-founded arguments, debated against competing positions, and formulated with the help of appropriate rhetorical tools. Thus the course helps to read and write scientific research reports, and to distinguish arguments both pro and con choices concerning the contribution of the study, the chosen topic and methods. The course also offers a neat introduction to philosophy of science and various research methods. TEACHER(S): FM Jaakko Kuorikoski (jaakko.kuorikoski@helsinki.fi) Lectures 28 h and the final exam (100%) about the lectures, homework, and the literature to be announced later. Or Exam on the following literature: o Chalmers, A. F. What is this thing called science? : an assessment of the nature and status of science and its methods Milton Keynes: Open University Press, 1982 Chapters 1-8 o Fisher, Alec (2001): Critical Thinking an introduction. Cambridge University Press. ISBN 0-521-00984-7 o Rottenberg, A.T. Elements of Argument: A text and a reader, cop. 1997. Ch. 9 Writing and Argumentative Paper. In earlier versions, this Ch. is in the Appendix. METHODS: Lectures, exam and homework, Or Exam TIMING: Spring 2009, second period. REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi

245 REMARKS: Exam on the last lecture. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/51d00220 51D00300 INTRODUCTION TO READING AND WRITING SCIENTIFIC TEXTS STATUS OF THE COURSE: The course is compulsory in the masters program for students with no university degree. OBJECTIVES: To become acquainted with the particular features of scientific texts in theory and practice, and to gain means to enhance one s skills in reading and writing scientific texts. CONTENT: The basics of scientific thinking and philosophy of science, and the theory and practice of reading and writing scientific texts. LITERATURE: LOCKE, L. F. ET AL. Reading and understanding research 2004. Sage ISBN 0-7619-2768-9 TEACHER(S): Kaisa Heinlahti Write two essays of 8-10 pages long according to the advice given in the text book and further info to be found in the HSE philosophy net pages. One essay is on the above book and the other on a problem in philosophy of science. Literature for the second theme on the HSE philosophy net pages. METHODS: Self-study course REGISTRATION: Registration and handing in the essays: contact Kaisa.heinlahti@hse.fi HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/51d00300 51E00100 BUSINESS ETHICS STATUS OF THE COURSE: The course is open for all students in HSE. It is an optional course in the International Business and Organization and Management M.Sc. programs and Corporate Social and Environmental Responsibility minor studies. OBJECTIVES: Course offers insights into the ethical and political backgrounds and requirements of business activity, and outlines perspectives to professional use of ethical skills in business. CONTENT: Philosophical appraisal of central business-ethical approaches and practices, and illustrative examples. LITERATURE: Set of readings provided by the lecturer. Bowie, N. (ed.), 2002, Blackwell Guide to Business Ethics. Blackwell. ISBN 0-631- 22122-0 sid. ISBN 0-631-22123-9 nid. TEACHER(S): Maija-Riitta Ollila A) Seminar course Seminar discussions and a set of readings provided by the lecturers (Maija-Riitta Ollila) Assignments Mandatory class attendance (80%) Final examination B) Self-study Exam on the book Bowie, N. (ed.), 2002, Blackwell Guide to Business Ethics. Blackwell.

246 METHODS: Seminar TIMING: Fall 2008, Second period REGISTRATION: For the course Via WebOodi latest two weeks before the course begins. For the exams via WebOodi latest one week before the exam. REMARKS: Max. 40 students will be accepted to this course in registration order.

247 14.20 QUANTITATIVE METHODS OF ECONOMICS AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCE (30) 30A00210 MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS FOR MANAGERS STATUS OF THE COURSE: Compulsory course LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Fundamentals of Business Knowledge OBJECTIVES: Learn to understand and use basic mathematical and statistical tools in solving and modelling economic problems. Provide skills for reading literature in economics and management science. CONTENT: Mathematics: basic concepts of functions, vectors, matrices, systems of linear equations, linear programming. Statistics: population and sample, graphical data analysis, descriptive statistics, introduction to regression analysis, random numbers. LITERATURE: Levine, D., Krehbiel, T. and M. Berenson (2002) Business Statistics: A First Course 3e. Jacques, Ian (2003) Mathematics for economics and business TEACHER(S): Lecturer Matti Karvonen (mathematics) Lecturer Jan-Erik Antipin (statistics) Lectures in mathematics 21 h, Matti Karvonen and lectures in statistics 21 h, Jan-Erik Antipin. Exercises 12 h in mathematics and 12h in statistics. Additional introductory lectures in mathematics for students who need to improve their skills 12h. Exercises (20%) plus two midterm exams (total 80%) or the final exam (80%). TIMING: Fall 2008: statistics in the first period and mathematics in the second period. PREREQUISITE: High school mathematics REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi REMARKS: Applicable parts of the literature are considered. The students should use fifth or newer edition of the mathematics book (Jacques). Only one of the courses 30A00110 Matematiikkaa ja tilastotiedettä liikkeenjohtajille and 30A00210 Mathematics and statistics for managers can be included in the Bachelor s degree. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/30a00210 30A00410 QUANTITATIVE BUSINESS ANALYSIS STATUS OF THE COURSE: Compulsory course LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Fundamentals of Business Knowledge OBJECTIVES: To improve mathematical and statistical skills for problem solving, and to create theoretical foundations for further studies and understanding economic reference texts. This course is a continuum for Mathematics and Statistics for Managers (30A00210). CONTENT: Mathematics: derivative and partial derivative, integral calculus, foundations of

248 unconstrained optimization and constrained optimization. Statistics: inference based on probability, conditional probability and Bayes formula. Random variable and its distribution, expectation, variance and standard deviation, decision trees, descriptive statistics, confidence intervals and hypothesis testing. LITERATURE: Levine, D., Krehbiel, T. and M. Berenson (2002) Business Statistics: A First Course 3e Jacques, Ian (2003) Mathematics for economics and business OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Simon, C.P. & Blume, L.: Mathematics for Economists, W.W. Norton & Co, 1994. TEACHER(S): Professor N.N. (Mathematics), Lecturer Jan-Erik Antipin (Statistics) Lectures in mathematics 21 h, N.N. Lectures in statistics 21 h, Jan-Erik Antipin. Fifth or newer edition of Jacques book may be used. Additional introductory lectures in mathematics for students who need to improve their skills 12h. Exercises (20%) plus two midterm exams (total 80%) or the final exam (80%). TIMING: Fall 2008: mathematics in the first and statistics in the second period. PREREQUISITE: 30A00210 Mathematics and statistics for managers REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi REMARKS: Applicable parts of the literature are considered. The students should use fifth or newer edition of the mathematics book (Jacques). Only one of the courses 30A00310 Kvantitatiivinen analyysi taloustieteissä and 30A00410 Quantitative business analysis can be included in the Bachelor s degree. HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/30a00410 30C00100 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. program, common program studies. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Intermediate OBJECTIVES: The course will provide students with additional knowledge in statistical theory and techniques. CONTENT: Probability, conditional probability, decision trees, probability distributions, estimation, hypothesis testing. Introduction to multivariate regression analysis, analysis of variance, non-parametric techniques. LITERATURE: Levine, David M. (2006) Business statistics a first course TEACHER(S): Lecturer Jan-Otto Malmberg, Lecturer Tapani Lehtonen Lectures 40h, Jan-Otto Malmberg. Exercises 20h, Tapani Lehtonen. Exercises (20%) plus two midterm exams (total 80%) or the final exam (80%). TIMING: Spring 2009, first and second period. PREREQUISITE: Compulsory courses in quantitative methods:

249 REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/30c00100 30C00200 ECONOMETRICS STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. program, specialization studies. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Intermediate OBJECTIVES: To familiarize the student with basic econometric models, as well as the underlying assumptions of least squares estimation. This course concentrates on linear models. CONTENT: Least squares estimation and Gauss-Markov theorem, tests of parameters and linear restrictions, dummy variables, consequences of deviating from the Gauss-Markov conditions. Detecting heteroskedasticity by using the Goldfeld-Quandt test and heteroskedastic models. Principles of maximum likelihood estimation. Introduction to simultaneous equations and time series models. LITERATURE: Dougherty, C. (2000) Introduction to econometrics TEACHER(S): Lecturer Jan-Erik Antipin and N.N. Lectures 40 h, Jan-Erik Antipin Exercises and demonstrations 20 h, N.N. Grading is based on two midterm exams (50% + 50%) or a final exam (100%). TIMING: Spring 2009, first and second periods PREREQUISITE: Compulsory courses in quantitative methods: REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/30c00200 30C00300 MATHEMATICAL METHODS FOR ECONOMISTS STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. program, specialization studies. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Intermediate OBJECTIVES: To improve mathematical skills acquired in the basic courses. CONTENT: Unconstrained optimization and constrained optimization, different function types, eigenvalues, linear difference and differential equations, equilibrium and stability. LITERATURE: Simon, Carl P. and Lawrence Blume (1994) Mathematics for Economists OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Additional readings: Dowling, E.T.: Introduction to mathematical economics (Schaum s outlines) McGraw-Hill 2001. TEACHER(S): Professor Tomi Seppälä and Lecturer Matti Karvonen Lectures 40h, Tomi Seppälä Exercises 20h, Matti Karvonen Exercises (20%) plus two midterm exams (total 80%) or the final exam (80%). TIMING: Spring 2009, first and second periods PREREQUISITE: Compulsory courses in quantitative methods: REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi

250 HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/30c00300 30E00100 OPTIMIZATION STATUS OF THE COURSE: M. Sc. Business Technology program, specialization course LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced OBJECTIVES: The aim is to get acquainted with different types of nonlinear optimization problems and methods: and to get to know the basic concepts, optimality conditions and methods: of nonlinear programming. In addition, duality in linear programming and nonlinear multiobjective optimization are briefly covered. CONTENT: Dual in linear programming, basic concepts, optimality conditions and methods: as well as the choice of method in nonlinear programming. Basics of evolutionary and multiobjective optimization. LITERATURE: Bartholomew-Biggs, M. (2005) Nonlinear Optimization with Financial Applications, Kluwer Academic Publishers. Hamdy A Taha (2002) Operations Research: an Introduction (only Chapter 4). Zitzler E., Deb L., Thiele L., Corne D. (2001) Evolutionary Multi-Criterion Optimization (pp. 1 20) TEACHER(S): Professor N.N. Lectures 42 h, Professor N.N. Exercises 12 h, N.N. Grade consists of assignments (20%) and final exam (80%) TIMING: Second period of spring term 2009 (Details will be announced on course web page.) PREREQUISITE: Compulsory courses in quantitative methods: REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/30e00100 30E00300 PRODUCTIVITY AND EFFICIENCY ANALYSIS STATUS OF THE COURSE: M. Sc. Business Technology program, specialization course LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced OBJECTIVES: The purpose of the course is (a) to provide students with the basic concepts of the analysis of efficiency and productivity and (b) to familiarize students to apply the quantitative methods: for analyzing and improving the efficiency of organizations. A special emphasis on the course is to learn to use Data Envelopment Analysis and its extensions. CONTENT: Topics covered in the course will include basic concepts related to the use of multidimensional measurement of efficiency and productivity (criteria, objectives, dominance, efficiency, productivity, etc.), traditional productivity analysis, evaluation of efficiency with the DEA-method (DEA=Data Envelopment Analysis), and its extensions (Value Efficiency, Improving Efficiency by Benchmarking, Resource Allocation, etc.) LITERATURE: Cooper, R. G. (1998) Product leadership creating and launching superior new products

Coelli T., Rao D.S.P. & Battese, G. (1998) An Introduction to Efficiency and Productivity Analysis Norman M. & Stoker B. (1991) Data Envelopment Analysis, the Assesment of Performance TEACHER(S): Professor Pekka Korhonen Lectures 42 h, Professor Pekka Korhonen Exercises 12 h, N.N. Grade consists of assignments (20%) and final exam (80%) TIMING: Fall 2008, first period PREREQUISITE: Compulsory courses in quantitative methods REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/30e00300 251 30E00400 SIMULATION STATUS OF THE COURSE: M. Sc. Business Technology program, specialization course LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced OBJECTIVES: To acquaint the student with the use of simulation methods, with applications to finance, operations management and logistics. CONTENT: Introduction to simulation models, simulation in Excel, random numbers, methods: to simulate random events, managerial applications of risk analysis, Wiener process, valuation of stocks and options, system simulation, forecasting, advanced simulation techniques. LITERATURE: Evans, J.R. & Olson, D.L. (2002) Introduction to simulation and risk analysis Vose, D. (2000) Risk analysis: a quantitative guide TEACHER(S): Professor Tomi Seppälä Lectures 40 h, Tomi Seppälä Exercises 20 h, Tomi Seppälä The grade consists of final exam (50%), exercises (20%) and project work (30%). TIMING: Fall 2008, first and second periods. REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/30e00400 30E00500 QUANTITATIVE EMPIRICAL RESEARCH STATUS OF THE COURSE: This course is mainly intended for doctoral students. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced OBJECTIVES: The objective of the course is to enable the students to use quantitative data analysis techniques in business and economic research. The course will provide the students with a set of tools useful in empirical research.

252 CONTENT: Basic concepts, screening data, and visualizing multivariate observations are discussed. Furthermore, the course will define and introduce a set of statistical multivariate methods and explain when their use is appropriate and how they are related to each other. Some of the methods covered are linear regression, logistic regression analysis, principal component analysis, factor analysis, analysis of variance, and cluster analysis. Methodological aspects and interpretation of analysis are also explained. Excel and SAS programs will be used in exercises and demonstrations during the course. LITERATURE: Sharma, S. (1996), Applied Multivariate Techniques, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. Hair, J.H., Tatham, R.L., Anderson, R.E.A. and Black, W. (1998), Multivariate Data Analysis, Prentice Hall (5.th Edition), ISBN 0-471-03941-1. Other material announced by the lecturers. TEACHER(S): Professor N.N. Preliminary assignments Lectures 42h, Professor N.N., exercises 18h, N.N. Grading is based on a final exam (80% of the grade) and exercises (20% of the grade) TIMING: Spring 2009, second period PREREQUISITE: Basic knowledge in mathematics and statistics is assumed. Moreover, a course in linear algebra and an advanced course in statistics are recommended. REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/30e00500 30E00700 ADVANCED STATISTICAL METHODS STATUS OF THE COURSE: M. Sc. Business Technology program, specialization course LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced OBJECTIVES: To expand and deepen the student s knowledge of and ability to use statistical methods in economics and business. CONTENT: Topics in linear models and Time Series analysis: special estimation methods of regression models, panel data, ARMA models, forecasting, cointegration, ARCH and GARCH models. The content may change from year to year. LITERATURE: Verbeek, M.: A Guide to Modern Econometrics. Second Edition, Wiley 2004. ISBN 978-0-470-85773-1. OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Additional readings: Enders, W.: Applied Econometric Time Series, Second Edition, Wiley 2005. TEACHER(S): Professor N.N. Lectures 40h, N.N. Exercises 20h, N.N. The grade consists of a final exam (50%), exercises (20%) and a project (30%). TIMING: Spring 2009, first period PREREQUISITE: 30C00200 Econometrics (or equivalent)

253 REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/30e00700

254 14.21 TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT AND POLICY (38 AND 57) 38C00100 MANAGEMENT OF TECHNOLOGY STATUS OF THE COURSE: Bachelor s program in Business Technology; specialization studies. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Intermediate OBJECTIVES: The primary goal of this course is to develop the participants understanding of the management problems and the nature of the forces driving competitive inter-action between technology-based firms. CONTENT: This course concerns the formulation of business strategy and the management of business enterprises in rapidly evolving, technology-intensive industries. Topics covered include: technology life cycles; dynamics of innovation, network economics; technology diffusion; managing R&D; commercializing new technologies; technology as a competitive advantage; intellectual property rights. LITERATURE: Schilling, Melissa A. (2008) Strategic management of technological innovation OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Course material TEACHER(S): N.N. Lectures 28 h Mandatory assignments, Exam METHODS: Lectures, assignments, business game TIMING: Fall term 2008, 2nd period REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/38c00100 38E00100 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS STATUS OF THE COURSE: Master s program in Business Technology LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced specialization studies. OBJECTIVES: The objective is to equip the student with the necessary tools to evaluate the strategic importance of intellectual property and the various means to protect it, such as patents, copyrights and secrecy, as well as ways to generate revenue from intellectual property, such as licensing. CONTENT: This course covers key issues in the economics and management of intellectual property rights. LITERATURE: Scotchmer, Suzanne (2004) Innovation and incentives OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Lecture material and course reading package TEACHER(S): Tuomas Takalo, Mikko Välimäki Lectures 28 h, Obligatory assignments (50%) Exam (50%). METHODS: Lectures and assignments

255 TIMING: Spring 2009, 1st period REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi REMARKS: The course replaces 38E00100 Immaterial Property Rights HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/38e00100 38E00300 READINGS IN ORGANIZATION OF R&D STATUS OF THE COURSE: Part of the Master s program in Business Technology; advanced specialization studies. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced studies OBJECTIVES: The objective is to familiarize the student with the modern scientific literature on how to organize R&D, emphasizing the aspects of imperfect information, incentives and incomplete contracts. OTHER COURSE MATERIALS: Reading package TEACHER(S): N.N. Essays on agreed topics Exam METHODS: Individual study TIMING: This course is a book exam with obligatory assignments. REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/38e00300 57C99901 BACHELOR S THESIS (10 ECTS) STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. (Econ.), Business Technology program. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Compulsory course OBJECTIVES: The objective is to learn and practice independent scientific thinking by setting up research questions and studying a specific topic. Students learn to get to know references, to find literature, and to apply it for resolving a research question. The thesis will be a structured, scientific report. The Bachelor s Thesis is carried out together with the Bachelor s Thesis Seminar (57C99902). TIMING: Fall 2008, Spring 2009. REGISTRATION: Register to 57C99902 Bachelor s Thesis Seminar via WebOodi 57C99902 BACHELOR S THESIS SEMINAR (2 ECTS) STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. (Econ.), Business Technology program. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Compulsory course OBJECTIVES: The objective is to learn and practice independent scientific work. CONTENT: In the seminar, students get guidance in their research for Bachelor s Thesis. During

256 the seminar, students will report the progress of their Thesis, present and defence the research results, act as an opponent, and participate actively. TEACHER(S): Assistant Professor Johanna Bragge coordinates. Lectures 28 h Presentation of the research report Acting as an opponent and secretary. TIMING: Fall 2008, Spring 2009. REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/57c99902 57C99903 MATURITY TEST (0 ECTS) STATUS OF THE COURSE: B.Sc. (Econ.), Business Technology program. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Compulsory course OBJECTIVES: After finalizing the Bachelor s Thesis, students carry out a proficiency test in Mother Tongue. The objective is to show that a student can write an essay in her or his Mother Tongue and that she or he knows the basic concepts in her or his Thesis. 57E99901 MASTER S THESIS (30 ECTS) STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. (Econ), Information and Service Management program, compulsory course. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced OBJECTIVES: The objective is to practice independent scientific thinking by setting up research questions and studying a specific research topic. The thesis will be a structured, scientific report. REMARKS: The Master s Thesis needs to be carried out together with the Master s Thesis Seminar (57E99902). 57E99902 MASTER S THESIS SEMINAR (0 ECTS) STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. (Econ), Information and Service Management program, compulsory course. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced OBJECTIVES: The objective is to practice independent scientific work. CONTENT: In the seminar, students get guidance in their research for Master s Thesis. TEACHER(S): Professor Matti Rossi coordinates. METHODS: Seminar TIMING: Academic year 2008-2009 REGISTRATION: Via WebOodi HOMEPAGE: https://cie.hkkk.fi/57e99902

57E99903 MATURITY TEST (0 ECTS) STATUS OF THE COURSE: M.Sc. (Econ), Information and Service Management program, compulsory course. LEVEL OF THE COURSE: Advanced OBJECTIVES: After finalizing the Master s Thesis, students carry out a proficiency test in Mother Tongue. The objective is to show a student can write an essay in her or his mother tongue and that she or he knows the basic concepts in her or his Thesis. 257